Manual Técnico

Imaging Services Service Manual
Document ID: 60886352
DRYSTAR 5302, DRYSTAR 5301, DRY IMAGER,

CRYSTAL IMAGER, DRYSTAR 5302 XL,
DRYSTAR 5301 XL, DRY 2.4, DRY 1.4,
DRYSTAR AXYS, CRYSTAL-M IMAGER,
DRYSTAR AXYS XL, DRY 2.4M
Type 5366/100/101/110/300/400/410/500/510 and 5367/100/300/400/500
Includes the Maintenance Checklist, attached in chapter 9.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

The controlled version of this document is from the Agfa Medimg Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 2
12-2018 Printed in Germany
Service_Manual_standard_e_template_v05
Agfa Company Confidential Copyright © 2018 Agfa NV
Document ID: 60886352 Service Manual
► Manufacturer
Agfa NV
Published by
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
Tegernseer Landstraße 161
D - 81539 München
Germany
Copyright  2018 Agfa NV
All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Agfa and the Agfa rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert N.V., Belgium, or its
affiliates.
All other trademarks mentioned in this document are held by Agfa NV or the respective
owners and are used in an editorial fashion with no intention of infringement.
Nothing contained in this legal notice nor in any text in this document shall be
construed as granting by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license or right to use
any of the trademarks, service marks, trade names or logos appearing in this document
without the express prior written consent of their respective owner.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" prior to attempting any operation, repair or
maintenance task on the equipment.
Refer to Document ID 11849633.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
IMPORTANT:
The installation and service of the product(s) described herein is to be performed
by qualified personnel who are employed by Agfa NV or one of its affiliates
or who are otherwise authorized by Agfa NV or one of its affiliates to provide such
services.

The controlled version of this document is available from the Agfa Medimg Library. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Edition 2, Revision 2 Type 5366/100/101/110/300/400/410/500/510 Page 2 of 413

12-2018 5367/100/300/400/500 Agfa Company Confidential
LIST OF CONTENTS
0 ABOUT THIS MANUAL ..........................................................................................................12

0.1 Purpose of this document ....................................................................................................... 12
0.2 Changes compared to previous revision ................................................................................ 12
0.3 Referenced documents ........................................................................................................... 12
0.4 Explanation of notes ............................................................................................................... 13
0.5 Conventions ............................................................................................................................ 13
1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................14

1.1 Intended use ........................................................................................................................... 14
1.2 Type overview ......................................................................................................................... 14
1.3 Main printer characteristics ..................................................................................................... 15
1.4 Printer components ................................................................................................................. 16
1.4.1 Components Location ............................................................................................................. 16
1.4.2 List of Components ................................................................................................................. 20
1.5 Overview of control boards ..................................................................................................... 22
1.6 Overview of major hardware changes .................................................................................... 23
1.7 Film run ................................................................................................................................... 24
1.8 Backside Printing Recognition ................................................................................................ 30
1.9 Left / Right Shift Print Algorithm .............................................................................................. 31
1.10 Mammo Printing Functionality (type 5367 only)...................................................................... 33
1.11 Printer calibrations overview ................................................................................................... 35
1.12 Printer Modules ....................................................................................................................... 36
1.13 Hardware................................................................................................................................. 38
1.14 Modules and E-Labels ............................................................................................................ 40
1.15 Printer online diagnosis software ............................................................................................ 42
1.16 Thermal model ........................................................................................................................ 44
2 SAFETY DIRECTIONS...........................................................................................................45
2.1 Safety Notes for Installation Planning and Installation ........................................................... 45
2.2 Safety Notes for preventive and corrective Maintenance Work.............................................. 45


2.3 General Safety Note for all Service Actvities .......................................................................... 46
2.3.1 Safety switch ........................................................................................................................... 46
2.3.2 Electrical Check after Power Supply Replacements............................................................... 47
3 PRE-INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................49
3.1 Items to be organized before installation ................................................................................ 49
3.1.1 Power cables........................................................................................................................... 49
3.1.2 Tools ....................................................................................................................................... 49
3.1.3 Documents .............................................................................................................................. 49
3.2 Scope of delivery .................................................................................................................... 51
3.3 Accessories ............................................................................................................................. 52
3.4 Remote service ....................................................................................................................... 52
3.5 Required data for printer setup on site ................................................................................... 53
3.6 Specifications .......................................................................................................................... 53
3.6.1 Printer dimensions .................................................................................................................. 53
3.6.2 Printer Interfaces ..................................................................................................................... 54
3.6.3 Electrical connection ............................................................................................................... 55
3.6.4 Resolution ............................................................................................................................... 56
3.6.5 Pixel Matrices .......................................................................................................................... 56
3.6.6 Interface Data.......................................................................................................................... 57
3.6.7 User access to the printer ....................................................................................................... 58
3.6.8 Other technical data ................................................................................................................ 58
4 INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION ..............................................................................59

4.1 Installation overview ................................................................................................................ 60
4.1.1 Installation steps ..................................................................................................................... 60
4.2 Installation wizard ................................................................................................................... 62
4.3 Printer configuration ................................................................................................................ 62
4.3.1 Setting film calibration parameters ......................................................................................... 63
4.3.2 Setting the Default Densitometer ............................................................................................ 64
4.3.3 Setting the Film View .............................................................................................................. 65
4.3.4 Setting Beeps on empty Tray.................................................................................................. 66


4.3.5 Setting Behavior for unreadable RF Tags .............................................................................. 67
4.3.6 Activating the Mammo License (type 5367 only) .................................................................... 68
4.3.7 Entering Site data ................................................................................................................... 69
4.4 Film calibration ........................................................................................................................ 70
4.5 Printer - Modality connection .................................................................................................. 70
4.5.1 Modality set-up ........................................................................................................................ 70
4.6 Logical printers Set-up ............................................................................................................ 71
4.7 Printing of diagnostic and / or test images .............................................................................. 75
4.8 Image adjustments .................................................................................................................. 75
4.8.1 For type 5367 only: Mammography specific Image Adjustments (optional) ........................... 76
4.8.2 Image Adjustments as described in the Connectivity Release Document ............................. 78
4.8.3 Image Adjustments at the Modality ......................................................................................... 78
4.8.4 Basic Image Adjustment at the Printer via Key-Operator Menu ............................................. 80
4.9 Performing the Acceptance Test............................................................................................. 84
4.10 Completing installation ............................................................................................................ 84
4.10.1 Customer training .................................................................................................................... 84
4.10.2 Backup of Printer Settings ...................................................................................................... 85
4.10.3 Preparing the printer for remote service ................................................................................. 85
5 CALIBRATION ........................................................................................................................86
5.1 Film Calibration ....................................................................................................................... 87
5.2 CDM (Internal Densitometer) Calibration ................................................................................ 89
5.3 Print Head (TH) Calibration..................................................................................................... 91
5.4 Smart Profile Calibration ......................................................................................................... 93
5.5 Compliance Film Calibration as part of Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Procedure .................. 98
5.5.1 Checking the Densitometer Calibration ................................................................................101
5.5.2 Checking the Densitometer Configuration in the Printer ......................................................101
5.5.3 Resetting the Compliance Film Calibration, Internal Densitometer Calibration

and Thermal Print Head Calibration .....................................................................................102
5.5.4 Performing Internal Densitometer Calibration, Film Calibrations and

Thermal Print Head Calibration.............................................................................................103
5.5.5 Performing a Density Reproduction Check ...........................................................................107


5.5.6 Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check ............................................................108
5.5.7 Performing a Compliance Film Calibration ...........................................................................109
6 ACCEPTANCE TEST ...........................................................................................................113

7 TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................114
7.1 Film density, sharpness or contrast not OK ..........................................................................114
7.1.1 Dmin (minimum Density) too high .........................................................................................114
7.1.2 Dmax too high or too low ......................................................................................................115
7.1.3 Density Reproduction not okay .............................................................................................116
7.1.4 Optimal perceivable Levels not okay ....................................................................................117
7.1.5 Contouring visible; 'Landscaping'..........................................................................................118
7.1.6 Contrast and/or Sharpness not okay ....................................................................................119
7.2 Line Artifacts in Transport Direction ......................................................................................120
7.2.1 Dust Stripes on the Film........................................................................................................120
7.2.2 Dark Line(s) < 1mm in Transport direction ...........................................................................121
7.2.3 White or bright Line(s) < 1mm in Transport direction ...........................................................122
7.2.4 Bright vertical Lines over the whole Film Length ..................................................................123
7.2.5 Narrow (between 1 and 5 mm) to wide (> 5 mm) Lines in Transport direction.....................124
7.2.6 Persistent dark line in transport direction..............................................................................125
7.2.7 Persistent blank line in transport direction. ...........................................................................126
7.2.8 Intermittent blank line in transport direction. .........................................................................127
7.2.9 Wide Bands with lower Density at the left and/or right Hand Side of the Film .....................128
7.2.10 Regular Line Structure vertical to Transport direction: Banding ...........................................129
7.3 Point Artifacts ........................................................................................................................130
7.3.1 Point Artifacts - Pinholes .......................................................................................................130
7.3.2 Point Artifacts - Bubbles........................................................................................................131
7.3.3 Dust Particles on the Print Drum...........................................................................................132
7.3.4 Dust Particles in the Film ......................................................................................................133
7.4 Surface Artifacts ....................................................................................................................134
7.4.1 Blemish: The Artifact looks like Dirt spread out on the Surface of the Film. .........................134
7.4.2 Scratches: One or more bright Line over the whole Length of the Film ...............................135


7.4.3 Film Curl if Film is hanging at the Lightbox ...........................................................................136
7.5 Display Problems ..................................................................................................................136
7.5.1 Blank LCD Display ................................................................................................................136
7.5.2 Keys at LCD Display do not work .........................................................................................137
7.6 Error and Warning Messages ...............................................................................................138
7.6.1 Display Message: MODXX: Please replace Module.............................................................138
7.6.2 Display message: New Error EXXXXX .................................................................................139
7.6.3 Display Message: New Error E312000 .................................................................................140
7.6.4 Display Message: New Maintenance ....................................................................................140
7.6.5 Error message: "Film Jam: Open upper input tray and clear film path".
Error HC314003 in the infocounter. ......................................................................................142
7.6.6 Message "Error System Failure" ...........................................................................................143
7.6.7 Keypad shows "Please wait - Selftest Proceeding" for more than 5 Minutes .......................145
7.7 Image Transfer Problems .....................................................................................................146
7.7.1 Images are not shown in the Printer Queue .........................................................................146
7.8 Film Jam................................................................................................................................147
7.8.1 Message: Remove Film Jam ................................................................................................147
7.9 Printer error codes ................................................................................................................148
7.9.1 Error Codes of printers with serial number < 100.000 ..........................................................148
7.9.2 Error Codes of printers with serial number > 100.000 ..........................................................187
8 REPAIR ................................................................................................................................225
8.1 Required tools .......................................................................................................................225
8.2 Connection of the Service PC to the Printer .........................................................................226
8.2.1 Connection of the Service PC to the Printer .........................................................................227
8.2.2 Adaptation of the Service PC IP Address .............................................................................227
8.3 Software tools reference .......................................................................................................230
8.3.1 Key-Operator Menu on the local Keypad ..............................................................................231
8.3.2 Infocounter ............................................................................................................................234
8.3.3 Test images...........................................................................................................................234
8.3.4 Show Error Codes .................................................................................................................243
8.3.5 Printer Browser Pages ..........................................................................................................244


8.3.6 Key-Operator Tools ...............................................................................................................246
8.3.7 Service Engineer Tools .........................................................................................................251
8.3.8 Printer Logging ......................................................................................................................276
8.3.9 Printer Bootup-Message .......................................................................................................277
8.3.10 ADVP ....................................................................................................................................279
8.4 Fuses, LEDs and jumpers.....................................................................................................285
8.4.1 Fuses ....................................................................................................................................285
8.4.2 LEDs .....................................................................................................................................285
8.4.3 Hard disk jumper settings .....................................................................................................292
8.5 Replacements .......................................................................................................................295
8.6 Adjustments ..........................................................................................................................295
8.6.1 Horizontal Film Alignment Procedure ...................................................................................295
8.7 Checks ..................................................................................................................................298
8.7.1 Density reproduction check...................................................................................................298
8.7.2 Check for dust stripes / TPH Cleaning Procedure ................................................................299
8.7.3 Resistor Check ......................................................................................................................302
9 MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................304
9.1 Introduction: Maintenance frequency, required tools and time .............................................304
9.2 Diagnostics............................................................................................................................306
9.2.1 Questioning of the Customer ................................................................................................306
9.2.2 Infocounter Analysis ..............................................................................................................306
9.2.3 Image Quality Check .............................................................................................................310
9.3 Maintenance Points - Power off ............................................................................................311
9.3.1 Check of general Condition...................................................................................................311
9.3.2 Check of Condition of Belts and Gears.................................................................................311
9.3.3 Visual Check of the Cables ...................................................................................................312
9.3.4 Cleaning of the Suction Cups ...............................................................................................312
9.3.5 Cleaning of Electronics Compartment ..................................................................................313
9.3.6 Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet .......................................................................................313
9.3.7 Check and Cleaning of Drum ................................................................................................313


9.3.8 Cleaning of Thermal Print Head............................................................................................314
9.3.9 Electrical Check ....................................................................................................................315
9.4 Maintenance Points - Power on ............................................................................................317
9.4.1 Smart Profile Calibration .......................................................................................................317
9.4.2 Check of Safety Switch .........................................................................................................319
9.4.3 SW Patch Installation ............................................................................................................319
9.4.4 Film Calibration .....................................................................................................................319
9.4.5 Density Reproduction Check ................................................................................................320
9.4.6 Test Image Evaluation ..........................................................................................................322
9.4.7 Host System Image Quality Check .......................................................................................323
9.5 Completion of the maintenance ............................................................................................323
9.5.1 Backup printer settings .........................................................................................................323
9.5.2 Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative Counters in the Infocounter.................324
9.5.3 Customer Conversation ........................................................................................................325
10 RELEASE INFORMATION ...................................................................................................326

10.1 Software release 1.6.0_C1 (DRYSTAR AXYS only) ............................................................326
10.1.1 Supported Features ..............................................................................................................326
10.1.2 Limitations .............................................................................................................................326
10.1.3 Known Software Issues ........................................................................................................326
10.2 Software update 1.6.1_C1 (DRYSTAR AXYS only) .............................................................327
10.2.1 Solved Software Issues ........................................................................................................327
10.3.2 New Features ........................................................................................................................329
10.4.1 Solved Issue..........................................................................................................................332
10.5 Software Release 1.8.0_C1 (DRYSTAR 5302 only).............................................................332
10.5.1 Supported Features ..............................................................................................................332
10.5.2 Limitations .............................................................................................................................333
10.5.3 Known Issues ........................................................................................................................333


10.6.1 Solved Software Issue ..........................................................................................................333
10.6.2 New Feature..........................................................................................................................334
10.8.1 New Features ........................................................................................................................335
10.9.1 Solved Software Issue ..........................................................................................................336
10.13 New Feature..........................................................................................................................341
10.14 Software update 2.0.0_C2 ....................................................................................................342
10.14.1 New Features of Software 2.0.0_C2 .....................................................................................342
10.14.2 Solved Issue in Software 2.0.0_C2 .......................................................................................343
10.14.3 Known Software Issue ..........................................................................................................343
10.15.1 New Feature of Software 2.0.0_C3 ......................................................................................344
10.16.1 New Feature of Software 2.1.0_C2 ......................................................................................344
10.17.1 Solved Issues in Software 2.1.0_C3 .....................................................................................345
10.18.1 Solved Issues in Software 2.2.0_C1 .....................................................................................345
10.19.1 Solved Issues and Improvements in Software 2.3.0_C2 ......................................................346


10.20.1 New Features in Software 3.0.0_C1 .....................................................................................347
10.22 Software Patch 3.1.1_C1 ......................................................................................................349
10.23 Software Release 4.0.0_C1 ..................................................................................................350
10.26 Software Release 6.0.0_C1 (Printer SN > 100.000 only) .....................................................353
11 UPGRADE PROCEDURE ....................................................................................................356

12 SPARE PARTS.....................................................................................................................356
13 WIRING DIAGRAM...............................................................................................................357
13.1 DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/500 SN < 100.000 with SCSI hard disk ..............358
13.2 DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/500 SN < 100.000 with SATA hard disk .............366
13.3 DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/500 SN < 100.000 with Micro SATA flash
module ..................................................................................................................................374
13.4 DRYSTAR Axys Type 5367/100/400/500 SN < 100.000 with SATA hard disk ....................382
13.5 DRYSTAR Axys Type 5367/100/400/500 SN < 100.000 with Micro SATA flash module ....390
13.6 DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/400 SN > 100.000 ..............................................398
13.7 DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/110/410/510 SN > 100.000 .....................................................404
13.8 DRYSTAR Axys Type 5367/100/300/400/500 SN > 100.000 ..............................................408


0 About this manual
0.1 Purpose of this document
This document contains all information that service engineers need for installation as
well as for corrective and preventive maintenance of the DRYSTAR 5302, DRYSTAR
5301, DRY IMAGER, CRYSTAL IMAGER, DRYSTAR 5302 XL, DRYSTAR 5301 XL,
DRY 2.4, DRY 1.4, DRYSTAR AXYS, CRYSTAL-M IMAGER, DRYSTAR AXYS XL,
DRY 2.4M.
It does not contain:
 Specific service information for other target readers, e.g. Clinical Application
Specialists or Service Managers
 Service Bulletins
0.2 Changes compared to previous revision
Revision 2:
Added section 10.29, Software Release 6.1.2_C1
0.3 Referenced documents
Document Reference
List of Service Documents, Document ID 62000370
Generic Safety Directions Document ID 11849633
User Manuals Section 3.1.3
Additional documents are referenced in the corresponding sections.


0.4 Explanation of notes
Safety-relevant Notes
Icon Signal Word Situation
CAUTION: Hazardous situation which, if not avoided, can lead to a minor
injury to a user, engineer, patient or any other person.
WARNING: Hazardous situation which, if not avoided, can lead to a potential

serious injury to a user, engineer, patient or any other person.
DANGER: Direct, immediate danger: If not avoided, it can lead to a serious

injury to a user, engineer, patient or any other person
- Instruction to avoid damage to equipment and/or environmental

pollution.
- Prohibition to avoid damage to equipment and/or environmental

pollution.
None-Safety-relevant Notes
Icon Name Type of Information
IMPORTANT: Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out to
prevent malfunction.
NOTE:  Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action

without having a direct influence on the step or action.
 Highlights unusual points.
 Indicates background information.
 Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the
graphical user interface.
0.5 Conventions
Highlighting of tasks
Task number Task Description Remark
(1) Connect the cable. Examples for working steps to be performed in
(2) Switch the machine on. the listed sequence.
Highlighting of buttons, functions and names within a task

(1) Press F9 or double-click the The bold typeface is used for menu topics, keyboard
Refresh button. keys, icons, device buttons, commands etc.
(2) If the Install client or The Courier New bold typeface is used for system
server? prompt appears, messages and prompts.
type server.


1 Product description
1.1 Intended use
The intended use statement is listed in the User Manual of the printer.
1.2 Type overview
The printer is available in several variants.

Main difference is the print head resolution (320 or 508 dpi (dots per inch)) and number
of film trays (1 or 2).
Printer name Type DPI Number of film trays

DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100 320 2
DRY IMAGER Type 5366/101 320 2
DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/110 320 1
CRYSTAL IMAGER Type 5366/300 320 2
DRYSTAR 5302 XL Type 5366/400 320 2
DRYSTAR 5301 XL Type 5366/410 320 1
DRY 2.4 Type 5366/500 320 2
DRY 1.4 Type 5366/510 320 1
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100 508 2
CRYSTAL-M IMAGER Type 5367/300 508 2
DRYSTAR AXYS XL Type 5367/400 508 2
DRY 2.4M Type 5367/500 508 2


1.3 Main printer characteristics
Purpose of the printer type 5366

 Medium resolution (320 dpi) DICOM network dry printer for
14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 blue base or clear base films
Purpose of the printer type 5367
 High resolution (508 dpi) DICOM network dry printer for:
o 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 blue base or clear base films
o 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 Mammo blue base films
Printing principle
 Direct thermal on thermo-sensitive, dry films
 1 or 2 input trays and 1 output tray
Main application printer type 5365
 Well suited to all medical applications, especially CR and DR applications. Cannot
be used for mammography.
Main application printer type 5367
 Well suited to all medical applications, especially Mammo, CR and DR applications.
Connections
 1 Gb/s Network connection (Default: Automatic detection of 10Mb/s and 100Mb/s
network is enabled, automatic detection of 1Gb/s network is disabled)
Service Concept
 Customer installable
 No service PC needed for basic installation, maintenance and service, but is
convenient for entering detailed host profile settings.
 Strict modular design: Production assemblies = service assemblies
 All switches, sensors and motors are monitored via current measurement on
main engine board (Devil / Devius and Devnix PCB*)
 If online diagnosis does not detect the exact reason for the error, an offline check
of the modules can be performed via browser pages
*see overview of


1.4 Printer components
1.4.1 Components Location
CDM LED Board
S6
CDM
M4
S5
S10 M5
S13
S4
S 1 in upper tray
S2 in lower tray
M1 S11
S24
S9 S12
RF1 in Lower Tray 536704aa_1.cdr
RF2 in Upper Tray
Figure 1


Devius*
Devil*
Micro SATA flash module*
Power Supply
OSB
TPH Tyndall*
Thanos*
Key6
RAM*
DDR2 RAM*
536704aa_2.cdr
Figure 2: Printers with SN < 100.000

* refer to page 23 for hardware changes depending on printer serial number.


Power Supply
DEVNIX
TPH
KEY6
536601AC.cdr
Figure 3: Printers with SN > 100.000



S14 / S15 in Upper pickup tray

S16 / S17 in Lower pickup tray
M6 in Upper pickup tray

S6 M7 in Lower pickup tray
M4
S18/S19 in Upper
F1 S8 /Lower pickup tray
S7 S21
M2 S22
M3
V2 V1 M9
F2
M8
S3
SCSI / SATA Hard Disk* 536704aa_3.cdr
Figure 4


1.4.2 List of Components
Component Name Refer to

CDM Contactless Densitometer PCB Figure 1
cdmLED Densitometer LED PCB Figure 1
Control Board: Input/Output and film
Devil PCB or Devius PCB Figure 2
control
Input/Output and film control. CPU
Devnix CPU Figure 3
board. Keeps Operating System.
E1 E label Devil CPU --
E2 E label Output Module --
E3 E label Lower Pickup Module --
E4 E label Power Supply --
E5 E label TPH module --
E6 E label 6 Display Module --
E7 E label 7 Upper Pickup Module --
F1 Thermal Head fan Figure 4
F2 CPU cooling fan (E-box) Figure 4
Hard disk Drive Hard disk Drive Figure 4
KEY6 PCB Keypad module Figure 2
KEY6 PCB with touch
Keypad module Figure 3
display
M1 Drum motor Figure 1
M2 Cam drive motor Figure 4
M3 Suspension drive motor Figure 4
M4 Output rollers motor Figure 1
M5 CDM Motor Figure 1
M6 Upper Pickup motor Figure 4
M7 Lower Pickup motor Figure 4
M8 Gear Box motor Figure 4
M9 Vacuum pump Figure 4
Micro SATA flash module Micro SATA flash module 8 GB Figure 2



OSB Switch Board for TH resistors Figure 2
Power Supply up to SN
Power Supply Figure 2
100.000
Power Supply as of SN
Power Supply Figure 3
100.000
RAM / DDR2 RAM RAM Figure 2
RF1 RF tag reader lower tray Figure 1
RF2 RF tag reader upper tray Figure 1
S1 Upper magazine empty detection Figure 1
S2 Lower magazine empty detection Figure 1
S3 Transport roller open detection Figure 4
S4 Input Sensor TPH Figure 1
S5 Output sensor TPH Figure 1
S6 Output rollers home position Figure 1
S7 TPH home position Figure 4
S8 Top cover closed detection Figure 4
S9 Print drum drive rotation detection Figure 1
S10 Densitometer home position Figure 1
S11 Take over passed detection Figure 1
S12 Overheat sensor Figure 1
S13 Input sensor TPH Figure 1
S14 Upper pickup home position Figure 4
S15 Upper pickup pickup position Figure 4
S16 Lower pickup home position Figure 4
S17 Lower pickup pickup position Figure 4
S18 Upper pickup passed position Figure 4
S19 Lower pickup passed position Figure 4
S21 10" suspension position Figure 4
S22 14" suspension position Figure 4
S24 Take over passed detection Figure 1



Thanos PCB / Tyndall
CPU board. Keeps Operating System. Figure 2
PCB
TPH Thermal print head Figure 2
V1 Vacuum valve lower magazine Figure 4
V2 Vacuum valve upper magazine Figure 4
1.5 Overview of control boards
Control board Description

Themis* CPU board in printer type 5366. Plugged into Devil main
board.
Thanos* CPU board in printer type 5367. Plugged into Devil main
board.
Devil* Control board in printer type 5366. Uses SCSI as
interface to hard disk.
Tyndal*l CPU board in printer type 5366 and 5367. Plugged into
Devius main board.
Devius* Control board in printer type 5367 ans 5367. Uses SATA
as interface to hard disk.
Devnix Combines functionality of both, the CPU and control
board for sensors and actuators. Used in printer types
5366 and 5367 as of SN 100.000.
* for serial numbers refer to section 1.6.


1.6 Overview of major hardware changes
The following major hardware changes were introduced for the printers:
1. Devil / Themis / SCSI hard disk replaced by Devius / Tyndall / SATA hard disk:
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100: SN ≥ 12610
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100: SN 3177, SN 3180, SN 3494 to SN 3537, SN 3539,
SN 3574, SN ≥ 3672
For details refer to DRYSTAR 5302 SB 18, Document ID 31733444 and DRYSTAR
AXYS SB 13, Document ID 31836447.
2. Micro SATA Flash Module replaces SATA hard disk and removal of E-label for
Power Supply and Thermal Head:
DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/110: SN ≥ 1001
DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/410: SN ≥ 1001
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100: SN ≥ 36845 and additionally in SN 35916
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/400: SN ≥ 1032
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100: SN ≥ 10601 and additionally in SN 10421
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/300: SN ≥ 1065
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/400: SN ≥ 1026
For details refer to DRYSTAR 5302 SB 35 / DRYSTAR AXYS SB 30, Document ID
53799257.
3. Removal of lower tray for DRYSTAR 5301

DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/110: SN ≥ 1001
DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/410: SN ≥ 1001
For details refer to DRYSTAR 5302 SB 35, Document ID 53799257.
4. Devius / Tyndall / Micro SATA hard disk and OSB replaced by Devnix. New power
supply. New touch keypad.
All printer types: SN > 100.000
For details refer to DRYSTAR 5302 SB 38 / DRYSTAR AXYS SB 33, Document ID
61999827.


1.7 Film run
This section describes the film run through the printer.
Cam drive Output Rollers

Motor
TH Suspension drive
Drum
CDM
Rollers driven by Filmrun
1 4
gearbox module 2
upper tray
3
(1 to 5)
Pickup Unit 5
Vacuum Pump
Filmrun
lower tray
536602ag.cdr
Figure 5: Filmrun through the printer
Description of one film cycle:
1. The vacuum pump starts.

Note that for printers as SN
100.000 the pump & valve is
integrated in the pick-up unit.
Figure 6: Pump & Valves Module


2. The suction cups of the

pickup unit move down to the
film.
Figure 7: Film Pickup
3. The gear box module starts

driving the rollers. In addition
it opens the feeding rollers at
the pickup unit.
4. The pickup unit transports
the film between the feeding
rollers.
5. The gearbox module
transports the film further
towards TH.
Figure 8: Gear Box Module


6. In case the film is transported

upwards from the lower tray,
the input sensors monitor the
film run.
Figure 9: Input Sensors Module
7. The cam drive moves the TH

up, to let the film edge be
transported between TH and
drum.
Figure 10: Cam drive


8. Depending on the previous

film width (14" or 10"), the
suspension drive changes
position or stays in the
current position (TH pressure
adjustment).
9. The cam drive closes the gap
between TH and drum.
Note that suspension drive is
not available in printers as of
SN 100.000.
Figure 11: Suspension drive
10. The drum motor moves the

film forward.
Figure 12: Drum Drive


11. The heat transfer from TH to

film takes place.
Figure 13: Thermal Head
12. The print drum, driven by the

drum motor, moves the film
forward.
Figure 14: Print Drum


13. When the film edge reaches

the output module, the CDM
checks "backside printing".
For details refer to section
1.8.
Figure 15: CDM
14. When printing is finished, the

cam drive opens the gap
between TH and drum.
15. The output rollers transport
the film out of the printer.
Figure 16: Output Module


1.8 Backside Printing Recognition
Films are inserted in the printer with the backing layer on top.
If a film is inserted with the backing layer upside down, the backing layer can
contaminate the thermal head, as it begins melting when the thermal head heats
it up.
Normally it is not possible to insert a film wrong. If a customer however re-inserts
a jammed film, the chance is 50% that he inserts it the right way. See NOTE next
page.
To prevent that a wrong inserted film contaminates the thermal head, the printer
prints a small rectangle on top of the film and checks when the film arrives at the
CDM, whether this small rectangle has Dmax.
In case the density is below a certain threshold, the film must have been inserted
wrong. The printer stops printing, informs the user of back-side printing, to check
the correct positioning of the film and to remove the film jam. Thus the thermal
head is only contaminated slightly, as the film is only printed a few cm on the
wrong side.
Black Rectangle for

Backside Printing Recognition
Distance
TH - CDM
Film printed on the

Diagnostic Area Non-Emulsion side
("Backside").
Border
(O.D. between Dmin and Dmax; Backside printing
Refer to Host Profile parameter "Border Density")
Remove film jam
536602dc.cdr
Figure 17: Backside printing recognition


NOTE:
The emulsion side in general is slightly Noise
smoother than the backing layer. This can be (dB)
heard by wiping over it  The backing layer Backing layer
makes much more noise. Emulsion layer
The backing layer has to be on top when the

film is laying in the tray.
Figure 18
1.9 Left / Right Shift Print Algorithm
At this position, where the TH has to print always Dmax, i.e. at the left and right image
border, the TH looses its characteristic relatively fast, which is determined by the Micro
profile calibration in production.
As a consequence, the TH produces after many prints small print stripes at this position
in 14" films, where the black border of the 10" films is located.
To prevent, that the TH has to print the black border always at the same position, a
left/right shift algorithm is built in.
For each film pack the complete image information is shifted slightly:
 Pack 1 has 0 mm shift
 Pack 2 has +0.3 mm shift
 Pack 4 has -0.3 mm shift
 And so on
The clear left and right borders are influenced by this shift mechanism but they are
within specification.


Exaggerated print stripes

without left / right shift algorithm
Image Info Image Info
Left / right shift algorithm

+0,3 mm +0,3 mm
Image Info Image Info Image Info

14x17"
Shift of complete
8x10" Image Info
+- 0.3 mm
Image Info Image Info Image Info for each film pack
536602dd.cdr
Figure 19: Left / right shift print algorithm


1.10 Mammo Printing Functionality (type 5367 only)
What does it mean "Mammo Printing"?
 Mammograms are X-ray Lightbox

examinations of the female breast.
R
 Due to the small objects the L
radiographers want to recognize,
images have to have a high
dynamic range (D max > 3.6 O.D.).
 Usually 2 examinations are made:
One for the left, one for the right
breast. For diagnosis they are
hanging symmetrically at the
Figure 20
lightbox.
Special Mammo Adjustments:
 No DICOM host profile required to print via DICOM at the printer from non-
Mammo modality.
 A dedicated host profile is required for each Mammo modality. A host profile for
Mammo is defined via following DICOM host profile parameters:
o Mandatory Parameter
- Mammo Modality  yes
o Optional Parameter
- Maximum Density  380
- Mammo CWR Rotation (see Figure 21)  yes/no (default) /site (= as
defined in „site profile“. Default in site profile: NO)


Without Chest Wall Rotation
DICOM Host Profile Parameter DICOM Host Profile Parameter

"Mammo CWR Rotation" = no (default) "Mammo CWR Rotation" = yes
Print Print
Direction Direction
Image on film 1 is
printed 180° rotated
R Film 1 R Film 2
Film 1 L Film 2
Rotate 180° before

hanging at the lightbox
Lightbox Lightbox
L R L R
+ Same film tint for both films

536401gq.cdr
+ Film overlap approx. 1 mm only
- Film overlap approx. 4 mm:

Fog of blank frame of film 1 adds in film 2
- Film tint depends on print direction:
Film 1 has slightly different color tint
if viewed from the side (only 8x10" and 11x14")!
536401gq.cdr
Figure 21: Chest wall rotation on/off


1.11 Printer calibrations overview
The following table lists the different Drystar Axys calibrations:
Characteristic CDM TH profile Film Smart Profile Compliance Film
Film printed
Purpose of the To determine new To reduce vertical To measure the film Equalization of TH Make film calibration
calibration reference values for macro banding sensitometry and to resistor drift in the this accurate, that it
the CDM. This is (vertical density use these values for area of 10" film black passes the
done via an external irregularities). Only internal reference, so borders when acceptance criteria
densitometer. macro density that the printer printing in mixed as defined by
compensation is behaves linear format conditions Afssaps / EUREF:
possible (in opposite regarding density (mix of 10" and 14" The default film
to micro reproduction. In print width). calibration procedure
compensation in addition, the is not necessarily
production). maximum density is accurate enough.
adapted.
To be done in  Whenever the Unacceptable line  At maintenance  During the  Before the
following internal artifacts visible in troubleshooting Afssaps / EUREF
cases densitometer has medical service test  To compensate procedure. Refer acceptance test
to be adapted to image small density to section 3.3,
an external variations of the Troubleshooting  Each 6 months, if
densitometer (for new film, when a the printer is
image quality new film package  In certain cases under control of
control) is used during Afssaps / EUREF,
maintenance. and it did not pass
 If density Refer to section 9, the Afssaps /
reproduction Maintenance EUREF calibration
check is not ok check
Automatic No No Yes, but only if No No

yes/no switched on*
* Automatic film calibration to be switched on via menu:

'2 Change settings - 5 Image Quality - 1 General - Select Default for Film Calibration


1.12 Printer Modules
This section lists the different printer modules (= spare parts).
13 11 10
15
16
17 14 12
9
18
22 8
19 7
20
6
3
1 4
21 5
2
Figure 22: Printer Modules


# Name E-Label* Purpose Comment MOD #**

1 KEYPAD/DISPLAY Yes User Interface - 10
MODULE
2 GEAR BOX & BELT - Film drive towards TH - 14
3 SUSPENSION DRIVE - TH pressure adjustment (10" / 14" Not used in 15
MODULE film width) printers SN >
100.000
4 Themis / Thanos / Tyndall - CPU (Operation; image processing) Refer to overview 12
PCB *** of control boars in
section 1.5.
5 512Mb RAM MODULE - RAM for operating system - 18
6 DEVIL / Devius / Devnix Yes**** CPU (film run) Refer to overview 08
PCB of control boars in
section 1.5.
7 VILIS COOLING FAN - Cools down Devil/Themis/RAM - 20
8 TPH COOLING FAN - Cools down TH - 16
9 POWER SUPPLY Yes*** Main power supply for all consumers - 09
10 HARD DISC - Data storage - --
11 OUTPUT MODULE Yes Film transport out of printer. Density - 06
measurement with integrated CDM
12 TPH FILTER MODULE - TPH dust filter - --
13 PUMP & VALVES ASSY - Vacuum for suction cups of pickup Not used in 17
module printers SN >
100.000
14 Input Sensors Module - Filmrun check before print drum - 11
15 DRUM DRIVE MODULE - Drum drive - 07
16 OSB SWITCH BOARD - TH power Not used in --
printers SN >
100.000
17 PRINT DRUM MODULE - Print drum; Transport during printing - --
18 THERMAL HEAD Yes*** Image transfer to film - 05
19 TAG READER ASSY - Film tag reader - --
20 UPPER / LOWER PICK Yes Film pickup via 2 suction cups - 03/04
UP MODULE
21 UPPER / LOWER TRAY - Film supply - 01/02
without Tag Reader
22 CAM DRIVE MODULE - TH position adjustment (printing / Not used in 13
film transport in and out of TH printers SN >
section) 100.000
*For description of E-Label refer to section 1.14.
** The Module number is shown in error messages. Example: "MOD13: Please replace module"
*** E-label not available anymore as of 06-2016. For detailed SNs refer to section 1.6,
Overview of major hardware changes.
**** Devnix PCB has no E-Label, but uses iButton instead.
NOTE:
This list does not show all spare parts. Parts that have no real function during
printing, like the covers are not listed.


1.13 Hardware
This section shows an overview of all hardware components and lists their purpose.
Key 6 board
Devil or Devius Hard disk drive
Display RS232
ETH
Sensors CF drive
Motors
Pumps
Power Supply
Themis or Thanos or
Thermal Head Tyndall
512 MB RAM
OSB Board
536702dz.cdr
Figure 23: Hardware components overview up to SN 99.999
Key 7 board
Devnix
Touch Micro SD
Display
USB
Sensors
Motors
Pumps 536702ez.cdr
Power Supply
Thermal Head
Figure 24: Hardware components overview as of SN 100.000


Hardware Component Description

Themis or Thanosor Tyndall  CPU: Keeps the operating system and application
board* software in RAM
(512 MB) during operation
 Keeps a flash EPROM for Bootup
 Performs image processing
Devil or Devius board*  Controls all sensors, motors, valves and pump
 Controls the power supply
 Sends the image data to the Thermal Head
 Provides for following connections:
- SCSI / SATA interface to hard disk
- CF card reader
*See also section 1.5, Overview of - Ethernet 1 Gb/sec. interface
control boards.
- RS232 service port
Devnix board*  Combines functions of Tyndall and Devius.
 Provides USB interface instead of CF card reader.
No RS232 service port.
Key 6 Board  Controls the display with 122 (width) x 32 (height)
pixels
 Controls all buttons and LEDs required for
operation
Key 7 board  Controls the touch display used in printers as of
SN 100.000
Hard disk / Micro SD card  Keeps the operating system, all application
software and diagnostic data
CF drive  To save or install data via CF card type II
Thermal head  Transfers the diagnostic data (pixels) via heating
elements to the heat sensitive film
OSB board  Switch board for the different TH heating elements
 Provides the power for heating up the resistor
elements
Power supply  Supplies all voltages for the printer (+3,3 V,
+ 5 V, +12 V, -12 V, +20 V, +24 V, + 55V)
 Connected via RS232 interface to the Devil /
Devius / Devnix board, to allow saving temporary
data before switch off


1.14 Modules and E-Labels
The E-Label is a small EPROM attached to the module, which keeps information about
the module, like e.g.:
 Name
 Hardware Version
 Nr. of print cycles
 Last error code
An example for the readout of an E-Label is given in Figure 26
In case the E-label is defective or not connected the printer issues a warning message.
Printing is possible however also without E-label.
The decision, whether a module has an E-label or not depends on whether the
corresponding module:
 Can be repaired in the repair center or
 Requires module specific data
The table in section 1.12 lists, which module has an E-Label.
Figure 25: Example for E-Label at Power Supply


_____________________________
Name....................................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/name
Name....................................Value OUTPUT ASSY
HardwareVersion.................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/hardwareVersion
HardwareVersion.................Value 3
OrderNumber.......................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/orderNumber
OrderNumber.......................Value
PartNumber..........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/partNumber
PartNumber..........................Value
RdeNumber..........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rdeNumber
RdeNumber..........................Value A333462.3
SerialNumber.......................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/serialNumber
SerialNumber.......................Value 40
FirstUseDate........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/firstUseDate
FirstUseDate........................Value
LastUseDate........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastUseDate
LastUseDate........................Value
HoursOfOperation...............Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/hoursOfOperation
HoursOfOperation...............Value 1876
NrOfCycles...........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/nrOfCycles
NrOfCycles...........................Value 21166
LastRepairDate....................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastRepairDate
LastRepairDate....................Value
RepairSiteName...................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/repairSiteName
RepairSiteName...................Value
NrOfRepairs.........................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/nrOfRepairs
NrOfRepairs.........................Value 0
LastRepairCode...................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastRepairCode
LastRepairCode...................Value
LastModuleSpecificErrors...Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastModuleSpecificErrors
LastModuleSpecificErrors...Value HC205007
NominalCalIntensity............Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/nominalCalIntensity
NominalCalIntensity............Value 9500
MinCalIntensity...................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/minCalIntensity
MinCalIntensity...................Value 8500
MaxCalIntensity...................Uri http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/maxCalIntensity
MaxCalIntensity...................Value 10500
_____________________________
RandomUri
RandomValue
backToMain produce request randomRequest reconfigureThisELabel
Figure 26: Example for E-Label content


The Devnix PCB (as of printer SN

Contact iButton
100.000) does not have and E-Label but
an iButton.
The iButton contains printer specific data.
5366011D.cdr
Figure 27: iButton at Devnix PCB
1.15 Printer online diagnosis software

An online diagnosis software is permanently monitoring the correct feedback signal and
timing of the valves and the pump, motors and sensors which are connected to the
Devil module.
In case of a mismatch an error is issued.
Example message:
MOD04
Please replace module
Application Online Devil CPU

Printer Software Diagnosis
Software
Operating System
536602aa.cdr
Figure 28
Errors are internally divided into:

 Events
 Warnings
 Defects


In general events are user clearable, warnings are "key-operator"

(= experienced user or hospital technician) clearable, whereas defects have to be
repaired by service personnel.
Warnings and error messages are written into the infocounter.
Errors: Classification and treatment

Filmrun
Step 1
user
clearable
Message in plain text.

Online E.g. 'close upper cover'
Diagnosis
key-operator
clearable
event
everything no warning Message in plain text:
okay? E.g. CDM not calibrated
defect
yes
Infocounter
service
 clearable
Filmrun
Step n Error message:
HC10907:
Suspension motor M3 not
connected or malfunctioning
536602af.cdr
Figure 29


1.16 Thermal model
The thermal model can be characterized as follows:

 It is a mathematical description of the interaction Film – TH.
 It uses parameters like film thickness, thermal conductivity of the film, TH
temperature, environmental temperature, print speed and resolution of the print
head.
 The thermal model TMML (Thermal Model Multi Layer; R&D name of the product
 official name 'A # Sharp') describes this interaction very accurate, leading to a
very precise reproduction of the image.
 With the thermal model "TMML" the image looks very sharp and has the image
quality of a Laser Imager.
Heat of following
pixel
Heat of previous Drum
pixel temperature
Heat of neighbor
pixel TH temperature
Thermal Model
Mathematical
Pixel Stream Thermal Model
Description of Pixel Stream
Interaction Film - TH
Parameter Z Thermal conductivity

film
Parameter Y
Thermal sensitivity
film
Parameter X
Figure 30


2 Safety Directions
IMPORTANT:
For each service intervention follow the instructions in the “Generic Safety Directions”.
Refer to Document ID 11849633.
The Generic Safety Directions document comprises the general safety relevant
information including relevant environmental and occupational safety instructions for
the Service Engineer.
2.1 Safety Notes for Installation Planning and Installation
CAUTION:
The device is heavy (90 kg / 198 lb). Risk of injuries.
At least three people have to lift the device from one position to the other.
Use proper foot and hand protection when lifting the device.
The table might break and cause injuries or damage to the device. The device weight
may be too heavy for the table.
Communicate to the customer, that the table must be able to carry more than 90 kg
(198 lb).
2.2 Safety Notes for preventive and corrective Maintenance Work
WARNING:
Thermal Print Head is hot - up to 70 °C: Risk of burns.
Avoid contact with the Thermal Print Head.
Observe the relevant sticker on the Thermal Print Head.
IMPORTANT:
Thermal Print Head is fragile: Risk of damage.
When replacing or cleaning the Thermal Print Head great care must be taken.


CAUTION:
When mounting the main drive belt in the wrong direction, the image will be
corrupted:
To ensure correct reassembly mark the outside with a waterproof pen before removing
the belt .
2.3 General Safety Note for all Service Actvities
2.3.1 Safety switch
 The machine has one safety switch,

located below the top cover.
 It serves as a safety feature if
someone opens the machine e.g. to
remove a film jam. S8
When the top cover is opened, the safety

switch is activated.
It cuts off the voltage to all motors and the 536631aa.cdr
print head.
Figure 31
WARNING:
If the safety switch is overridden with a service key there are risks of injuries.
Keep your hands and garments away from the device.
Remove service key before the device is handed over to the customer.
Before the printer is closed the service key must be removed again, otherwise the
mechanism of the safety switch may get damaged.
CAUTION:
Hardcopy loss if printer is removed from the mains:
Before removing the mains cable make sure that there are no films being printed at
this time.


CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the device: Injury is possible.
Take care during maintenance and replacement of parts.
2.3.2 Electrical Check after Power Supply Replacements
In case of power supply replacements or preventive maintenance, check the protective

earth resistance according to the national regulations.
The electrical check is split up in two steps:
Step Task Reference

1 Perform the basic protective earth test 2.3.2.1
2 Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations. 2.3.2.2
2.3.2.1 Basic Protective Earth Test
(1) Use a multimeter that is capable to

measure a resistance < 1 Ohm
(2) Put one probe at the ground
connector of the mains input
(3) Put the other probe at a few metallic
parts, the customer could touch.
The electrical resistance has to be  536631JN.cdr
0.2 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 32.
2
Figure 32


(1) Insert the power cord at the printer

side; leave it disconnected at the
wall side.
connector of the mains connector.
536631JK.cdr
The electrical resistance in this case
has to be  0.3 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 33.
(4) check the printer for loose grounding
connections, if the electrical
resistance of one measurement
exceeds the limits (0.2 Ohm without
mains cable; 0.3 Ohm with mains
cable)
Figure 33
2.3.2.2 Electrical Check according to National Regulations
(1) Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations.
NOTE:
The electrical checks that have to be performed in certain intervals (for example each
36 months) or after certain service actions (repair and/or maintenance) depend on
National Regulations.
Example for Germany: BGV A3 and DIN VDE 0751 or subsequent regulations.


3 Pre-Installation
3.1 Items to be organized before installation
3.1.1 Power cables
The printer is delivered with two 3 m power cables. Refer to Figure 36.
 For US: NEMA 5-15P
 For Europe: CEE7/7
If required organize a power cable for your country locally.
See section 3.6.3 for specifications.
3.1.2 Tools
The following tools are required for installation

 Service PC with browser (Firefox, Internet Explorer, Google Chrome)
 For printer SN > 100.000: USB flash drive, formatted as FAT32*
 For printer SN < 100.000: CF card reader. One CF card** is part of delivery.
*As of printer SW 6.1 also exFAT is supported. Encrypted USB flash drive not supported.
** An additional CF card is recommended in case the CF card, which is stored with the printer, gets lost.
3.1.3 Documents
Download the following documents before printer installation:
User manual and reference manual

The user manual and reference manual lists the technical data of the printer.
 Target reader of the user manual: End-user. Manual is available in the languages
as listed in section 3.2.
 Target reader of the reference manual: Hospital engineer. Manual is available in
English language only.


The following user and reference manuals are available for download:
 User manual DRYSTAR 5301 / DRYSTAR 5302 (Type 5366/100/110), Document
number 2831
 Reference manual DRYSTAR 5301 / DRYSTAR 5302 (Type 5366/100/110),
Document number 2830
 User manual DRYSTAR AXYS (Type 5367/100), Document number 2852
 Reference manual DRYSTAR AXYS (Type 5367/100), Document number 2853
User manuals for other printer subtypes are part of delivery. They are not available for
download from the Agfa Medimg Library. Content is equivalent.
Certificates
Printer Certificates are available on the Agfa Medimg Library.
DICOM Conformance Statement

The DICOM Conformance Statement of the printer is available on the Agfa Medimg
Library, Document ID 9041538
Interface Status Report:

The up-to-date interface status report (ISR), document ID 15327967 lists all modalities,
for which the connectivity to the printer type 5366 / 5367 is tested and released.
The ISR also lists the document ID* to the Connectivity Release Document number on
the Agfa Medimg library.
*Document ID on the Agfa Medimg Library is also named “Livelink NodeID” in the ISR.
Connectivity Release Documents:

Specific connectivity information for the DRYSTAR 5302 is availbe in the Connectivity
Release Documents on the Agfa Medimg Library.


3.2 Scope of delivery
The printer is delivered with all parts, which are required to install it in an existing
Ethernet network.
 1 printer, including:
- 2 input trays* adjustable for all film sizes
- 1 output tray
 1 Compact Flash card (stored in backup CF card slot in input tray)**
 2 power cables (Europe / US), 3 m
o 1 x NEMA 5-15P with IEC C13 plug female (US)
o 1 x CEE7/7 with IEC C13 plug female (Europe)
 1 UTP network cable, 5 m long (2 x RJ45 connection) incl. extension piece
 1 Reference manual (English)
 1 User Manual (English; Chinese simplified, Spanish)
 1 CD with all user manuals and Plug&Play installation manuals in all
languages***
 1 packing list
 1 Plug and Play Installation manual (English)
 25 films 14x17" DT 2B for test purposes
 25 films 8x10" DT 2B for test purposes
 2 sets film type labels*
 1 Chinese warning sticker
 1 CE declaration of conformity
 1 China ROHS declaration
 1 Installation Report
* Printers type 5366/110, 5366/410 and 5366/510 have one input tray and one set of film type labels only.
** Not delivered for printers with SN > 100.000
*** Available languages: Bulgarian, Chinese_Simplified, Chinese_Traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
English, Estonian, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Latvian,
Lithuanian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Slovakian, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai,
Turkish, Vietnamese


3.3 Accessories
Item Order Number Comment

Mobile Kit EX2DV Contains a metal frame for fixing the printer on a table
or floor.
To be used in earthquake areas and in mobile usage.
May not be used in military vessels.
536711al.cdr
Mammo EY8RN Contains the mammo license key for printers type
license 5367.
When entering this key, the printer is able to print
Dmax up to 3.80 O.D., what is required for mammo
printing.
3.4 Remote service
The printer is remote service capable. It can be serviced remotely via the Agfa Secure
Remote Service System (SRSS).
For more information see Agfa Intranet > Agfa Medical Imaging > Services > Tools >
SRSS


3.5 Required data for printer setup on site
The following data are required for printer setup on site:
Data Comment
Printer network setup data
Printer IP address Default 169.254.10.10
Can also be set to DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
Subnet mask Default: 255.255.0.0
Router IP address Default: None
Hostname Default: ds5302 (type 5366) or dsaxys (type 5367)
Printer AE title DS5302 (type 5366) or DSAXYS (type 5367)
Modality setup data – required for each single modality which shall use the
printer
Modality brand Printer has default profiles available for many modalities.
Modality type
Modality nickname Max. 8 characters. Displayed in the printer queue.
Modality AE Title None
3.6 Specifications
3.6.1 Printer dimensions
Film tray and top cover opened

76 cm
67,6 cm
71,5 cm 72,8 cm 116 cm

536603AB.cdr
Figure 34


3.6.2 Printer Interfaces
Printers with SN < 100.000

Equipotential 100 - 240 V AC
Ground connection. plug power supply
6 mm metric thread
CF card slot
Network connection.
RJ45 UTP for 1000BaseT network,
according to IEC 601
Service Interface.
RS232 Interface male
DTE 9 pin sub D (nullmodem)
Printers with SN > 100.000 100 - 240 V AC

power supply
USB Interface
Network connection.
RJ45 UTP for 1000BaseT network,
according to IEC 601
536611JM.cdr
Figure 35


3.6.3 Electrical connection
Installation guidelines Electrical installations have to be done in accordance

with national regulations. Examples:
VDE (Germany) Electrical installations in the
installation room must be in compliance with the
regulations IEC 364, VDE 0100, and VDE 0107.
UL (US) Electrical installations in the installation
room must be in compliance with the regulations:
“National Electrical Code" (NEC) (NFPA70).
IMPORTANT:
A ground fault interrupter (GFI) (IN = 30 mA) must be installed at a suitable point in
the circuit (in compliance with VDE 664).
Mains connection in the VDE Double earthed pin outlet in compliance with
installation room DIN 49441 and with CEE 7 standard cover V II.
UL Earthed contact outlet for the NEMA 5-15 P plug
Mains cable Euro- CEE7/7 - H05VV - F3G - 3 x 2.5 mm² with

(part of the delivery) Version: IEC C13 plug (female); cable length 3 m
US/CAN- NEMA 5-15P - SJT, 3 x AWG 18 with
Version: IEC C13 plug (female); Cable length 3 m
US Europe
IEC C13 CEE7/7
NEMA 5-15P IEC C13

5366_chap11_001.cdr
Figure 36
Network cable UTP; AWG24; Length: 5 m

(part of the delivery)
Main switch Upon machine installation, it must be ensured that either

the mains connector or an all-pole circuit breaker for the
installation on site is located close to the machine and
easily accessible.


3.6.4 Resolution
Parameter Value
Spacial resolution printer type 5366 320 dpi
Spacial resolution printer type 5367 508 dpi
Contrast resolution (type 5366 / 5367) 12 bit
3.6.5 Pixel Matrices
These tables list the diagnostic print matrices (= addressable area by the modality).
At some modalities this information has to be entered by the modality service engineer.
Diagnostic area - printer type 5366
NO annotations WITH annotations

Portr. & Landsc. Portrait Landscape
Film Size Width & Height Width Height Width Height
8INX10IN 2376 3070 2376 2705 3070 2011
10INX12IN 3070 3653 3070 3288 3653 2705
11INX14IN 3348 4358 3348 3993 4358 2983
14INX14IN 4358 4303 4358 3938 4303 3993
14INX17IN 4358 5232 4358 4867 5232 3993
Diagnostic area - printer type 5367

Portr.&Landsc. Portrait Landscape
8INX10IN 3852 4880 3852 4300 4880 3272
10INX12IN 4880 5860 4880 5280 5860 4300
11INX14IN 5376 6922 5376 6342 6922 4796
14INX14IN 6882 6882 6882 6302 6882 6302
14INX17IN 6922 8368 6922 7788 8368 6342


Diagnostic Area for Mammo Printing - optional for printer type 5367

Portr. & Landsc. Portrait Landscape
8INX10IN 3828 4958 3828 4378 4958 3248
10INX12IN 4892 5810 4892 5320 5810 4312
11INX14IN 5376 6922 5376 6342 6922 4796
NOTE:
If trim is used around the images (trim is a small, white frame around each image on
the film – this can be configured via DICOM host profiles), the diagnostic area is 6
pixels smaller at each edge of the film.
3.6.6 Interface Data
Parameter Value
Image interface DICOM 3.0 Print SCP
TIFF
Maximum number of simultaneous 10
DICOM associations
Network connection RJ45 UTP, 1000 BaseT (1 GB/s)
acc. to IEC601


3.6.7 User access to the printer
User Functions Local keypad Browser access

access
Operator View print Yes (no password) Username and password
queue required. Refer to user
manual.
Key-operator Basic service Yes (no password) Username and password
functions required. Refer to user
manual.
Service Advanced No Username and password
service required, communicated in
functions the instructor based training
Specialist All service No Username and password
functions required. Available for
headquarter specialist only.
Administartor Data security No Username and password
required. Contact the GSN.
3.6.8 Other technical data
For the technical data of the printer not listed in the Service Manual refer to the User
Manual.
The technical data are listed in section “Specifications” of the corresponding user
manual.
Refer to section 3.1.3 for the available user manuals.


4 Installation and configuration
REQUIRED TIME:
Average required time: 1 hour
 15 min. Hardware installation
 15 min. Printer set-up
 15 min. Installation verification
 15 min. User training
TOOLS:
 Crosshead screwdriver
 Flathead screwdriver
 Wire cutter
 Service PC
 For printer with SN > 100.000: USB flash drive (USB 2 or 3)
SOFTWARE:
 Latest printer software, to be prepared for a software upgrade, in case a newer
software is available.


4.1 Installation overview
4.1.1 Installation steps
The following table shows the main steps of the printer installation:
# Step Main task Reference

1 Preparations  Check installation site prerequisites.
Plug & Play
 Check shipment completeness. Installation
 Prepare required tools. (appended to
user manual)
 Unpack the printer.
2 Hardware  Install output tray.
Installation
 Remove transport protection locks.
 Connect the cables. Plug & Play
Installation
 Set film size tabs. (appended to
 China only: Stick Chinese warning user manual)
label above the existing one.
 Load films.
3 Printer  Startup the printer. Plug & Play
startup Installation
 Initiate printer installation. (appended to
user manual)
4 Printer  Go through printer installation wizard. Plug & Play
Installation Installation
Wizard (appended to
user manual)
and section 4.2.


# Step Main task Reference

5 Printer  Adjust Film calibration (optional). 4.3
configuration
 Select Default densitometer (optional).
 Set Film view (optional).
 Adjust Beeps on empty tray (optional).
 Adjust behavior for unreadable RF
Tag (optional).
 Enter Mammo license key (optional
for type 5367).
 Enter site data (mandatory).
6 Film  Perform a film calibration for each 4.4
calibration available film tray.
7 Printer -  Let the modality be set-up. 4.5 to 4.8
Modality
connection  Set-up logical printers (optional).
 Print diagnostic and/or test images.
 Adjust image settings (optional).
8 Acceptance  Perform acceptance test. 4.9
Test
9 Completion  Instruct the customer in operation of 4.10
of installation the printer.
 Save settings on backup CF card.


4.2 Installation wizard
The Printer Installation Wizard guides Printer Installation Wizard

step by step through different Key-operator
parameters. menu
9 Installation
Figure 37 shows how to enter the

X
2 Printer Installation
Installation Wizard and lists the Language
parameters which have to be entered. Date and Time
PRINTER IP-ADDRESS
A more detailed description of the printer NETMASK
Installation Wizard is available in the ROUTER IP-ADDRESS
DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS CALLED (Printer) AE_TITLE
Daily used modality name
Reference Manual in section 'Using the Modality Brand
installation wizard'. Modality Type*
For download link of the reference CALLING (Modality) AE_TITLE
manual refer to section 3.1.3. Preferred film type
Install Site Data
Save configuration
Reset
5367_Reg01_001_e.cdr
Figure 37
* Modality Type is not shown when selecting "default profile" in the "Modality Brand" screen.
4.3 Printer configuration
This section describes the following printer configuration steps:
Step Classification Reference

Setting film calibration parameters optional 4.3.1
Setting the Default Densitometer optional 4.3.2
Setting the Film View optional 4.3.3
Setting Beeps on empty Tray optional 4.3.4
Setting Behavior for unreadable RF Tags optional 4.3.5
Activating the Mammo License (type 5367 only) optional 4.3.6
Entering Site data mandaory 4.3.7


4.3.1 Setting film calibration parameters
Accessible via … Local keypad and browser
Accessible via menu: Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality -

1 General
Purpose of the setting: A) Define whether automatic calibration shall be executed

at insertion of a new film pack.
B) If set on ON, define the number of filmpacks, after
which the film calibration shall be executed.
Default value: ON - every 5 filmpacks
Example browser
screen: Welcome to this
DryStar Axys printer
Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings
Default film calibration off

on
Default Densitometer Macbeth TR924

Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values
Welcome to this

Select frequency
Every 5 packs
536701fa.cdr
Figure 38


4.3.2 Setting the Default Densitometer
Accessible via menu: Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality

- 1 General
Purpose of the setting: Define a default densitometer. Density values displayed

during calibration or the QC procedure will be displayed
re-calculated for this default densitometer.
Default value: X-Rite 310
Example browser
Default film calibration off

on

Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310

536701fb.cdr
Figure 39


4.3.3 Setting the Film View
Accessible via menu: 2 Change settings - 2 Input tray
Purpose of the setting: Change the film view in case the film curl is desired to be
towards the light box
Default value: Normal
Example browser screen:

Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Change input tray settings
Upper input tray
Film view Normal

Back
Tag film format 14x17"
Tag film type DT2B
Lower input tray
Film view Normal

Back
Tag film type DT2B

536701fp.cdr
Figure 40


4.3.4 Setting Beeps on empty Tray
Accessible via menu: Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 1 General
Purpose of the setting: Adjust whether or not the customer shall be informed via
audible beeps about an empty tray.
Default value: Audible alarm on - beep 5 times
NOTE:
The 'beep on empty tray' menu is accessible via key-operator menu on the keypad
and key-operator menu via browser.
Example browser
Welcome to this
screen: DryStar Axys printer
Key-Operator - Change general settings

Date: 19 Oct. 2004
Time: 08 30 00
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Beep on empty tray 5 beeps

Keypad contrast (60 ... 80) 68 Typical 68
Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Country
* Country code (tel)
* Telephone
Remote Connection
* Department
* Contact person
E-mail address
Comments
536701fq.cdr
Figure 41


4.3.5 Setting Behavior for unreadable RF Tags
Accessible via … Browser only
Accessible via menu: Service menu - 2 Change settings - 2 Input Tray
Purpose of the setting: Define the behavior of the printer in case the RF tag is not
readable or available.
Default value: Printing not possible
Example browser
Service - Change input tray settings
If RF-tag is missing or malfunctioning

printing with Dmax = 2.00
printing not possible
Upper input tray
Film view Normal

Back
Tag film type DT2B
Lower input tray
Film view Normal

Back
Tag film type DT2B

536701fr.cdr
Figure 42


4.3.6 Activating the Mammo License (type 5367 only)
NOTE:
The Mammo License is optional for printer type 5367.
The Mammo license is not available for printer type 5366.
In case the customer did not buy the Mammo license, skip this step.
Accessible via menu: Browser Pages: Service Engineer Tools - Licenses
Purpose of the setting: Activation of the Mammo License
Default value: Mammo not activated
Example browser
HOME HELP Licenses
screen:
Product options:
MAMMO NOT ACTIVATED Activate
Changes require reboot!
HOME HELP Licenses
Please enter the product

key to activate MAMMO:
OK Cancel
5364enc10.cdr
Figure 43
NOTE:
When the Mammo license is activated, the printer changes following characteristics:
 It is possible to define DICOM host profile parameter "Mammo Modality = yes".
 It is possible to use and calibrate DRYSTAR DT2 Mammo films
(Dmax up to 3.8 O.D).


4.3.7 Entering Site data
Accessible via … Browser only.
Accessible via menu: Browser pages - Service Engineer tools - Enter key-
operator command session - 2 Change settings - 1
General
Purpose: Fill in site data to have an entry in the infocounter about

the installation site.
It is mandatory to fill in site data. As long as the site data
are not yet filled in, after each switch on / reboot of the
printer a hint is displayed to enter the site data.
Default value: None
Example browser
Welcome to this
screen: DryStar Axys printer
Service - Change general settings

Date: 19 Oct. 2017
Time: 08 30 00
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese

Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Country
* Telephone
Remote Connection
* Department
* Contact person
E-mail address
Comments
536701fz.cdr
Figure 44


4.4 Film calibration
Perform a film calibration for each film tray.

For instructions refer to section 5.
4.5 Printer - Modality connection
The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for connection of the
printer to the modality.
The following table lists these tasks.
Task Classification Accessible via ... Reference

Let the modality be set-up mandatory -- 4.5
Set-up logical printers optional Browser pages 4.6
Print diagnostic and/or mandatory -- 4.7
test images
Adjust image settings optional Key-operator menu or 4.8
Browser pages
4.5.1 Modality set-up
(1) Let the modality be set-up at the modality.

(2) Tell the modality service engineer following printer parameters:
 Printer Type (Agfa DRYSTAR 5302 or DRYSTAR AXYS)
 IP address
 AE-title
 Available film formats


4.6 Logical printers Set-up
(1) Check, whether the printer requires the "logical printer setup",this means to setup
more than one AE title for the printer. See flowchart below:
Logical Printer
Setup Decision
Flowchart
Check whether modality supports

more than one application (e.g. Mammo + CR).
No Okay. Logical
Modality supports
Printer Setup not
> 1 application ?
required.
Yes
Check whether images of

different applications can
be adapted to required settings.
Example. DR: Dmax 3.2; LUT: Kanamori
Mammo: Dmax: 3.8, LUT: linear
Adjustment Okay. Logical Printer

Yes Setup not required.
at modality
possible? Perform adjustments
at modality.
No
Create two logical printers.
Proceeding see this section.
536401mm.cdr
Figure 45


Accessible via … Browser only.
Accessible via menu: Browser pages - Service Engineer Tools - DICOM profile
editor - Setup DICOM print SCP Servers
Purpose: Define more than one logical printer. This may be required in
case a modality sends images from different applications to
the printer. See also Info next page.
Default value: Only one logical printer.

Internal name: DEFAULT_SCP
Called AE title: DSAXYS
Example browser HOME HELP DICOM Print SCP Setup

screen: Setup one or more Dicom SCP servers on this device:
One 'Dicom Print SCP server' is capable of handling multiple Dicom
print associations
Dicom Print SCP
Internal Name: DEFAULT_SCP

Listen at Port: 104
Max. allowed associations: 10
Secure channel (SSL):
Comments:
OK Create new Dicom Print SCP Cancel Changes require reboot
5367_Reg01_003_e.cdr
Figure 46
NOTE:
 The Called AE title is defined during the execution of the printer installation wizard.
It can also be adapted in the "DICOM Print SCP Setup" screen.
 The number of logical SCP printers is limited. As each configured SCP server
consumes resources of the printer, use as little SCP servers as possible. Rule of
thumb: Define max. 4 logical printers.


Enclosed an example where it is required to configure two logical SCP printers:

 Printing is initiated at a PACS workstation.
 Two types of modalities as input.
o Mammography images: Interpolation cubic bell with
smoothfactor 1.1
o CT images: Interpolation highres cubic with
smoothfactor -0.9.
Problem:
The PACS workstation has one AE title only. The DRYSTAR AXYS does not
recognize, for which type of modality (CT or Mammo) the user wants to print.
Solution (see " Figure 47: Example for logical printer setup " next page):
X X
 Create one logical printer 'DSAXYSMammo' and one 'DSAXYSCT.

 Create two different host profiles for the two logical printers with the required
settings.
 In the PACS workstation setup both printers: The user has to select the proper
logical printer.
NOTE:
In the example of Figure 47 the checkboxes before the "Kernel" parameters are set.
This setting prevents, that the modality can overrule the adjusted parameter.
It always depends on the application, whether this is desired or not.
This has to be discussed with the modality service engineer and/or the customer.


Required setting:
Print Cubic Bell 0.9
DSAXYSCT CT
DSAXYSCT
DSAXYSMAMMO
PACS Console
Required setting:
Cubic Bell 1.1
AE Title: PACS Mammo Mammo Modality = yes
Drystar Axys
with Mammo License
AE Title 1: DSAXYSCT
AE Title 2: DSAXYSMAMMO
Logical Printer Setup (Dicom Print SCP Setup) in Drystar Axys
HOME HELP DICOM Print SCP Setup HOME HELP DICOM Print SCP Setup
Dicom Print SCP Dicom Print SCP
Internal Name: DEFAULT_SCP Internal Name: Mammo Printer

Called AE title: DSAXYSCT Called AE title: DSAXYSMAMMO
Listen at Port: 104 Listen at Port: 105
Max. allowed associations: 10 Max. allowed associations: 10
Secure channel (SSL): Secure channel (SSL):
Comments: Comments:
OK Create new Dicom Print SCP Cancel OK Create new Dicom Print SCP Cancel
DICOM Host Profile Setup in Drystar Axys

HELP Host Profile: CR QS HELP Host Profile: CR QS Mammo
Nick Name: CT PACS Nick Name: Mammo PACS

Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': PACS Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': PACS
Use this profile only for local SCP server: DEFAULT SCP Use this profile only for local SCP server: MAMMO Printer
........................................................... ...........................................................
........................................................... ...........................................................
Kernel: custom Edit Custom cubicBell 0.9 Kernel: custom Edit Custom cubicBell 1.1
........................................................... ...........................................................
........................................................... ...........................................................
........................................................... ...........................................................
........................................................... ...........................................................
Mammo modality: No Mammo modality: Yes
OK Cancel Show Defaults Show last Input OK Cancel Show Defaults Show last Input
536701mr.cdr
Figure 47: Example for logical printer setup


4.7 Printing of diagnostic and / or test images
(1) Print a few diagnostic images from the connected modalities.

(2) Compare them at the lightbox with the image on the monitor.
4.8 Image adjustments
For systematic image adjustment follow the flowchart below:
Image Adjustment
Flowchart
Modality is a Yes Make Mammo specific adjustments

Mammo modality ? as described in 4.8.1.
When finished, continue with next step.
No
Check whether on the Agfa HealthCare Library

a Connectivity Release Document for the
Printer - Modality combination is available.
Connectivity Make adjustments as described in

Yes Connectivity Release Document.
Release Document
available? Refer to 4.8.2.
When finished, continue with next step.
No
Customer is Yes
Okay. No further image
satisfied with image adjustments required.
quality?
No
Required image Yes

Make adjustments at the modality.
adjustments can be
Refer to 4.8.3.
made at modality?
No No Customer is
satisfied with image
adjustments?
Perform image Yes

adjustments at the printer.
Refer to 4.8.4.
536701mp.cdr Okay. No further image
adjustments required.
Figure 48: Adjusting image quality


4.8.1 For type 5367 only: Mammography specific Image Adjustments (optional)
NOTE:
Mammography Mammography printing functionality is supported by printer type 5367
only.
By default the Mammography printing functionality of the printer is switched off.
Two conditions have to be fulfilled to allow printing of Mammography images:
 Mammo license is activated. See section 4.3.6.
 A DICOM host profile for the Mammo modality with setting "Mammo modality
= yes" has to be created. This 2nd step is described here.
In case the printer has no Mammo modality as input, skip this step.
(1) In the browser pages select

Service Engineer Tools > DICOM profile editor > New.
(2) Enter Nickname (A).
(3) Enter Calling AE title (B).
(4) Select Mammo Modality yes (D).
(5) If a small clear border is required (See Figure 50 next page)
- adjust “image orientation” to “r 180” (C)
- switch on Mammo CWR Rotation* (E).
(6) In case the modality and printer is part of an Agfa Solution, make adjustments as
defined in the solution requirements.
HELP Host Profile: CR QS Mammo
A Nick Name: CR QS Mammo

B Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': QS
...........................................................
...........................................................
C Image orientation: r180
...........................................................
...........................................................
D Mammo modality: Yes
E Mammo CWR Rotation: No
OK Cancel Show Defaults Show last Input

536701gk.cdr
Figure 49
*CWR = Chest Wall Rotation


Host Profile Adjustments for “small clear border” at Mammo printing:
Without Chest Wall Rotation
DICOM Host Profile Parameter DICOM Host Profile Parameter

"Mammo CWR Rotation" = no (default) "Mammo CWR Rotation" = yes
"Image Orientation" = r0 (default) "Image Orientation" = r180
Print Print
Direction Direction
Film 1 Film 2
R L
Film 1 L Film 2
Rotate 180° before

hanging at the lightbox
Lightbox Lightbox
L R L R
+ Same film tint for both films

536401gq.cdr
+ Film overlap approx. 2 to 4 mm only
- Film overlap approx. 4 mm:

Fog of blank frame of film 1 adds in film 2
- Film tint depends on print direction:
Film 1 has slightly different color tint
if viewed from the side
536701gq.cdr
Figure 50


4.8.2 Image Adjustments as described in the Connectivity Release Document
(1) If a Connectivity Release Document for the Printer - Modality Combination exists,
perform the image adjustments as described there.
(2) When finished, print test images from the modality.
(3) Check the image quality together with the customer.
(4) In case the image quality is not satisfying continue as described in the flowchart in
Figure 48 . X
NOTE:
Connectivity Release Documents describe all parameters and required adjustments to
guarantee:
 Communication between modality and the printer
 Image adjustment at the modality and / or the printer.
Refer to section 3.1.3 for more information about Connectivity Release Documents.
4.8.3 Image Adjustments at the Modality
The Image adjustments at the modality are split up in contrast (see 4.8.3.1 ) and X
sharpness adjustments (see 4.8.3.2 ): X
4.8.3.1 Contrast Adjustment
(1) Select the required taste LUT (Look Up Table) at the modality. If possible use the
"Kanamori Taste LUT".
NOTE:
The Look-Up-Table is responsible for the contrast of the image (in combination with Dmin
and Dmax) and may be named at the modality as follows:
 Taste LUT
 Perception LUT
 Correction LUT
 Presentation LUT


4.8.3.2 Sharpness Adjustment
(1) Check the DICOM conformance statement whether the modality sends the images
in page mode or image mode.
(2) Select the required smooth factor at the modality to define the sharpness of the
image. See Figure 18 . X X
(3) When finished, print test images from the modality.

(4) Check the image quality together with the customer
(5) In case the image quality is not satisfying continue as described in the flowchart.
See Figure 48.
Interpolation Smooth Factors (DICOM values)
299 251 245 235

200
Cubic Bell
199 148 143 138 101

Cubic High Res
less sharp sharp too sharp
536401XK.CDR
Legend
Limits
Default
299 251 245 235 200
Useable values
Figure 51
NOTE:
Use Cubic Bell interpolation, when the modality sends the images in Page Mode
(images already composed for the film).
Use Cubic High Res interpolation, when the modality sends the images in Image Mode
(printer composes the different images for the film).


4.8.4 Basic Image Adjustment at the Printer via Key-Operator Menu
NOTE:
 Via key-operator menu only the parameters Look-up table, Interpolation and
Dmax can be adjusted.
 Before these parameters can be changed, the modality has to be configured at
the printer. This is done either via Printer Installation Wizard or via key-operator
function "3 Change Settings - 5 Image Quality - 3 Add modality".
 This creates a DICOM Host Profile with the settings as defined in the printer
modality database (Corresponding printer parameter of the Installation wizard or
"Add modality" function: "Brand").
Important remark: Changing parameter via key-operator menu does not automatically
U U
ensure that the value is applied.

Two situations can be distinguished:
o In case the modality does not send a parameter (e.g. no Dmax value sent),
U U
the value set in the printer is applied to the modality print job.
o In case the modality sends a parameter value, (e.g. Dmax = 2.8 O.D.) this
value still has priority above the value set in the printer. Even when an empty
value (" ") is sent.
This means, the value sent by the modality has higher priority than the value set in
the printer, and therefore it is always preferred to set the required parameter value at
the side of the modality.
If this cannot be done contact your local Application Specialist.


Accessible via menu: Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image Quality -

<Modality XYZ>
Purpose: Adjust Image Quality in case it cannot be adapted at the

modality.
Default value:  Look-up table: Kanamori. Refer to Figure 18. X
 Interpolation: Cubic HiRes -0.7. Refer to Figure 52.

 Dmax 3.20.
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this Welcome to this

DryStar Axys printer DryStar Axys printer
Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings
Daily used name CT2 Select kanamori like value:

Modality AE-title CT2_ARC 100
Linear Select abosulte smoothing factor: (advised = -0.7)
Look Up Table: Kanamori
Kanamorilike -0.7
Interpolation:
Replication
Linear Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values
CubicHi-res
CubicBell 536701fs.cdr
Maximum density: 280

285
290
295
Figure 52
NOTE:
Interpolation setting "Linear" usually gives too smooth image impression.
Interpolation settings "Replication" usually gives too "pixely" image impression.
Both settings are used in exceptional cases only.


Possible Look up table settings
Dmax
Kanamori curve and
Kanamori like value
220 Kanamori_like 100 = Kanamori
200 Kanamori_like 200 = linear
100
Kanamori_like 220 = logarithmic
m ori 75
Kana
Dmin Input
0 255
536401GM.CDR
Figure 18
Legend
Interpolation Smooth Factors (Kernel values) Limits
Default
5.9 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.1 5.9 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.1
Cubic Bell
Reasonable values
-0.2 -0.7 -1.2 536601GL.CDR
4.9 -4.9
Cubic High Res
less sharp sharp too sharp
Figure 54
NOTE:
For details regarding image adjustments refer to the Hardcopy Application Manual,
Document ID 11912739.


Alternative: Image settings via DICOM host profile:
Accessible via menu: Browser pages - Service Engineer Tools - DICOM profile
editor – New or View/Edit
Purpose: Adjust Image Quality in case it cannot be adapted at the
modality
Default value: Refer to Figure 55.
Example browser HELP Host Profile: Name XYZ

screen: These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host
(modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'.
The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input.
You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the left side.
Nick Name: Name XYZ
Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': Host AE
Use this profile only for local SCP server: all
Host Profile type: GENERIC-GENERIC Change
Number of Copies:
Print Priority: low
Polarity: normal
Film Orientation: portrait
Trim: no
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not supported: yes
Print even if Application type not supported: no
Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes): 100
Kernel: site Edit Custom Interpolation Type cubicHighRes,
Magnification: Edit Magn: max smoothFactor: -0.7
Decimate/Crop behaviour : disabled
Pixel Size: Edit ratio: 1.0 / 1.0
Perception LUT: kanamori
Kanamori Like value:
Custom value:
Illumination (cd/m2):
Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2):
Border Density (OD x100):
Empty Image Density (OD x100):
Minimum Density (OD x100):
Maximum Density (OD x100): site 300
Header Annotation:
Contents: none Edit Custom
Font: site Edit Custom
Footer Annotation:
Window (%):
Level (%):
Image Orientation: r0
Conformance/Status Level: 0
Nevent enabled: off
Mammo modality: site
Mammo CWR Rotation: NO site
Association Timeout (s):
Image Timeout (s):
Allow IMPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN:
Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN:
Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN:
Resolution: 508
Supported SOP classes: Edit
LR like: off
Manually customized items are show in red
The last received input values are show in blue (click 'Show Last Input' button)
5367_Reg01_009_e.cdr
Figure 55
NOTE:
For details regarding image adjustments refer to the Hardcopy Application Manual,


4.9 Performing the Acceptance Test
For instructions refer to section 6.
4.10 Completing installation
Completing installation comprises the following tasks.
Task Classification Accessible via ... Reference

Instruct the Customer in mandatory -- 4.10.1
operation of the printer
Save settings mandatory Key-operator menu 4.10.2
Prepare the printer for optional -- 4.10.3
remote service
4.10.1 Customer training
(1) Instruct the customer in following activities:
Activity Reference
Switching on the printer: Warm up time 7 User manual: "Switching on the printer"
min.
Switching off the printer. It can take up to User Manual: "Switching off the printer"
20 secs. until the printer switches off.
Loading films: RF tag and its function. User Manual: "Loading films"
Removing film jams. Reference manual "Problem solving -
Clearing of film jams"
Show dust stripes on a previous test film Reference manual "Problem solving –
and how to prevent: Maintaining image quality"
 Keep printer always closed.
 Clean TH resistor line with alcohol
and lint free cloth when dust stripes
appear or when printer displays
"Printhead cleaning required".
(2) Hand over the user and reference manual to the customer.


4.10.2 Backup of Printer Settings
For printers with SN < 100.000

(1) Open the upper film tray to take out
the CF card for storage of the
machine specific data.
(2) Select Key-operator menu "4 Save
Configuration".
(3) Follow the further instructions on
the LCD display.
(4) Recommended: Copy the backup
to the service PC. 5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr
Figure 56
For printers with SN > 100.000

(1) Insert a USB flash drive*.
Configuration".
the LCD display.
(4) Recommended: Inform the user to
take a copy of the backed-up data.
536704BB.cdr
Figure 57
*USB 2.0 or USB 3.0, formatted FAT32.
4.10.3 Preparing the printer for remote service
 If the customer is not yet part of SRSS (Secure Remote Service System):
o Inform the customer about the SRSS. Refer to the SRSS introduction,
 If the customer is already part of SRSS:

o Inform the local SRSS Data Coordinator about the new system. Refer to the
list of Data Coordinators, Document ID 14379940.


5 Calibration
Following calibrations have to be performed at the printer:
Calibration To be done .... Details see....

Film calibration  During maintenance. 5.1
 After replacement of the Thermal
print head (TPH).
 During the troubleshooting
procedure.
Internal densitometer  When the density reproduction 5.2
(CDM) calibration check indicates to calibrate the
CDM.
 During the troubleshooting
procedure.
Print Head (TH)  During the troubleshooting 5.3
calibration procedure.
 During the TH cleaning procedure.
Refer to section 8.7.2.
Smart Profile  During the troubleshooting 5.4
Calibration procedure.
 In certain cases during
maintenance. Refer to section 9,
Maintenance.
Compliance Film  May be required as last step of an 5.5
Calibration Afssaps / EUREF calibration
procedure for a Drystar AXYS
Mammo printer.


5.1 Film Calibration
WHEN TO BE The film calibration has to be performed in following cases:

PERFORMED
 Before Smart TH Profile Calibration. See section 5.4.
 During the compliance film calibration. See section 5.5.
 After TH replacement.
 At least each 5000 films (adjustable maintenance action. Refer to section 9,
Maintenance).
 In case of a drift of the maximum density.
 During the troubleshooting procedure.
PURPOSE Determination of the correlation between control of the thermal head and
corresponding densities on film.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
None
REQUIRED TIME:
10 min.
NOTE:
The film calibration is by default executed automatically at every 5th new film package:
This automatic film calibration can be activated/deactivated in the Key-operator menu
"1. Change settings - 5. Image quality - 1. General - select default for film calibration
(default = ON)". Also the calibration frequency (Default = every 5 film packs) can be
entered there.


(1) SelectHin key-operator menu

o
'6 Calibration - 1 Film Calibration'.
w
(2) Select upper or lower input tray:
?
The calibration film as shown in
Figure 58 is printed and the
measured Dmax is shown.
INPUT TRAY:
FILM CALIBRATION OK
Dmax = 3.20 (XR310)

536701aa.cdr
Default densitometer
Measured Dmax
(3) Repeat film calibration for the

second input tray.
536336as.cdr
Figure 58
NOTE:
The calibration is successful, in case the measured Dmax is max. 2% different from
the target Dmax.
The target Dmax depends on the default densitometer which is configured in Key-
operator menu "2 Change Settings - 5 Image Quality - 1 General".
Refer to table below.

Example:
Selected default densitometer: X-Rite 341
Measured Dmax DT2B: 3.04 O.D.
Result: Calibration successful
Default Target Dmax Target Dmax Target Dmax DT2

Densitometer DT2B DT2C Mammo
X-Rite 310 3.20 O.D. 3.05 O.D. 3.80 O.D.
X-Rite 331 3.09 O.D. 2.93 O.D. 3.68 O.D.
X-Rite 341 3.05 O.D. 2.89 O.D. 3.65 O.D.
X-Rite 301 3.10 O.D. 2.88 O.D. 3.63 O.D.
MacBeth 3.10 O.D. 2.91 O.D. 3.68 O.D.
Gretag D200 3.05 O.D. 2.88 O.D. 3.63 O.D.


5.2 CDM (Internal Densitometer) Calibration
NOTE:
 Only following densitometers can be used for the calibration: McBeth TR-924,
Gretag D200-2, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341.
 The densitometer must be calibrated with the calibration wedge of the
densitometer manufacturer according to the calibration procedure of the
densitometer manufacturer.
WHEN TO BE  The calibration of the internal densitometer CDM via an external densitometer is
PERFORMED
necessary when the density reproduction check for a specific material is not OK
after a film calibration.
PURPOSE  Adjust the CDM to another calibrated, external densitometer.

 To compensate for CDM measurement drifts.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
One of following, calibrated densitometers: McBeth TR-924, Gretag D200-2, X-Rite
301, X-Rite 310, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341.
INSTRUCTIONS (1) In the webpages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command
session' select '6. Calibration - 2. Internal densitometer calibration'.
(2) Follow the instructions on the WebPages. Refer to Figure 59.
(3) Enter the measured densities in the browser window.
(4) Perform a film calibration. See 5.1.
(5) Perform a density reproduction check. See 8.7.1.



Service - Calibration Service - Calibration

1. Film Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration
2. Internal Densitometer Calibration Select Densitometer
3. Print Head Calibration Macbeth TR924
4. Horizontal Alignment Gretag
5. Smart Profile Calibration X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Go back
Start Calibration Go back Reset Values
Welcome to this
DryStar Axys printer Welcome to this
Service - Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration

Internal Densitometer Calibration
SUCCEEDED
Upper Tray Enter below the measurements of the printer calibration sheet
Lower Tray
Step Previous values Step Previous values
00 0.25 0.24 01 0.25 0.24
02 0.26 0.25 03 0.30 0.31
04 0.54 0.55 05 0.94 0.95
536736ak.cdr 06 1.43 1.45 07 1.96 1.97
08 2.50 2.49 09 3.00 2.99
10 3.18 3.15 11 2.80 2.80
12 2.28 2.28 13 1.71 1.75
14 1.17 1.20 15 0.71 0.72
16 0.37 0.38 17 0.26 0.26
18 0.25 0.24 19 0.25 0.24
Accept changes Discard changes Reset values
Figure 59
NOTE:
Always perform a Film calibration (refer to 5.1) and check the Density reproduction
(refer to 8.7.1) after a CDM calibration.


5.3 Print Head (TH) Calibration
WHEN TO BE  The Print Head Profile calibration is necessary whenever vertical stripes are not
PERFORMED
longer acceptable:
Vertical stripes are unacceptable in case they are visible in the medical service
test image.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
 One of following, calibrated densitometers: McBeth TR-924, Gretag D200-2, X-
Rite 301, X-Rite 310, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341
 Lint free cloth
 Isopropyl - alcohol
INSTRUCTIONS (1) Print the Medical service test image.

(2) Clean the thermal head with a cleaning tissue lightly moistened with Isopropyl -
alcohol. The last cleaning action must be carried out in one way.
(3) In the webpages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command
session' select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration'.
(4) Follow the instructions on the WebPages. Refer to Figure 60.




1. Film Calibration Thermal Printhead Calibration
3. Thermal Print Head Calibration Macbeth TR924
5. Smart profile calibration X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Go back Start Calibration Go back Reset Values
Welcome to this
Service - Calibration
Printhead Calibration Succeeded
Lower Tray Step Step
Select a 14" film for optimum quality 00 2.0 01 2.1
02 2.0 03 2.1
04 2.1 05 2.1
536736ag.cdr
06 2.1 07 2.1
08 2.2 09 2.1
10 2.1 11 2.2
12 2.1 13 2.1
14 2.1 15 2.0
16 2.1 17 2.1
18 2.1 19 2.1
20 2.1 21 2.2
Field 1 Field 21
Figure 60


(5) Print the Medical service test

image.
(6) Check the print stripes in the
medical image.
 If the vertical stripes are
acceptable, continue with next
step.
 If the vertical stripes are still
unacceptable, but improved
with respect to the first printed
medical image, repeat the
procedure.
 If the vertical stripes are still
unacceptable and not
improved with respect to the
first printed medical image
replace the Thermal Print
head (refer to Section 3.5). Figure 61: Medical service test image
(7) Perform a Film calibration.

Refer to section 5.1.
NOTE:
With Print Head Calibration only macro TPH banding can be solved. Sharp and or
small (10 mm) discontinuities can not be solved by a Print Head Calibration.
5.4 Smart Profile Calibration
WHEN TO BE The smart profile calibration has to be performed in following cases:

PERFORMED
 In certain cases during maintenance. Refer to section 9, Maintenance.
PURPOSE Equalization of TH resistor drift in the area of 10" film black borders when printing in
mixed format conditions (mix of 10" and 14" print width).
A 14x17" film is required to perform this calibration.
66 densities have to be measured and to be entered in the browser screen.


REQUIRED TOOLS:
 Calibrated densitometer MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite
310 or Gretag D200-2
 Waterproof pen
REQUIRED TIME:
45 min.
H a film calibration for this tray, where 14x17" films are available. See
(1) Perform
o 5.1.
section
w
(2) Select in the browser menu
?
'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session'.
(3) Select '6 Calibration - 5 Smart Profile Calibration'.
(4) Select the densitometer which will be used for measurement.
(5) Select the film tray with 14x17", 14x14” or 14x11” films: A test film as shown in
Figure 62 is printed.
(6) Measure the 66 squares on the printed film: Write down the values on the
foreseen squares on the film with a waterproof pen.
Figure 62
(7) Enter the values in the browser screen. See also Figure 178 and Figure 179.


IMPORTANT:
The browser screen where the 66 data are entered refreshes in a time interval of
4 minutes. If you are not finished with entering all data within 4 minutes, all entered
values will be reset to "0.00".
Workaround to avoid entering all data again: Press the “back button” in the browser.


1. Film Calibration Smart Profile Calibration
X-Rite 310
Welcome to this
Service - Calibration Smart Profile Calibration

Smart Profile Calibration
Step Step Step Step Step
Upper Tray 00 0.00 01 0.00 02 0.00 03 0.00 04 0.00
Lower Tray
05 0.00 06 0.00 07 0.00 08 0.00 09 0.00
Select the input tray with 14''x17'' film format 10 0.00 11 0.00 12 0.00 13 0.00 14 0.00
15 0.00 16 0.00 17 0.00 18 0.00 19 0.00
20 0.00 21 0.00 22 0.00 23 0.00 24 0.00
25 0.00 26 0.00 27 0.00 28 0.00 29 0.00
536736kk.cdr
30 0.00 31 0.00 32 0.00 33 0.00 34 0.00
35 0.00 36 0.00 37 0.00 38 0.00 39 0.00
40 0.00 41 0.00 42 0.00 43 0.00 44 0.00
45 0.00 46 0.00 47 0.00 48 0.00 49 0.00
50 0.00 51 0.00 52 0.00 53 0.00 54 0.00
55 0.00 56 0.00 57 0.00 58 0.00 59 0.00
60 0.00 61 0.00 62 0.00 63 0.00 64 0.00
65 0.00
Accept changes Discard all changes Reset values
Figure 63


Figure 64


Verification: (1) In the browser screen select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service
Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Testimage – upper or lower tray* -
STI2.ZIP': The STI2 test image will be printed.
(2) From the same menu print the medical_image.zip*
*IMPORTANT: Select the tray with 14" width films.

(3) Check both images at the light box for dark stripes in the area of the 10" film
edge:
 On the STI2 test image dark stripes may be visible in the area of the 10"
film edge.
 On the medical test image no dark stripes may be visible in the area of the
10" film edge.
Figure 65
Result: The smart profile calibration is performed.


5.5 Compliance Film Calibration as part of Afssaps / EUREF Calibration

Procedure
WHEN TO BE The compliance film calibration may be required as last step of the Afssaps / EUREF*
PERFORMED calibration procedure for a DRYSTAR AXYS used for printing mammo images.
The Afssaps / EUREF compliance calibration procedure has to be performed in
following cases:
 Before the Afssaps / EUREF mammo acceptance test.
 Each 6 months, if the printer is under control of Afssaps / EUREF, and it did not
pass the Afssaps / EUREF calibration check (see section 5.5.6).
*Afssaps = Agence française de sécurité sanitaire des produits de santé
EUREF = European Reference Organisation for Quality Assured Breast Screening and
Diagnostic Services
PREREQUISITE 1) The compliance film calibration is only

available for DRYSTAR AXYS
software ≥ 1.6.2_C1.
2) A “TG18-PQC modified 4” image has
to be available on the modality.
The Test Pattern can be downloaded

from http://www.euref.org/.
Figure 66: TG18-PQC modified 4
PURPOSE Make film calibration this accurate, that it passes the acceptance criteria as defined
by Afssaps / EUREF:
The default film calibration procedure is not necessarily accurate enough.


REQUIRED TOOLS:
 Service PC with network interface and browser Internet Explorer
 Calibrated densitometer MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite
310 or Gretag D200-2
 Lint free cloth
 Isopropyl - alcohol
 Waterproof pen
 Density reproduction check Excel sheets, available via Agfa Medimg Library
 Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check Excel Sheet, available via Agfa Medimg
Library
 Connectivity Release Document for the corresponding modality to DRYSTAR
AXYS Mammo, available via Agfa Medimg Library  General Info 
Connectivity & Application
REQUIRED TIME:
60 to 120 min.


Overview of the Afssaps / EUREF calibration procedure:
Calibration procedure for Afssaps/EUREF
Check calibration of densitometer. Details see section 5.5.1.
No Perform densitometer
Densitometer calibration acc. to densitometer
calibration ok? manufacturer instructions.
YES
Check configured default densitometer. Details see section 5.5.2.
Used densitometer No Adjust densitometer in: 'Key-operator menu -

= default densitometer 2 Change settings – 5 Image Quality
in the printer? - 1 General settings'
YES
YES
Printer installation date
= today?
No
Reset CDM, TH, CFC calibrations. Details see section 5.5.3
Perform following calibrations. Details see section 5.5.4:

1. Film calibration for mammo trays (2 x)
2. CDM calibration
4. Print Head calibration (1x)
Perform density reproduction check (DRC). Details see section 5.5.5.
No
DRC ok?
YES
Print TG18 QPC pattern. Measure 18 density values.
Enter values in 'EUREF&AFSSAPS GSDF check.xls'. Details see 5.5.6.
No
Deviations < 10%? Perform CFC calibration.
Details see section 5.5.7.
YES Repeat up to 3 times
if required.
Finished
CFC_calibration_5302.cdr
Figure 67


5.5.1 Checking the Densitometer Calibration
IMPORTANT:
The base for a successful Afssaps / EUREF calibration procedure is a perfectly
calibrated densitometer.
(1) Check the densitometer calibration as described in the densitomter user manual.
Example for X-Rite 341:
 Insert calibrated step tablet (part of delivery).
 Check density of step tablet area marked "CAL": This measurement should be
within +0.02D of the value marked on the step tablet.
(2) Calibrate the densitometer according to the instructions of the manufacturer if
required.
5.5.2 Checking the Densitometer Configuration in the Printer
(1) Select key-operator menu “1 Show settings – 3 Network/DICOM”.

(2) Write down the printer IP address.
(3) Leave the key-operator menu.
(4) Confirm that the printer is in ready state, i.e. no films are in the printer queue.
(5) Disconnect the network cable at the wall side.
(6) Connect the network cable to the service PC. See NOTE below.
(7) Adapt the service PC network address if required. For details refer to section 3.2,
Tools, section “Connection of the Service PC to the Printer”.
(8) Enter the printer IP address in the browser address window.
(9) Select “Service Engineer Tools”.
(10) Select “Enter service command session”.
(11) Select menu “1 Show settings – 4 Image Quality”.
(12) Confirm, that the configured densitometer is the same like you are using for the
density measurements.
(13) If it is not the same densitometer, adjust it in menu “2 Change settings – 4 Image
Quality – 1 General”.


5.5.3 Resetting the Compliance Film Calibration, Internal Densitometer Calibration and
Thermal Print Head Calibration
NOTE:
Resetting the Compliance Film Calibration, Internal Densitometer Calibration and
Thermal Print Head Calibration is required to be sure, that possibly wrong calibrations
from previous service interventions are deleted.
(1) In the service command session select “1 Show settings – 2 Input Tray”.
(2) Check, which tray is using “DT2M” film material.
(3) In the service command session select “6 Calibration – 6 Compliance film
calibration – 1 Reset compliance film calibration for upper tray or 2 Reset
compliance film calibration for lower tray”. (depends on which film tray is using
DT2M film material).
If both trays contain DT2M film material, select both trays, one after another.
(4) Leave the “service command session”
(5) In the service tools page select “Reset calibration data”
(6) Select “Default CDM” and “Default Profile”. Note, that “Default Profile” button is not
available, if no “Print Head Profile” has been performed in the field yet.
(7) Leave the Reset calibration data” screen.
NOTE:
After this action the printer will show warnings
 HC302016 Lower tray needs film calibration - or
 HC301016 Upper tray needs film calibration - and
 HC306014 Printer needs CDM calibration
This problem will be solved in the next section.


5.5.4 Performing Internal Densitometer Calibration, Film Calibrations and Thermal

Print Head Calibration
NOTE:
The Internal Densitometer Calibration, Film Calibration and Thermal Print Head
Calibration is described in this section (3.6 Adjustments and Calibrations) in detail.
Here only a short description is given. For details refer to …
 5.2 CDM (Internal Densitometer) Calibration
 5.1 Film Calibration
 5.3 Print Head (TH) Calibration
5.5.4.1 Performing Film Calibrations
NOTE:
The film calibration has to be performed two times for each tray, where DT2M films are
available.
(1) Select menu

H “Service Engineer
Tools - oEnter Service Command
sessionw- 6 Calibration - 1 Film
Calibration”.
?
(2) Select the input tray with DT2M
films: The calibration film as shown
in Figure 68 is printed and the
measured Dmax is shown.
INPUT TRAY:
FILM CALIBRATION OK
Dmax = 3.69 (XR310)

536736az.cdr
Default densitometer Figure 68

Measured Dmax
(3) Repeat the film calibration a 2nd

time.
(4) Repeat the film calibration two
times for the second input tray, if it
keeps DT2M films, too.


5.5.4.2 Performing an internal Densitometer Calibration
(1) Select menu “Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session - 6.
Calibration - 2. Internal densitometer calibration”.
(2) Follow the instructions on the browser pages. Refer to Figure 69.
See also NOTE below.
(3) Enter the measured densities in the browser window.
(4) Select “Accept changes”.
NOTE:
Use this tray for internal densitometer calibration, where DT2M films are available.


1. Film Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration
5. Smart Profile Calibration X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Go back
Start Calibration Go back Reset Values
Welcome to this
Service - Calibration Internal Densitometer Calibration

Internal Densitometer Calibration
SUCCEEDED
Lower Tray
Step Previous values Step Previous values
00 0.25 0.24 01 0.25 0.24
02 0.26 0.25 03 0.30 0.31
04 0.54 0.55 05 0.94 0.95
536736ak.cdr 06 1.43 1.45 07 1.96 1.97
08 2.50 2.49 09 3.00 2.99
10 3.18 3.15 11 2.80 2.80
12 2.28 2.28 13 1.71 1.75
14 1.17 1.20 15 0.71 0.72
16 0.37 0.38 17 0.26 0.26
18 0.25 0.24 19 0.25 0.24
Figure 69


5.5.4.3 Performing a Film Calibration after the internal Densitometer Calibration
NOTE:
The film calibration after the internal densitometer calibration has to be performed one
time for each tray, where DT2M films are available.
(1) SelectHmenu “Service Engineer

Tools o- Enter Service Command
w - 6 Calibration - 1 Film
session
Calibration”.
?
(2) Select the input tray with DT2M
films: The calibration film as
shown in Figure 70 is printed and
the measured Dmax is shown.
INPUT TRAY:
FILM CALIBRATION OK
Dmax = 3.69 (XR310)

536736az.cdr
Default densitometer Figure 70

Measured Dmax
(3) Repeat the film calibration for the

second input tray, if it keeps
DT2M films, too.
5.5.4.4 Performing a Print Head Calibration followed by two Film Calibrations
NOTE:
The print head calibration has to be performed 2 times, if films of width 10” and 14” are
available.
INSTRUCTIONS (1) Clean the thermal head with a cleaning tissue lightly moistened with Isopropyl -
alcohol. The last cleaning action must be carried out in one way.
(2) In the browser pages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command
session' select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration'.
(3) Follow the instructions on the browser pages. Refer to Figure 71. See
IMPORTANT note next page concerning tray selection.
(4) Perform two film calibrations for this tray, where DT2M films are loaded – if both
trays keep DT2M film, perform it for both trays. Refer to section 5.1.


IMPORTANT:
 If the printer has 14x11” DT2 Mammo films loaded, select the tray with 14” film for
print head calibration.
 If only 8x10” or 10x12” DT2 Mammo films are available, use the tray with 10” films
loaded.
 If the printer uses 14” DT2B or DT2B films and 10” DT2 Mammo films, perform the
print head calibration first for the upper tray, then for the lower tray.


1. Film Calibration Thermal Printhead Calibration
3. Thermal Print Head Calibration Macbeth TR924
X-Rite 310
Welcome to this
Printhead Calibration Succeeded
Lower Tray Step Step
Select a 14" film for optimum quality 00 2.0 01 2.1
02 2.0 03 2.1
04 2.1 05 2.1
536736ag.cdr
06 2.1 07 2.1
08 2.2 09 2.1
10 2.1 11 2.2
12 2.1 13 2.1
14 2.1 15 2.0
16 2.1 17 2.1
18 2.1 19 2.1
20 2.1 21 2.2
Field 1 Field 21
Figure 71


5.5.5 Performing a Density Reproduction Check
NOTE:
Performing this step is a verification method for step “Performing a Density
Reproduction Check”. If the Density Reproduction Check is successful, the internal
densitometer calibration is OK.
(1) In the browser pages select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service
Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Test Image".
(2) Select the tray with DT2M films.
(3) Print out LinCheck.zip and measure the density of the eleven 100 % – 0% fields
with a calibrated MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or
Gretag D200-2 densitometer.
(4) To check linearity fill in measured values in the density reproduction check Excel
file. Refer to section 8.1.
Select densitometer: X-rite 341
4 Dmax = 365
Square Measured density Target density Density diff. Check

100% 21 21 0 0
90% 56 55,4 0,6 0
80% 91 89,8 1,2 0
70% 127 124,2 2,8 0 Density Reproduction = OK
60% 161 158,6 2,4 0 No CDM calibration needed for Mammo film
50% 195 193 2 0
40% 229 227,4 1,6 0
30% 263 261,8 1,2 0
20% 298 296,2 1,8 0
10% 333 330,6 2,4 0
0% 368 365 3 0
When entering the measured density values the decimal point appears in a different spot, e.g. measured value = 0.23, value to enter = 23.0
Density Lower limit Upper limit

0 0 0 Density difference LinCheck image DT2Mammo in DSAXYS
30 -5 5
45 -7 7
60 -8 8 20
75 -9 9
90 -10 10 15 X-rite 310
105 -11 11 X-rite 331
10
Density Difference
120 -12 12 X-rite 341

135 -12 12 5 X-rite 301
Lower limit
150 -13 13 Mac Beth TR924
165 -13 13 0 Gretag D200-2 Upper limit
180 -14 14 Density difference
-5
195 -14 14
210 -14 14 -10
225 -15 15
240 -15 15 -15
255 -15 15
-20
270 -16 16
0 100 200 300 400
285 -16 16
300 -16 16 Target Density
315 -16 16
Figure 72


(5) After the measured values are filled in, the density reproduction is calculated
automatically.
(6) At the right hand side of the table is shown, whether the Density Reproduction is
ok or not. In case it is not ok you are requested to carry out a CDM calibration.
5.5.6 Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check
(1) Leave the service command session.

(2) Connect the printer network cable to the network outlet at the wall.
(3) Consult the “connectivity release document” for the modality connection to
DRYSTAR AXYS Mammo for the proper modality configuration to print the “TG18-
PQC modified 4” test image.
(4) Print the “TG18-PQC modified 4” test image from the modality.
(5) Measure the 18 density values and enter them in the Afssaps / EUREF
Calibration Check Excel sheet. See Figure 73.
deviation compared
to DICOM (%)
EUREF/AFSSAPS GSDF check for printer Step 2: Check, that deviation is < 10% for all values. If 1 (or more) value > = 10% go to S
Step 1: Enter the measured values he
Laser:
Measured luminance values DICOM 3.14 standard

testpattern Luminance JND deviation compared testpattern Luminance JND dL/L dL/L
TG18-LN12-# p-value L j(L) dL/L to DICOM (%) TG18-LN12 p-value L j(L) dL/L +10% -10% Step # on TG18 imageMeasured OD LuminanceStep # in CFC calibration screen on printer
1 0 1,798105 98,486 1 0 1,80 98,486 1 3,7 1,7981049 17
2 240 3,831783 142,848 0,722 9,0 2 240 4,17 148,511 0,794 0,874 0,715 2 3,15 3,8317831 16
3 480 7,638348 193,970 0,664 4,0 3 480 8,07 198,537 0,638 0,702 0,575 3 2,78 7,6383476 15
4 720 13,07981 241,359 0,525 3,5 4 720 14,11 248,563 0,544 0,599 0,490 4 2,52 13,079807 14
5 960 21,51446 291,079 0,488 1,0 5 960 23,09 298,589 0,483 0,531 0,434 5 2,29 21,514455 13
6 1200 34,27055 342,479 0,457 3,9 6 1200 36,13 348,614 0,440 0,484 0,396 6 2,08 34,270551 12
7 1440 51,35702 390,683 0,399 2,6 7 1440 54,76 398,640 0,410 0,451 0,369 7 1,9 51,357016 11
8 1680 75,48349 439,328 0,380 1,8 8 1680 81,09 448,666 0,388 0,426 0,349 8 1,73 75,483485 10
9 1920 111,1691 490,605 0,382 3,1 9 1920 117,99 498,692 0,371 0,408 0,334 9 1,56 111,16915 9
10 2160 163,9521 544,108 0,384 7,2 10 2160 169,45 548,718 0,358 0,394 0,322 10 1,39 163,95211 8
11 2400 231,176 592,847 0,340 2,3 11 2400 240,90 598,743 0,348 0,383 0,313 11 1,24 231,17597 7
12 2640 333,7055 646,119 0,363 6,5 12 2640 339,85 648,769 0,341 0,375 0,307 12 1,08 333,70551 6
13 2880 470,959 697,023 0,341 1,8 13 2880 476,63 698,795 0,335 0,369 0,302 13 0,93 470,95902 5
14 3120 649,724 745,196 0,319 3,5 14 3120 665,49 748,821 0,331 0,364 0,298 14 0,79 649,72404 4
15 3360 917,3471 797,368 0,342 4,3 15 3360 926,13 798,846 0,328 0,360 0,295 15 0,64 917,34706 3
16 3600 1265,911 846,462 0,319 1,8 16 3600 1285,79 848,872 0,325 0,358 0,293 16 0,5 1265,9111 2
17 3840 1747,063 895,837 0,319 1,3 17 3840 1782,24 898,898 0,324 0,356 0,291 17 0,36 1747,0633 1
18 4080 2467,38 948,924 0,342 6,0 18 4080 2467,38 948,924 0,322 0,355 0,290 18 0,21 2467,38 0
Result contrast response printer lineair relation between p-value and JN

a: 0,208441
b: 98,4856 Step 3: Enter these values in CFC* screen on print
1,000 Only required if deviation >= 10% (see step 2)
* CFC = Compliance Film Calibration
left monitor
dL/L
DICOM 3.14
+/- 10%
0,100
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
p-values
Figure 73


(6) Check column “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)”: All values have to be < 10%.
- If all values are < 10%, the procedure is finished.
- If one (or more) value(s) are ≥ 10 %, proceed with next section.
(7) Repeat this step for the other film tray, if the printer has two different DT2 Mammo
film formats loaded (e.g. 8x10” DT2 Mammo and 10x12” DT2 Mammo).
5.5.7 Performing a Compliance Film Calibration
NOTE:
Performing this step is only required, if the column “Deviation compared to DICOM
(%)” for one (or more) value(s) is ≥ 10 %. Refer to section 5.5.6.
With this calibration the printer applies a correction on the current film calibration using
the DT2M film.
(1) Re-connect the printer to the service PC via network cable.

(2) In the service command session select “6 Calibration – 6 Compliance film
calibration. The wizard as shown in Figure 74 will start.
(3) Select “3 Proceed without resetting” 2
*.
(4) Select “proceed” (the described steps you performed already – neglect the
instructions in this screen) 3 .
(5) Select the tray with DT2 Mammo films. If both trays keep DT2 Mammo films of
different format, perform the compliance film calibration for one tray, and repeat
it for the other tray 4 .
5
(6) Select the configured densitometer. Refer to section 5.5.1 .
(7) Select “Start calibration”.
(8) Enter Dmin and Dmax measured during step “0
6
(9) Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check” .
(10) Leave “Reflected ambient light” and “View Box Illumination” values on default.
(11) Select for number of steps: “18 (EUREF)”
(12) Select “Start calibration”.
(13) Enter the values measured in step “0
7
(14) Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check” . See IMPORTANT note
below.
2 7
* to see Figure 74 page 111.


IMPORTANT:
The browser screen where the 18 data are entered refreshes in a time interval of
1 minute. If you are not finished with entering all data within 1 minute, all entered
values will be reset to default values.
Workaround to avoid entering all data again: Press the “back button” in the browser.
(15) Leave the “service command session”.

(16) Repeat step 5.5.6, Performing the Afssaps / EUREF Calibration Check
 .If this time all “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)” values are < 10%, the
“Afssaps / EUREF calibration procedure” is finished.
 If one (or more) “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)” value(s) are ≥ 10%,
repeat steps 5.5.6 and 5.5.7 up to three times. See IMPORTANT note
below.
IMPORTANT:
If after three repetitions one or more “Deviation compared to DICOM (%)” values are
still ≥ 10%, start the complete procedure from scratch. Refer to section 5.5.


1 2 Service - Calibration
Compliance film calibration
1. Film calibration
2. Internal densitometer calibration
3. Thermal print head calibration
1. Reset compliance film calibration for upper tray (8x10)
4. Horizontal alignment 2. Reset compliance film calibration for lower tray (14x17)
5. Smart profile calibration 3. Proceed without resetting
6. Compliance film calibration
Go back Go back
3 Service - Calibration
Actions which must have taken place with the same tray and with the same film pack: 4
1. First film calibration.
2. Profile calibration.
3. Second film calibration.
4. Remove film pack in other tray(s).
5. Printed DICOM-image. 1. Upper tray
6. Measurement of the densities. 2. Lower tray
Proceed
Go back Go back
5 Service - Calibration 6 Service - Calibration

Compliance film calibration Compliance film calibration
Dmin: 0.20
Select densitometer:
Macbeth TR924
Dmax: 3.68
Gretag Reflected Ambient Light 1
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310 View Box Illumination 4000
Number of steps: 18 (EUREF)

Start calibration Go back Reset values
5367_SIB04_02.CDR
7 Service - Calibration
Step Target values Measured values Step Target values Measured values
00 0.16 0.16 01 0.33 0.33
02 0.49 0.49 03 0.66 0.66
04 0.83 0.83 05 0.99 0.99
06 1.16 1.16 07 1.33 1.33
08 1.50 1.50 09 1.66 1.66
10 1.83 1.83 11 2.00 2.00
12 2.16 2.16 13 2.33 2.33
14 2.50 2.50 15 2.66 2.66
16 2.83 2.83 17 3.00 3.00
Figure 74


NOTE:
 The film calibration is successful, if the measured Dmax is < 2% different from the
target Dmax.
The target Dmax depends on the default densitometer which is configured in Key-
operator menu "2 Change Settings - 4 Image Quality - 1 General".
Refer to table below:
Default Target Dmax DT2B Target Dmax DT2C Target Dmax DT2
Densitometer Mammo
X-Rite 310 3.20 O.D. 3.05 O.D. 3.80 O.D.
X-Rite 331 3.09 O.D. 2.93 O.D. 3.68 O.D.
X-Rite 341 3.05 O.D. 2.89 O.D. 3.65 O.D.
X-Rite 301 3.10 O.D. 2.88 O.D. 3.63 O.D.
MacBeth 3.10 O.D. 2.91 O.D. 3.68 O.D.
Gretag D200 3.05 O.D. 2.88 O.D. 3.63 O.D.
 When the Dmax isn't reached, the user is informed via local display to retry the
film calibration. The TH power will be increased so that the Dmax will be
reached.
 If Dmax is still more than  2% different from the target Dmax the display will
show "calibration failed". In this case check the CDM measurement area at the
lightbox for dust stripes. Refer to section 8.7.2, Check for dust stripes / TPH
Cleaning Procedure . X


6 Acceptance Test
(1) Perform the acceptance test according to national regulations:

 Example for DRYSTAR AXYS Mammo in France:
Acceptance test as defined by Afssaps / EUREF. For preparations refer to
section 8.6.
 Example for Germany: DIN6868 Part 56.
NOTE:
The German DIN6868 Part 56 is similar to the Image Quality Control procedure
based on IEC1223-2-4.
The Image Quality Control procedure based on IEC 1223-2-4 is described in the
Hardcopy Application Manual, Document ID 11912739.


7 Troubleshooting
This section lists the cause and solution for the following symptoms.
In case escalation is required to solve the problem, refer to The Field Service ABCs,
Symptom Reference
Film density, sharpness or contrast not OK 7.1
Line Artifacts in Transport Direction 7.2
Point Artifacts 7.3
Surface Artifacts 7.4
Display Problems 7.5
Error and Warning Messages 7.6
Image Transfer Problems 7.7
Film Jam 7.8
7.1 Film density, sharpness or contrast not OK
7.1.1 Dmin (minimum Density) too high

Symptom The minimum density on the clinical (white areas, e.g. text) and test images (white
areas, e.g. 100% field of LinCheck test pattern) is more than 0.02 density units higher
than before printing.
Example:
Fog level before printing 0.20 O.D.
Fog level after printing 0.25 O.D.
This fault can best be observed in the 100% square of the LINCHECK test image.
Defect  Film calibration not performed and/or

 CDM needs re-calibration


Solution (1) Perform a film calibration.

(2) Print the image LinCheck.tif and measure the 100% square
(3) If Dmin is still not OK, perform a CDM calibration followed by a film calibration.
If problems appear during CDM calibration, reset the CDM calibration in the
browser menu “Service Engineer Tools – Reset Calibration Data – Default CDM”.
(4) Print the image LinCheck.tif and measure the 100% square.
7.1.2 Dmax too high or too low

Symptom The maximum density on the clinical (black areas, e.g. frame around the image) and
test images (black areas, e.g. 0% field of LinCheck test pattern) is more than 0.15
density units lower or higher than the target Dmax.
(= 3.2 O.D. blue based / 3.05 = O.D. clear based measured with the X-Rite 310
densitometer. For target Dmax values measured with other densitometers refer to
section XXX).
Refer to note below regarding density measurement.
Example:
Dmax = 2.9 O.D.
This fault can best be observed in the 0% square of the LinCheck test image.
NOTE: Density measurement area
For check of density reproduction only

measure in the density measurement
area, because the CDM is measuring
there, too.
536632gb.cdr
Figure 75

 CDM needs re-calibration and/or
 TH profile needs to be calibrated




(3) If Dmax is still not OK, perform a CDM calibration followed by a film calibration.
(5) If Dmax is still not OK, use another filmbatch (other emulsion number).
(6) Perform a film calibration.
7.1.3 Density Reproduction not okay

Symptom Customer complains about 'on the monitor the image looks better than on the film'.
This fault requires to measure the 0% to 100% squares of the LinCheck test image

 TH profile needs to be calibrated

(2) Print the image LinCheck.tif and perform a density reproduction check.
(3) If the density reproduction is still not OK, perform a CDM calibration followed by a
film calibration.
(4) Print the image LinCheck.tif and check the density reproduction.
(5) If the density reproduction is still not OK, use another film batch.
(6) Perform a Film Calibration.
(7) Print the image LinCheck.tif and check the density reproduction.


7.1.4 Optimal perceivable Levels not okay

Symptom Customer complains about 'on the monitor the image looks better than on the film'.
Some details are better visible on the monitor.
This fault can best be observed in the 256 squares in the STI1 test image. Refer to
Figure 76. Each square differs from its neighbor by 2 density units (2 of 256). Each
square has inside a small square which is 2 density units darker than the outside
square.)

 Printhead profile needs to be calibrated

(2) Print a STI1 test image and check
the squares in the field A (the
density of the small square is
always 2 density units higher than
the density of the big square -
starting with 253/255 and ending
with 1/3). Refer to Figure 76.
(3) If the small squares inside the
bigger squares are not all visible,
perform a CDM calibration
followed by a film calibration.
Figure 76: STI1 test image
(4) Print the STI1 test image and check the squares in the field A.
(5) If the squares are still not all visible, perform a Printhead profile calibration.
(6) Perform a Film Calibration.
(7) Print the STI1 test image and check the squares in the field A again.


7.1.5 Contouring visible; 'Landscaping'

Symptom Gray shaded areas do not show a
continuous grey shading but show
visible, hard grey steps (also called
'landscaping', i.e. it looks like contour
lines in a hiking map)
This fault can best be observed in the
'quarter circle continuous grey step' in
the STI1 test image.
Figure 77: STI1 test image
Defect  Sensitometry far away from the real film characteristics - calibration not
performed and/or
 Printhead profile needs to be calibrated
Solution (1) Perform a film calibration

(2) Print the STI1 test image and check the contouring
(3) If the contouring is still not OK, perform a CDM calibration followed by a film
calibration
(4) Print the STI1 test image and check the contouring
(5) If the contouring is still not OK perform a Printhead profile calibration
(6) Perform a film calibration
(7) Print the STI1 test image and check whether contouring is still visible.


7.1.6 Contrast and/or Sharpness not okay

Symptom Contrast compared to image on the monitor not okay, or sharpness not okay.
This fault can best be verified in a medical image (medical_image.tif)
Defect  Printer problem (film calibration, Printhead profile, CDM calibration)

 Modality wrong configured (e.g. taste LUT linear instead of Kanamori)
 Printer adjustment not correct (e.g. modality can only send taste LUT linear; a
user profile needs to be made to correct the problem)
Solution (1) Print the medical service test image (medical_image.tif)

(2) If the contrast and/or sharpness in the medical test image is not okay, refer to
section 7.1.3
(3) If the contrast and sharpness in the medical test image are OK, optimize the user
taste and/or the interpolation settings. Refer to section 4.8.


7.2 Line Artifacts in Transport Direction
7.2.1 Dust Stripes on the Film

Symptom Dust stripes are most often white,
sometimes dark lines, and mostly ragged
and not sharp. Are always in the transport
direction, and are from a few cm long up to
the total length of the film.
This fault can best be observed in the STI2

test image.
536433SA.CDR
Figure 78
Defect Dust on the film. The dust particle stays on the thermal head for a certain time. This
leads to less heat on the film as long as the dust particle stays between the thermal
head and the film.
Solution Normally okay after next film, otherwise clean the thermal head.


7.2.2 Dark Line(s) < 1mm in Transport direction

Symptom Dark line(s) in transport direction.
 Width can be< 1mm (Sub mm TH
banding) or 0.08 mm (one pixel
line).
 Can be one or more lines.
 Line can be intermittent.
 Can be a combination of dark and
white lines.

STI2 test image.
536433SB.CDR
Figure 79
Defect  One or more defective resistors of the TH (sharp lines).

 Shift of the resistor values of the resistor elements (unsharp lines).
 Deposits on the TH
Solution (1) Clean the thermal head.

(2) If this does not help exchange the thermal head.


7.2.3 White or bright Line(s) < 1mm in Transport direction
Symptom White or bright line(s) in transport

direction.
 Width can be< 1mm (Sub mm TH
banding) or 0.08 mm (one pixel
line).
 Can be one or more lines.
 Line can be intermittent.
 Can be a combination of dark and
white lines.

STI2 test image.
536433SC.CDR
Figure 80
Defect  One or more defective resistors of the TH (sharp lines).

 Shift of the resistor values of the resistor elements (unsharp lines).
 Scratches
o Film moves along a sharp mechanical part inside the printer
o Contamination of the TH

(2) If the fault is still visible, check the film for scratches. Refer to section 7.4.2.
(3) In case the fault is still visible exchange the thermal head.


7.2.4 Bright vertical Lines over the whole Film Length

Symptom  Bright vertical lines over the whole
film length.
 The stripes can be very small
(< 1 mm) to quite wide ( > 2 mm)
 The distance from line to line is
irregular
 By keeping the film horizontally
with light in the background small
scratches can be seen on the
emulsion side of the film.

STI2 test image.
536433SQ.CDR
Figure 81
Defect  During one of the previous prints a film was printed on the "wrong" (backlayer)
side of the film.


7.2.5 Narrow (between 1 and 5 mm) to wide (> 5 mm) Lines in Transport direction
Symptom Narrow (between 1 and 5 mm) to wide (>
5 mm) lines in transport direction. Lines
can be brighter or darker. This fault is
named "mm TH banding" (1 to 5 mm) or
"Macro TH banding" (> 5 mm)

STI2 test image.
536433SE.CDR
Figure 82
Defect  Dirt on the TH.

 Dirt on the print drum
 TH resistor drift
 TH driver defective. See also Figure 83 and Figure 85.

(2) Print a STI2 test image.
(3) If problem is still visible, perform a printhead calibration.


7.2.6 Persistent dark line in transport direction.

Symptom Persistent dark line in transport direction.
The width of the dark line is 1.91 or 3.81
Kyocera TH
or 7.62 mm.
In comparison to TH banding (see Toshiba TH
previous symptom) the dark line is more
pronounced. 7,6 mm 10,2 mm
This fault is called "TH driver banding" or 3,8 mm 5,1 mm
or 1,9 mm 2,6 mm
STI2 test image.
536533SK.CDR
Figure 83
Defect TH driver defective
Solution (1) Replace the Thermal Head.
NOTE:
How to distinguish Kyocera and Toshiba THs:
Possibility 1: Check infocounter section "1.3 Hardware info:"
Possibility 2: Check label on TH:
Toshiba
5366T-XXXXXX
Kyocera
5366K-XXXXXX
536633SL.cdr
Figure 84


7.2.7 Persistent blank line in transport direction.
Symptom Persistent blank line in transport

direction. The width of the blank line is
Kyocera TH
1.91 or 3.81 or 7.62 mm.
This fault is called "TH driver drop" Toshiba TH
7,6 mm 10,2 mm
STI2 test image. or 3,8 mm 5,1 mm
or 1,9 mm 2,6 mm
536533SN.CDR
Figure 85
Solution (1) Replace the Thermal Head.
NOTE:
Toshiba
5366T-XXXXXX
Kyocera
5366K-XXXXXX
536633SL.cdr
Figure 86


7.2.8 Intermittent blank line in transport direction.
Symptom Intermittent white line in transport

direction. The width of the blank is 1.91
Kyocera TH
or 3.81 or 7.62 mm.
This fault is called "Intermittent TH driver Toshiba TH
drop"
7,6 mm 10,2 mm
This fault can best be observed in the or 3,8 mm 5,1 mm
STI2 test image. or 1,9 mm 2,6 mm
536533SM.CDR
Figure 87
Solution (1) Replace the Thermal Head
NOTE:
Toshiba
5366T-XXXXXX
Kyocera
5366K-XXXXXX
536633SL.cdr
Figure 88


7.2.9 Wide Bands with lower Density at the left and/or right Hand Side of the Film
Symptom Uneven density at the right and/or left
hand side of the image. Density is too
low compared to the middle part of the
image.

STI1 test image.
536633SH.CDR
Figure 89
Defect  Aging of the print drum: Different elasticity of the print drum rubber over the drum
width.
This fault should only appear for more than 100.000 film cycles.
Solution (1) Perform a Printhead profile calibration.

(2) In case this does not help, exchange the print drum.


7.2.10 Regular Line Structure vertical to Transport direction: Banding

Symptom Regular line structure 90° to
transport direction, also called
'banding' or 'transport shocks'.
Usually only visible in areas,
where the density is constant.
This fault can best be observed

in the STI2 test image.
536433SD.CDR
Figure 90
Defect Irregularities in the film transport system (mechanical problem). Depending on the
distance of the banding lines, following parts can cause such a banding:
 approx. 110.6 mm distance: print drum, drum bearings
 approx. 137 mm distance: toothed belt
 approx. 28 mm distance: tension roller
 approx. 16 mm distance: drum motor axle; belt mounted the wrong way (belt
running direction important, as the belt deposits dust between the teeth of the
motor pulley, to which it adapts by small abrasions)
 approx. 0.55 mm distance: One tooth of the drive belt
 approx. 0.159 mm; 0.079 mm; 0,040 mm distance: 4, 2, 1 steps of the drum
motor: These banding lines are accepted as they are.
 Random distance: TH data connection
Solution (1) Check the complete print drum drive (motor bearings, drum, belt pulleys, belt
tension).
Solution depends on the distance of the lines.


7.3 Point Artifacts
7.3.1 Point Artifacts - Pinholes

Symptom These errors show as small transparent
and isolated dots, typically < 0.2mm.

STI1 test image.
536633TB.CDR
Figure 91
Defect Pinholes are present in the film before printing
Solution (1) Pinholes must be regarded as a film problem (which cannot be avoided).


7.3.2 Point Artifacts - Bubbles

Symptom Bubbles show up as clusters of small
pinholes, usually in the Dmax area of the
film.
Bubbles must be evaluated with a
magnifying glass.
Bubbles disappear by lowering the
Dmax.

536633TA.CDR
STI1 test image.
Figure 92
Defect Temperature on the film too high

(2) Print the STI1 image and check for bubbles
(3) If the bubbles are still present do the density reproduction check, if necessary
perform a CDM calibration followed by a film calibration.
(4) Print the image STI1 and check for bubbles
(5) If the bubbles are still present, use film with different emulsion number, if
possible.
(6) Perform a film calibration
(7) Print the image STI1 and check for bubbles in the Dmax area.


7.3.3 Dust Particles on the Print Drum

Symptom Oval or round spot with a lower (or
higher) density. There is sometimes a
zone of higher density in the center of
this area. The error is repeated a few
Print direction
times on the film. approx. 110 mm
Distance between errors equals the

approx. 110 mm
drum diameter (=110 mm)
536333TD.CDR
536633TD.CDR
STI1 test image.
Figure 93
Defect Dust/dirt on the print drum. Drum errors are easy to detect since the diameter of the
drum is small compared to the length of the film. This results in the same drum error a
number of times on the same printed film having a distance between errors equal to
the drum diameter (=110 mm)
Solution (1) Print the STI1 test image

(2) Clean the print drum with a cleaning tissue soaked in water and soap
(3) Print again the STI1 test image.


7.3.4 Dust Particles in the Film

Symptom Transparent spots, usually a black particle
can be seen in the middle of the
transparent spot.

STI1 test image.
536633TE.CDR
Figure 94
Defect Dust particles or aggregates in the top layer of the film
Solution (1) Dust particles in the film are a general film problem
(which cannot be avoided 100%).


7.4 Surface Artifacts
7.4.1 Blemish: The Artifact looks like Dirt spread out on the Surface of the Film.
Symptom The artifact looks like dirt spread out on
the surface of the film. It is called 'blemish'.
Blemish is also visible on the light box.
If you can clean the dirt on the film, then
Print direction
the phenomenon is certainly "blemish".

STI1 test image.
536633TF.CDR
Figure 95
Defect  Temperature on the film too low

(2) Print the image STI1 and check for blemish
(3) Check the TH temperature, check if the temperature of the TH is clearly higher
than the ambient temperature (TH temperature only available in Specialist Tools -
Print Engine)
(4) If the TH temperature is not OK,
o check if the print head heater foil is still working,
o check if the TH thermistors are still working, temp. > 50ºC,
o check if the print head thermo switch is still working.
(5) If the TH temperature is OK,
o check Dmax, if not OK go to trouble shooting Dmax, section 7.1.2.
(6) If blemish is still present, use another film batch.


7.4.2 Scratches: One or more bright Line over the whole Length of the Film
Symptom Scratches appear as one or more bright
line over the whole length of the film.
To judge whether a bright line is caused
by a scratch, take the film from the light
box and check the surface at both sides
of the film by keeping it horizontally with
light in the background. In addition
scratches can be felt with the finger nail.

STI2 test image.
536433SC.CDR
Figure 96
Defect  Most likely contamination of the TH

 Mechanical part inside the printer (unlikely)
Solution (1) Clean the TH.

(2) In case this does not improve the stripes check the film path for a mechanical
part which may cause the scratch(es)
(3) In case the mechanical part which causes the scratch(es) cannot be detected,
most likely persistent deposits on the TH are the cause of the scratches. In this
case replace the TH.


7.4.3 Film Curl if Film is hanging at the Lightbox
Symptom Curl of the film in case it is hanging at the lightbox for a long time
This phenomenon can be seen at any kind of DT2 B / DT2 C film
Defect “Bimetal effect“ due to asymmetric structure of dry films
Solution There is no solution for curl increase at the lightbox.

Note: After printing curl is no issue for DT2 films.
7.5 Display Problems
7.5.1 Blank LCD Display
Symptom After power on, the printer does not start up: The LCD display stays blank more than
10 secs.
Defect 1 P3 at Display Module or P1 at power supply not connected.
Solution 1 (1) Check connections between power supply and Display Module.
Defect 2 Power cord of the printer not connected or defective power supply
Solution 2 (1) Check, whether the power supply fan is working. If not, check the printer
connection to the wall socket.


7.5.2 Keys at LCD Display do not work
Symptom The printer does not react on input of the keys at the local display
Defect P2 at Display Module or P8 at Devil / Devius / Devnix CPU not connected.
Solution (1) Check connections between Devil / Devius / Devnix CPU and Display Module.


7.6 Error and Warning Messages
7.6.1 Display Message: MODXX: Please replace Module

Symptom Display Message: MODXX: Please replace Module.
MODXX is one of the modules in the table below.
Defect The printer detected that a module is defective
Solution (1) Switch the printer off /on once, to confirm that the error is persistent.
(2) Order the corresponding module.
MOD Nr. Spare Part

MOD01 UPPER TRAY W/O TAG
MOD02 LOWER TRAY W/O TAG
MOD03 / MOD04 UPPER / LOWER PICK UP MODULE
MOD05 THERMAL HEAD DS530x
MOD06 OUTPUT MODULE
MOD07 DRUM DRIVE MODULE
MOD08 DEVIUS / DEVIL / DEVNIX MODULE
MOD09 POWER SUPPLY
MOD10 KEYPAD/DISPLAY MODULE
MOD11 INPUT SENSORS MODULE
THEMIS /THANOS / TYNDALL W/O
MOD12 SDRAM
MOD13 CAM DRIVE MODULE
MOD14 GEAR BOX & BELT
MOD15 SUSPENSION DRIVE MODULE
MOD16 TH COOLING FAN _
MOD17 PUMP & VALVES ASSY
MOD18 RAM MODULE
MOD20 Ebox COOLING FAN
(3) Replace the module. Refer to section 8.5.


NOTE:
The message "MODXX – Please replace module" is only issued, in case the online
diagnosis has checked all possible reasons for the fault. The only possible cure:
To replace a certain module.
Nevertheless it is still possible with very low chance, that a defective cable could have
caused the fault.
7.6.2 Display message: New Error EXXXXX

Symptom Display message “EXXXXX: <text message>”
Defect Severe error: Printing is not possible anymore: The online diagnosis has
checked all possible reasons for the fault. More than one defects are
possible.
Solution (1) In the Key-operator menu select "7 Service actions - 1 Error
messages" to view reason and cure for the current error.
(2) Troubleshoot as described in the error description.
NOTE:
The EXXXXXX error messages are also logged in the infocounter as HCXXXXX
messages.
Example: Error "E301003 - RF1 defect" on the display is logged in the infocounter as
error HC301003.
For a list of all errors refer to section 7.9.


7.6.3 Display Message: New Error E312000
Symptom Display message “E312000: CPU temperature too high”
Defect Broken spring holder at the heat sink of the Themis CPU: Reduced
pressure of the heat sink on the CPU leads to higher temperature and so to
less CPU performance.
Solution Replace defective heat sink by the "Crius / Themis Heat Sink Replacement
Kit" CM+346039.X
NOTE:
Error 312000 may also have other reasons. Refer to the error description of error
HC312000 in the appendix of the Technical Documentation Drystar 5302,
DD+DIS150.05E, chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting.
7.6.4 Display Message: New Maintenance
Symptom Display shows message “New Maintenance Mx”. See table below.
Message Meaning Refer to

New Maintenance Thermal Head Cleaning required Printer reference
M1 manual
New Maintenance Thermal Head fan dust filter replacement Enclosure TPH filter
M2 required module, Document
ID 17041435
New Maintenance Thermal Head end-of-life. Thermal head Enclosure TPH,
M3 module replacement required ONLY If Document ID
image quality is degraded 31743467
New Maintenance Reminder for upper tray (M5) and lower tray Section 5.1
M5 / M7 (M7) calibration. Only active if automatic film
calibration initiation switched off.
New Maintenance A general maintenance is required Section 9
M8


Defect Maintenance interval reached according to setup in service browser pages.

See Figure 97.
Welcome to this
DryStar 5302 printer
Service - Service actions

Maintenance Action Cycles Factory Current Active Reset Item
to go settings settings
Y Y
Thermal head cleaning required 5000 5000 5000 N N
Y Y
Replace thermal head anti dust filter 25000 25000 25000 N N
62500 Y Y
Replace thermal head (end of life) 62500 62500 N N
4898 5000 5000 Y Y

Film calibration upper tray required N N
5000 5000 5000 Y Y
Film calibration lower tray required N N
5000 5000 5000 Y Y
Service maintenance required N N
Accept Changes Discard Changes Reset Values

536609fk.cdr
Figure 97
NOTE:
The different maintenance actions can be configured by service. The graph above
shows the default parameters.
By default all are active except "Replace Thermal Head" and "Service maintenance
required".
Solution (1) Perform required maintenance action.

(2) Reset item in service browser pages.


7.6.5 Error message: "Film Jam: Open upper input tray and clear film path".
Error HC314003 in the infocounter.
Symptom Film transport problems from the upper tray.

Additional Information:
− Film jam mainly happens with film size 14x17".
− Error message HC314003 in the infocounter.
The user interface shows error message: "Film Jam: Open upper input tray and clear
film path".
Defect 1 Non-optimized film transport & aligning from upper tray, caused by the friction clutch in
the gear box.
Solution 1 Proceeding if exchange of gearbox is required (for frequent film jams):

(1) Order new gear box CM+349 269 3
(2) Exchange gear box as described in the enclosure document delivered with the
gear box
(3) Install latest printer software
Proceeding if exchange of gearbox is not required (Software update only):

(1) Install latest printer software
Defect 2 The force for driving the film towards the thermal head is sporadically too low
Solution 2 (1) Install Modification kit CM+361703.X with following improvements:

1. Modified latches which open and close the rollers for moving the film towards the
thermal head:
 Reinforced holders for the axle
 More clearance for the axle which is moved by the latches
(before: ± 0.25 mm, now ± 1 mm).
2. Stronger springs at the upper pickup rollers. These springs define the friction
between rollers and film.
3. Software patch 1.9.1_C1 (or higher version) with optimised film pick-up timing


7.6.6 Message "Error System Failure"
Symptom After power on, the printer does not start up: The LCD display shows message
"ERROR System Failure"
Defect 1 The message "Error System Failure" appears in case the operating system and as a
result also the "Online Diagnosis" were not able to start up completely.
Possible defects for this error message:
 Hard disk power or data cable not connected or defective
 Hard disk defective
 Software not loaded on hard disk
Solution 1 (1) Check whether hard disk power and data cable is properly connected.
(2) Reboot the printer.
(3) In case problem persists, reboot again and check bootup message. Refer to
Figure 98.
(4) Even in case the printer booted from the boot EPROM (= FLASH), the login will
appear: Enter username "mega" and the service password.
(5) Change to C: drive by typing "cd C:"
(6) In case drive C: cannot be found, the hard disk is defective.
(7) In case drive C: is present, check whether software is available on the hard disk:
- Type "dir startup.com" to check, whether the boot file is available.
- Type "dir", to see whether any software is available on the C: drive.
(8) Re-install software. Refer to section 11.


############################################
### WARNING, YOU ARE BOOTED FROM FLASH ###
### startup.com could not be found on C: ###
### Reason: bad disk or file not found ###
############################################
Path = RAM:\
System disk = RAM:
Tools installed
TCP/IP version 2.14
TCP/IP Net0 Ethernet address is 08:00:66:80:29:fa
** Netcfg, Broadcast failed, err=0xA32
TCP/IP Net0 Internet address is 192.168.150.81
TCP/IP Checking if my IP address is already in use
** Netcfg : Adding route failed a33 (0 via 0.0.0.0)
TCP/IP http server installed on port 80
###########################################################
# To install new software in the field, use the existing #
# installation tools !!! #
###########################################################
Figure 98: Part of bootup message with defective / disconnected hard disk or
missing software on hard disk
Defect 2 Themis CPU with mechanically damaged CPU chip: Depending on the mechanical
damage the CPU never fails (little damage) or fails after weeks or months after
installation (severe damage).
The affected Themis CPUs can be recognized at the date code printed on the chip:
02XX or 03XX.
Solution 2 Replace Themis CPU


7.6.7 Keypad shows "Please wait - Selftest Proceeding" for more than 5 Minutes
Symptom After power on, the printer does not come into READY state: The printer shows "Please
wait - Selftest proceeding" for more than 5 minutes.
Defect The message "Please Wait - Selftest Proceeding" is generated by the keypad internally
directly after switch on.
In case it does not disappear after max. 5 minutes, following possible reasons exist:
(1) Printer is not able to boot up
- defective RAM
- defective Themis CPU
- Jumper J1 on Themis set
(2) Keypad defective or not properly connected.
(3) Power for Devil/Themis CPU missing
Solution (1) Check power cable to Devil

(2) Check LEDs on Power Supply, Themis and Devil.
(3) Check, that Jumper J1 on Themis is open
(4) Check whether the RAM module is properly inserted.
(5) Check data cable between Devil CPU and Keypad module.


7.7 Image Transfer Problems
7.7.1 Images are not shown in the Printer Queue
Symptom An image which was sent from the host modality to the printer is not displayed in the
printer queue.
Defect 1  Network cable disconnected or defective;

 Wrong network configuration at the host modality or the printer,
 Defective network hub or router,
 Defective Devil CPU
Solution 1 Check cabling, e.g. use a crossed network cable, make a direct connection from the
printer to the Service PC and send a ping from the Service PC to the printer.
If cabling is okay, check printer AE-title at the host modality or printer IP address.
Check modality AE title and IP address entered at the printer.
Defect 2 Hang-up of the communication between host modality and printer
Solution 2 Reset printer and host modality.


Defect 3 Mismatch in DICOM communication between host modality and the printer.
Solution 3 (1) Start up ADVP (AGFA DICOM Visual Print) on the Service PC.
(2) Send an image from the modality to the laptop.
(3) Send an image from ADVP to the printer. For more info to ADVP refer to 8.3.10.
7.8 Film Jam
7.8.1 Message: Remove Film Jam

Symptom The printer displays a "Film Jam" message
Defect The film did not pass a film sensor in the specified time window
Solution Remove jammed film.

In the infocounter check the corresponding error message for further troubleshooting.


7.9 Printer error codes
This sections lists the printer error codes.

It is divided in:
 Error Codes of printers with serial number < 100.000. Refer to section 7.9.1
 Error Codes of printers with serial number > 100.000. Refer to section 7.9.2
NOTE:
Depending on attributes for "Type" and "Action" (see error descriptions below) error
messages will be issued as error code or plain text:
Type Action Error message will be issued as ……

Defect Replace Message "MODXX Please replace module"
Defect See manual Message "EXXXXXX – texttext"
Failure None Message "WXXXXXX - texttext"
Accidental None Message "texttext" (e.g. remove film jam)
7.9.1 Error Codes of printers with serial number < 100.000
The following list of error codes is based on DRYSTAR 5302 error codes, software
5.0.0_C1 (copied from error.xml of
\rel5.0.0_c1\SWR_DRYSTARaxys_R5.0.0_C1\axys\jars\axysprops.jar)
LIST OF ERRORS
MODULE : uppertraymodule
Elabel : No
HC301000 : uppertraymodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 301000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason XS7 or XS8 not connected
Cure1 Connect XS7 or XS8
HC301001 : uppertray.overruled
* Type Failure
* Context 301001
* Action None
* Reason Inputtray overruled (dmax 2.0)
Cure Replace filmpack


HC301002 : uppertray.disabled
* Type Failure
* Context 301002
* Action None
* Reason Inputtray disabled
HC301003 : uppertraymodule.tagreader
* Type Failure
* Context 301003
* Action None
* Reason1 Tag reader not connected
Cure1 Connect tag reader
* Reason2 Tag reader defect
Cure2 Replace
Part Tag reader
HC301004 : uppertraymodule.s11
* Type Failure
* Context 301004
* Action None
* Reason1 S11 not connected
Cure1 Connect S11
* Reason2 Upper tray module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
* Type Failure
* Context 301005
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S24
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
HC301006 : uppertraymodule.takeoversensors.working
* Type Defect
* Context 301006
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 S11 and S24 not connected
Cure1 Connect S11 and S24
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
* Type Failure
* Context 301007
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S1


Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
HC301016 : upper.filmcal.required
* Type Failure
* Context 301016
* Action None
* Reason Upper tray needs calibration
Cure Perform upper tray calibration
HC301018 : upperTag-unsupported
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Wrong version in upper tray
HC301019 : tag.history.insecure
* Type Defect
* Context 301019
* Action SeeManual
* Reason Tag history is corrupt
Cure make Emergency sw install without
preserving config
HC301020 : uppertraymodule.s11.flagproblem
* Type Failure
* Context 301020
* Action None
* Reason S11 defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD01
* Type Failure
* Context 301021
* Action None
* Reason S24 defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD01
HC301022 : uppertraymodule.sensors
* Type Failure
* Context 301022
* Action None
* Reason1 one of the takeoverdetection sensors
is not functioning
Cure1 Remove jam
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
HC301023 : backside.jam.upper
* Type Accidental


* Context
* Action None
* Reason backside jam while printing from upper
tray
Cure Insert filmpack correctly
MODULE : lowertraymodule
Elabel : No
HC302000 : lowertraymodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 302000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason XS9 not connected to lower tray module
Cure1 Connect XS9 to lower tray module
HC302001 : lowertray.overruled
* Type Failure
* Context 302001
* Action None
HC302002 : lowertray.disabled
* Type Failure
* Context 302002
* Action None
HC302003 : lowertraymodule.tagreader
* Type Failure
* Context 302003
* Action None
Cure2 Replace
Part Tag reader
HC302007 : lowertraymodule.s2
* Type Failure
* Context 302007
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S2
* Reason2 Lower tray module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD02
HC302016 : lower.filmcal.required
* Type Failure
* Context 302016


* Action None
* Reason Lower tray needs calibration
Cure Perform lower tray calibration
HC302018 : lowerTag-unsupported
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Wrong version in lower tray
HC302023 : backside.jam.lower
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason backside jam while printing from lower
tray
HC302024 : used.film.upper
* Type Failure
* Context 302024
* Action None
* Reason counter of new filmpack in upper tray
was already low. It was used in another
printer
Cure Replace filmpack when filmcount runs out
HC302025 : used.film.lower
* Type Failure
* Context 302025
* Action None
* Reason counter of new filmpack in lower tray
was already low. It was used in another
printer
Cure Replace filmpack when filmcount runs out
MODULE : upperpickupmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC303000 : upperpickupmodule.film.pickupposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Upper input jam
Cure Remove upper input jam
HC303001 : upperpickupmodule.film.bendposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None


HC303002 : upperpickupmodule.film.homeposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Upper pickup homing failed accidently
Cure Self resolving accident
HC303003 : upperpickupmodule.film.vacuum
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper input jam
Cure1 Remove upper input jam
* Reason2 vacuum system failing
Cure2 clean vacuum tubes , filter , vacuum
cups ......
* Reason3 Lower pickup module defect
Cure3 Replace
Part vacuum pump
HC303004 : upperpickupmodule.filmpickup
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303005 : upperpickupmodule.s18.low
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303006 : upperpickupmodule.s18.high
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Internal jam
Cure Remove internal jam
HC303007 : upperpickupmodule.pickup.skew
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303008 : upperpickupmodule.tphalign
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None


HC303009 : upperpickupmodule.film.align
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303010 : upperpickupmodule.homeposition
* Type Failure
* Context 303010
* Action None
HC303011 : upperpickupmodule.thpositioning
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303012 : upperpickupmodule.elabel.present
* Type Failure
* Context 303012
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper pickup elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect upper pickup elabel
* Reason2 Upper pickup Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
HC303013 : upperpickupmodule.elabel.config
* Type Failure
* Context 303013
* Action None
* Reason Upper pickup elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD03
HC303014 : upperpickupmodule.connected
* Type Failure
* Context 303014
* Action None
* Reason1 XS1 disconnected
Cure Connect XS1
* Reason Upper pickup module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD03
HC303015 : upperpickupmodule.working
* Type Failure
* Context 303015


* Action None
* Reason1 Upper pickup module defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD03
* Reason2 Film wrinkled in upper tray
Cure2 Remove wrinkled film
HC303016 : upperpickupmodule.passed.high
* Type Failure
* Context 303016
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper pickup past sensor jammed
Cure1 Free upper pickup past sensor
* Reason2 Upper pickup past sensor defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
HC303021 : upperpickupmodule.m7.connection
* Type Failure
* Context 303021
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Upper pickup motor not connected
Cure1 reconnect upper pickup motor
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
HC303022 : upperpickupmodule.m7.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 303022
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD03
HC303023 : upperpickupmodule.s14
* Type Failure
* Context 303023
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper pickup home sensor S14
malfunctioning
Cure1 check upper pickup home sensor S14
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
* Type Failure
* Context 303024
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper pickup pickup sensor S15
malfunctioning
Cure1 check upper pickup pickup sensor S15


Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
* Type Failure
* Context 303025
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper pickup passed sensor S18
malfunctioning
Cure1 check upper pickup passed sensor S18
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
MODULE : lowerpickupmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC304000 : lowerpickupmodule.film.pickupposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Lower input jam
Cure Remove lower input jam
HC304001 : lowerpickupmodule.film.bendposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304002 : lowerpickupmodule.film.homeposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304003 : lowerpickupmodule.film.vacuum
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason1 Lower input jam
Cure1 Remove lower input jam
cups ......
Cure3 Replace
Part vacuum pump
HC304004 : lowerpickupmodule.filmpickup
* Type Accidental


* Context
* Action None
HC304005 : lowerpickupmodule.s19.low
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304006 : lowerpickupmodule.s19.high
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304007 : lowerpickupmodule.pickup.skew
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304008 : lowerpickupmodule.tphalign
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304009 : lowerpickupmodule.film.align
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304010 : lowerpickupmodule.homeposition
* Type Failure
* Context 304010
* Action None
* Reason Lower pickup homing failed accidently
HC304011 : lowerpickupmodule.thpositioning
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None


HC304012 : lowerpickupmodule.elabel.present
* Type Failure
* Context 304012
* Action None
* Reason1 Lower pickup elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect lower pickup elabel
* Reason2 Lower pickup Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
HC304013 : lowerpickupmodule.elabel.config
* Type Failure
* Context 304013
* Action None
* Reason Lower pickup elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
HC304014 : lowerpickupmodule.connected
* Type Failure
* Context 304014
* Action None
Cure Connect XS4
* Reason lower pickup module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
HC304015 : lowerpickupmodule.working
* Type Failure
* Context 304015
* Action None
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD04
HC304016 : lowerpickupmodule.passed.high
* Type Failure
* Context 304016
* Action None
* Reason1 Lower pickup past sensor jammed
Cure1 Free lower pickup past sensor
* Reason2 Lower pickup past sensor defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
HC304021 : lowerpickupmodule.m6.connection
* Type Failure
* Context 304021
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Lower pickup motor not connected
Cure1 connect lower pickup motor



Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
HC304022 : lowerpickupmodule.m6.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 304022
* Action SeeManual
* Reason Lower pickup module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
HC304023 : lowerpickupmodule.s16
* Type Failure
* Context 304023
* Action None
* Reason1 Lower pickup home sensor S16 malfunctioning
Cure1 check lower pickup home sensor S16
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
* Type Failure
* Context 304024
* Action None
* Reason1 Lower pickup pickup sensor S17
malfunctioning
Cure1 check lower pickup pickup sensor S17
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
* Type Failure
* Context 304025
* Action None
* Reason1 Lower pickup passed sensor S19
malfunctioning
Cure1 check lower pickup passed sensor S19
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
MODULE : thmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC305000 : thmodule.high
* Type Defect
* Context 305000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason Coolingfan defect
Cure Replace


Part MOD16
HC305001 : thmodule.thpos.fail
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
Cure Resolve jam
HC305002 : thmodule.thermalheadheater
* Type Failure
* Context 305002
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Connector P3 on PSU not connected
Cure1 Connect P3 on PSU
* Reason2 Connectors P2 and P3 on OSB not connected
Cure2 Connect connectors P2 and P3
* Reason3 Connectors P6 on OSB not connected
Cure3 Connect connector P6
* Reason4 Connector XS6 on heater not connected
Cure4 Connect connector XS6
* Reason5 Sensor S12 defect
Cure5 Replace MOD05
* Reason6 PSU defect
Cure6 Replace
Part MOD09
* Reason7 TH defect
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305003 : thmodule.elabel.present
* Type Failure
* Context 305003
* Action None
* Reason1 TH Elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect TH elabel
* Reason2 Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305004 : thmodule.elabel.config
* Type Failure
* Context 305004
* Action None
* Reason Elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD05
HC305005 : thmodule.device.current
* Type Defect
* Context 305005
* Action SeeManual


* Reason2 Connectors P2 and P3 on OSB not

connected
* Reason3 Connectors P3 on TH not connected
Cure3 Connect connector P3 on TH
* Reason4 Connector P2 on TH not connected
* Reason6 Connector P43 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil
or Devius) not connected
Cure6 Connect connector P43 on MOD08 baseboard
(Devil or Devius)
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD09
* Reason8 OSB defect
Cure8 Replace
Part OSB
* Reason9 TH defect
Cure9 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305006 : thmodule.powerlogic
* Type Defect
* Context 305006
* Action SeeManual
(Devil or Devius)
Cure5 Replace
Part MOD09
Cure6 Replace
Part OSB
* Reason7 TH defect
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305007 : thmodule.headvoltageactuator
* Type Defect
* Context 305007
* Action SeeManual



connected
(Devil or Devius)
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD09
Cure8 Replace
Part OSB
* Reason9 TH defect
Cure9 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305008 : thmodule.osb.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 305008
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 P1 on OSB not connected
Cure1 Connect P1 on OSB
* Reason2 P1 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius)
not connected
Cure2 Connect P1 on MOD08 baseboard (Devil or
Devius)
Cure3 Replace
Part OSB
HC305009 : thmodule.thermalheadheating
* Type Failure
* Context 305009
* Action SeeManual
* Reason TH module heater defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD05
HC305010 : thmodule.voltage.low
* Type Failure
* Context 305010
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Serial connection to powersupply fails
Cure1 power down the printer, and power up
again
* Reason2 Calibration files corrupted


Cure2 Reset the calibration data for the film

calibration of the upper and lower tray,
followed by a film calibration for both
trays.
* Reason3 PSU module defect
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD09
* Reason4 TH module defect
Cure4 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305011 : thmodule.thinstall
* Type Defect
* Context 05
* Action Replace
* Reason TH data is not loaded properly
Cure Replace
Part MOD05
HC305012 : thmodule.resolution
* Type Defect
* Context 305012
* Action SeeManual
* Reason TH has the wrong resolution for this
printer OR this software is installed on
the wrong printer
Cure Replace
Part MOD05
HC305021 : thmodule.device.thermistors
* Type Defect
* Context 05
* Action Replace
(Devil or Devius)
* Reason5 TH defect
Cure5 Replace
Part MOD05
MODULE : outputmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC306000 : outputmodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 306000


* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 XS2 not connected
Cure1 Connect XS2
Cure2 Connect XS3
HC306001 : outputmodule.cdm.init
* Type Failure
* Context 306001
* Action None
* Reason Output module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306002 : outputmodule.intensity.scan
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Internal film jam
Cure Remove film jam
HC306003 : outputmodule.outputsensor.hi
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Output film jam
HC306004 : outputmodule.printingFail
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason1 Internal film jam
Cure1 Remove film jam
* Reason2 S18 or S19 is sticking
Cure2 replace this upper or lower tray
HC306005 : outputmodule.film.scan
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
Cure Remove jam
HC306006 : outputmodule.outputSensor.lo
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC306007 : outputmodule.outputorscan.fail
* Type Accidental
* Context


* Action None
HC306008 : outputmodule.outputhome.fail
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC306009 : outputmodule.cdmhome.fail
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC306010 : outputmodule.elabel.present
* Type Failure
* Context 306010
* Action None
* Reason1 Output elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect output elabel
* Reason2 Output elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD06
HC306011 : outputmodule.elabel.config
* Type Failure
* Context 306011
* Action None
* Reason Output elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306012 : outputmodule.cdm.home
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason CDM homing accidently failed
HC306013 : outputmodule.home
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason1 Output homing accidently failed
Cure1 Self resolving accident
* Reason2 Output module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD06
HC306014 : outputmodule.cdminstall


* Type Failure
* Context 306014
* Action None
* Reason CDM needs calibration
Cure Calibrate CDM
HC306015 : outputmodule.intensity.unstable
* Type Failure
* Context 306015
* Action None
* Reason CDM intensity is unstable
Cure Replace CDM module MOD06
HC306020 : outputmodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 06
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306021 : outputmodule.m4.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 306021
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Output motor not connected
Cure1 connect output motor
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD06
HC306022 : outputmodule.m4.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 306022
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306023 : outputmodule.cdm.m5.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 306023
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 CDM motor not connected
Cure1 connect CDM motor
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD06
HC306024 : outputmodule.cdm.m5.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 306024
* Action SeeManual


Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306025 : outputmodule.s5
* Type Defect
* Context 06
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
* Type Defect
* Context 06
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306027 : outputmodule.cdm.s10
* Type Defect
* Context 06
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306028 : outputmodule.cdm.working
* Type Defect
* Context 06
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
MODULE : drumdrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC307001 : drumdrivemodule.m1.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 307001
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 M1 not connected
Cure1 Connect M1
* Reason2 Ambient temperature too low when
switching on the printer
Cure2 Ensure that ambient temperature is
within specifications (+15C to
+30C)
* Reason3 Drum drive module defect
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD07


HC307002 : drumdrivemodule.s9
* Type Defect
* Context 307002
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect S9
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD07
HC307004 : drumdrivemodule.move
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Drum drive move failed accidently
Cure Selfresolving accident
HC307020 : drumdrivemodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 07
* Action Replace
* Reason Drum drive module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD07
HC307021 : drumdrivemodule.m1.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 307021
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD07
MODULE : devilmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC308000 : devilmodule.dsh.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 308000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Connector P9 not connected
Cure1 Connect P9
* Reason2 MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius)
module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308001 : devilmodule.psu.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 308001
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P15



module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308002 : devilmodule.keypad.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 308002
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P8
module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308003 : devilmodule.th.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 308003
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P43
Cure2 Connect P1 on TH
Cure3 Ensure that ambient temperature
is within specifications (+15C to
+30C)
module defect
Cure4 Replace
Part MOD08
* Reason5 TH defect
Cure5 Replace
Part MOD05
HC308004 : devilmodule.p21.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 308004
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P21
module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308005
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P20



module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308006
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P41
module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308007
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P40
module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308008
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Connector P1 not connected on
MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius)
Cure1 Connect P1 on MOD08 baseboard
(Devil or Devius)
module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308009 : devilmodule.elabel.present
* Type Failure
* Context 308009
* Action None
Elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect MOD08 baseboard (Devil or
Devius) elabel
Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308010 : devilmodule.elabel.config


* Type Failure
* Context 308010
* Action None
* Reason MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius)
Elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308011 : devilmodule.power.3v3
* Type Defect
* Context 308011
* Action SeeManual
module defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC308012 : devilmodule.power.12v
* Type Defect
* Context 308012
* Action SeeManual
module defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC308013 : devilmodule.power.n12v
* Type Defect
* Context 308013
* Action SeeManual
module defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
* Type Defect
* Context 308014
* Action SeeManual
module defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace


Part MOD09
HC308015 : devilmodule.power.actuator
* Type Defect
* Context 308015
* Action SeeManual
module defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC308016 : devilmodule.headvoltage
* Type Defect
* Context 308016
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Connector P1 not connected on TH
Cure2 Connect P43 on MOD08 baseboard
(Devil or Devius)
Cure4 Replace
Part MOD09
module defect
Cure5 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure6 Replace
Part MOD05
HC308017 : duplicate.ipaddress
* Type Failure
* Context 308017
* Action None
* Reason IP adress already in use
Cure Change IP adress
HC308018 : disk.space
* Type Failure
* Context 308018
* Action None
* Reason Harddisk full
Cure Call service
HC308019 : devilmodule.sn.mismatch
* Type Defect


* Context 308019
* Action SeeManual
* Reason SN mismatch
Cure Call service
HC308020 : devilmodule.power.sensor
* Type Defect
* Context 308020
* Action SeeManual
module defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
* Type Defect
* Context 308021
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P42
module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308022 : check.date
* Type Failure
* Context 308022
* Action None
* Reason1 Date and time not property set
Cure1 Set the correct Date and time on
the printer
* Reason2 MOD08 baseboard Devius module
defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC312000 : tyndall.temperature
* Type Defect
* Context 312000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Ambient temperature too high what
could be caused by continuous
printing in an already warm
environment or the environment
temperature is just too high
Cure1 If caused by continuous printing
, this can be cured by waiting
until temperature comes down ;
otherwise it has to be made sure


that the environment temperature

comes down
* Reason2 Cooling of MOD12 CPU board
(Thanos or Tyndall) not efficient
because of blocked airflow
Cure2 Make sure that enough airflow is
available for the MOD12 CPU board
(Thanos or Tyndall) by insuring
that air inlets and outlets are
completely free
* Reason3 Defect CPU on MOD12
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD12
HC308024 : devilmodule.serialadc
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308025 : devilmodule.bitgenerator
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308026 : devilmodule.m16
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308027 : devilmodule.fpga
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308028 : devilmodule.m2.driver
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace



module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
* Reason MOD08 baseboard (Devil or Devius) module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308032 : devilmodule.f1.driver
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308034 : diagnose.completion
* Type Failure
* Context 308034
* Action None
* Reason Diagnose not complete
Cure Reboot printer with closed trays and covers
* Type Defect


* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308039 : devilmodule.v1.driver
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC312020 : devilmodule.tyndall.cpuboard
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
* Reason MOD12 cpu board (Thanos or Tyndall) defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD12


HC312021 : devilmodule.tyndall.serial
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
HC312022 : devilmodule.tyndall.ethernet
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
HC312023 : devilmodule.tyndall.portex
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
* Reason Software problem
Cure Reinstall software
HC312024 : devilmodule.tyndall.pci
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
HC318020 : devilmodule.tyndall.ram
* Type Defect
* Context 18
* Action Replace
* Reason1 RAM defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD18
* Reason2 MOD12 cpu board (Thanos or Tyndall) defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD12
HC312025 : devilmodule.tyndall.clock
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
MODULE : powersupplymodule
Elabel : Yes


HC309000 : powersupplymodule.temperature
* Type Defect
* Context 309000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 PSU too hot
Cure1 Switch off printer and let it cool down
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309001 : powersupplymodule.elabel.present
* Type Failure
* Context 309001
* Action None
* Reason1 PSU Elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect PSU elabel
* Reason2 PSU module Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309002 : powersupplymodule.elabel.config
* Type Failure
* Context 309002
* Action None
* Reason PSU module Elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309003 : powersupplymodule.powerth.current
* Type Defect
* Context 309003
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 TH power cables short circuited
Cure1 Check TH power cables
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD05
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309004 : powersupplymodule.powermotor.current
* Type Defect
* Context 309004
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Actuators power cables short circuited
Cure1 Check actuators power cables
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309005 : powersupplymodule.temperature.warning
* Type Failure
* Context 309005


* Action None
* Reason PSU temperature high
Cure Cool down the PSU
HC309020 : powersupplymodule.powerth
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
* Reason PSU module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309022 : powersupplymodule.powermotor
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309024 : powersupplymodule.powerlogic
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309025 : powersupplymodule.power3v3
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309026 : powersupplymodule.power12v
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309027 : powersupplymodule.powern12v
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09


MODULE : displaykeypadmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC310000 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.present
* Type Failure
* Context 310000
* Action None
* Reason1 Display Elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect Display elabel
* Reason2 Display Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD10
HC310001 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.config
* Type Failure
* Context 310001
* Action None
* Reason Display Elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD10
MODULE : inputsensormodule
Elabel : No
HC311000 : inputsensormodule.s4.flagproblem
* Type Failure
* Context 311000
* Action None
* Reason Internal jam, input sensor S4 isn't responding
Cure Remove jam
* Type Failure
* Context 311001
* Action None
* Reason Internal jam, input sensor S13 isn't responding
Cure Remove jam
HC311002 : inputsensormodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 311002
* Action SeeManual
* Reason XS5 not connected
Cure Connect XS5
HC311003 : inputsensormodule.s4
* Type Failure
* Context 311003
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S4


* Reason2 S4 bracket module defect

Cure2 Replace
Part MOD11
* Type Failure
* Context 311004
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S13
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD11
HC311005 : inputsensormodule.sensors
* Type Failure
* Context 311005
* Action None
* Reason one of the inputsensors is not functioning
Cure Remove jam
HC311020 : inputsensormodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 11
* Action Replace
* Reason S4 bracket module is defective
Cure Power off printer and replace
Part MOD10
MODULE : camdrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC313000 : camdrivemodule.home
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC313001 : camdrivemodule.m2.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 313001
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Motor M2 not connected
Cure1 Connect motor M2
* Reason2 Cam shaft module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD13
HC313002 : camdrivemodule.s7
* Type Defect
* Context 313002
* Action SeeManual


* Reason1 Sensor S7 not connected

Cure1 Connect sensor S7
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD13
HC313020 : camdrivemodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 13
* Action Replace
* Reason Cam shaft module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD13
HC313021 : camdrivemodule.m2.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 313021
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD13
MODULE : gearboxmodule
Elabel : No
HC314000 : gearboxmodule.home
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC314001 : gearboxmodule.pickup.passed
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC314002 : gearboxmodule.takeover.film.close
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC314003 : gearboxmodule.film.inputsensors
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None


HC314004 : gearboxmodule.m8.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 314004
* Action SeeManual
* Reason2 Roller drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD14
HC314005 : gearboxmodule.s3
* Type Defect
* Context 314005
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD14
HC314006 : gearboxmodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 314006
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Connector XS12 not connected
Cure1 Connect Connector XS12
* Reason2 gearboxmodule drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD14
HC314020 : gearboxmodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 14
* Action Replace
* Reason Roller drive module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD14
HC314021 : gearboxmodule.m8.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 314021
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD14
MODULE : suspensiondrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC315000 : suspensiondrivemodule.move
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None


* Reason Suspension move (10 or 14 inch) failed accidently

HC315001 : suspensiondrivemodule.m3.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 315001
* Action SeeManual
* Reason2 Suspension drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD15
HC315002 : suspensiondrivemodule.s21
* Type Defect
* Context 315002
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD15
HC315003 : suspensiondrivemodule.s22
* Type Defect
* Context 315003
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD15
HC315004 : suspensiondrivemodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 315004
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD15
HC315020 : suspensiondrivemodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 15
* Action Replace
* Reason Suspension drive module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD15
HC315021 : suspensiondrivemodule.m3.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 315021


* Action SeeManual
* Reason Suspension drive module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD15
MODULE : coolingfanmodule
Elabel : No
HC316000 : coolingfanmodule.thf1.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 316000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Coolingfan not connected
Cure1 Connect coolingfan
* Reason2 Coolingfan module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD12
HC316020 : coolingfanmodule.thf1.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 316020
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD12
MODULE : pumpandvalvesmodule
Elabel : No
HC317000 : pumpandvalvesmodule.m9.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 317000
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Connect XS10
* Reason3 Pump and valves module defect
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD17
HC317001 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v1.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 317001
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect XS10
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD17


* Type Defect
* Context 317002
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect XS10
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD17
HC317020 : pumpandvalvesmodule.m9.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 317020
* Action SeeManual
* Reason Pump and valves module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD17
HC317021 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v1.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 317021
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD17
* Type Defect
* Context 317022
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD17
MODULE : eboxfanmodule
Elabel : No
HC320000 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 320000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 EBox fan module not connected
Cure1 Connect EBox fan module
* Reason2 EBox fan module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD20
HC320020 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 320020
* Action SeeManual
* Reason EBox fan module defect


Cure2 Replace
Part MOD20
MODULE : bothtraysmodule
Elabel : No
HC321001 : pickupmodule.alltrays.disabled
* Type Defect
* Context 321001
* Action SeeManual
* Reason All inputtrays have detected a mallfunction
Cure Check other active HC-codes to get detailed info
7.9.2 Error Codes of printers with serial number > 100.000
The following list of error codes is based on DRYSTAR 5302 error codes,
software 6.0.0_C1.
LIST OF ERRORS
MODULE : uppertraymodule
Elabel : No
HC301000 : uppertraymodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 301000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason XS7 or XS8 not connected
Cure1 Connect XS7 or XS8
HC301001 : uppertray.overruled
* Type Failure
* Context 301001
* Action None
HC301002 : uppertray.disabled
* Type Failure
* Context 301002
* Action None
HC301003 : uppertraymodule.tagreader
* Type Failure


* Context 301003
* Action None
Cure2 Replace
Part Tag reader
* Type Failure
* Context 301004
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S11
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
* Type Failure
* Context 301005
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S24
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
HC301006 : uppertraymodule.takeoversensors.working
* Type Defect
* Context 301006
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 S11 and S24 not connected
Cure1 Connect S11 and S24
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
* Type Failure
* Context 301007
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S1
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
HC301016 : upper.filmcal.required
* Type Failure
* Context 301016
* Action None
* Reason Upper tray needs calibration
Cure Perform upper tray calibration


HC301018 : upperTag-unsupported
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Wrong version in upper tray
HC301019 : tag.history.insecure
* Type Defect
* Context 301019
* Action SeeManual
* Reason Tag history is corrupt
Cure make Emergency sw install without
preserving config
* Type Failure
* Context 301020
* Action None
* Reason S11 defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD01
* Type Failure
* Context 301021
* Action None
* Reason S24 defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD01
HC301022 : uppertraymodule.sensors
* Type Failure
* Context 301022
* Action None
* Reason1 one of the takeoverdetection sensors
is not functioning
Cure1 Remove jam
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD01
HC301023 : backside.jam.upper
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason backside jam while printing from upper
tray
MODULE : lowertraymodule
Elabel : No


HC302000 : lowertraymodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 302000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason XS9 not connected to lower tray module
Cure1 Connect XS9 to lower tray module
HC302001 : lowertray.overruled
* Type Failure
* Context 302001
* Action None
HC302002 : lowertray.disabled
* Type Failure
* Context 302002
* Action None
HC302003 : lowertraymodule.tagreader
* Type Failure
* Context 302003
* Action None
Cure2 Replace
Part Tag reader
HC302007 : lowertraymodule.s2
* Type Failure
* Context 302007
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S2
* Reason2 Lower tray module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD02
HC302016 : lower.filmcal.required
* Type Failure
* Context 302016
* Action None
* Reason Lower tray needs calibration
Cure Perform lower tray calibration
HC302018 : lowerTag-unsupported
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Wrong version in lower tray


HC302023 : backside.jam.lower
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason backside jam while printing from
lower tray
HC302024 : used.film.upper
* Type Failure
* Context 302024
* Action None
* Reason counter of new filmpack in upper tray
was already low. It was used in
another printer
Cure Replace filmpack when filmcount runs
out
HC302025 : used.film.lower
* Type Failure
* Context 302025
* Action None
* Reason counter of new filmpack in lower tray
was already low. It was used in
another printer
Cure Replace filmpack when filmcount runs
out
MODULE : upperpickupmodule
Elabel : No
HC303000 : upperpickupmodule.film.pickupposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303001 : upperpickupmodule.film.bendposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303002 : upperpickupmodule.film.homeposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None


HC303003 : upperpickupmodule.film.vacuum
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper input jam
Cure1 Remove upper input jam
cups ......
Cure3 Replace
Part vacuum pump
HC303004 : upperpickupmodule.filmpickup
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303005 : upperpickupmodule.s18.low
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303006 : upperpickupmodule.s18.high
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303007 : upperpickupmodule.pickup.skew
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303008 : upperpickupmodule.tphalign
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303009 : upperpickupmodule.film.align
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None


HC303010 : upperpickupmodule.homeposition
* Type Failure
* Context 303010
* Action None
* Reason Upper pickup homing failed
accidently
HC303011 : upperpickupmodule.thpositioning
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC303014 : upperpickupmodule.connected
* Type Failure
* Context 303014
* Action None
Cure Connect XS1
Cure Replace
Part MOD03
HC303015 : upperpickupmodule.working
* Type Failure
* Context 303015
* Action None
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD03
HC303016 : upperpickupmodule.passed.high
* Type Failure
* Context 303016
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper pickup past sensor jammed
Cure1 Free upper pickup past sensor
* Reason2 Upper pickup past sensor defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
HC303021 : upperpickupmodule.m7.connection
* Type Failure
* Context 303021
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Upper pickup motor not connected
Cure1 reconnect upper pickup motor


Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
HC303022 : upperpickupmodule.m7.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 303022
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD03
* Type Failure
* Context 303023
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper pickup home sensor S14
malfunctioning
Cure1 check upper pickup home sensor
S14
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
* Type Failure
* Context 303024
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper pickup pickup sensor S15
malfunctioning
Cure1 check upper pickup pickup sensor
S15
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
* Type Failure
* Context 303025
* Action None
* Reason1 Upper pickup passed sensor S18
malfunctioning
Cure1 check upper pickup passed sensor
S18
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD03
MODULE : lowerpickupmodule
Elabel : No
HC304000 : lowerpickupmodule.film.pickupposition
* Type Accidental
* Context


* Action None
HC304001 : lowerpickupmodule.film.bendposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304002 : lowerpickupmodule.film.homeposition
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304003 : lowerpickupmodule.film.vacuum
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason1 Lower input jam
Cure1 Remove lower input jam
Cure2 clean vacuum tubes , filter ,
vacuum cups ......
Cure3 Replace
Part vacuum pump
HC304004 : lowerpickupmodule.filmpickup
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304005 : lowerpickupmodule.s19.low
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304006 : lowerpickupmodule.s19.high
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304007 : lowerpickupmodule.pickup.skew
* Type Accidental


* Context
* Action None
HC304008 : lowerpickupmodule.tphalign
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304009 : lowerpickupmodule.film.align
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304010 : lowerpickupmodule.homeposition
* Type Failure
* Context 304010
* Action None
* Reason Lower pickup homing failed accidently
HC304011 : lowerpickupmodule.thpositioning
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC304014 : lowerpickupmodule.connected
* Type Failure
* Context 304014
* Action None
Cure Connect XS4
* Reason lower pickup module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
HC304015 : lowerpickupmodule.working
* Type Failure
* Context 304015
* Action None
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD04
HC304016 : lowerpickupmodule.passed.high


* Type Failure
* Context 304016
* Action None
* Reason1 Lower pickup past sensor jammed
Cure1 Free lower pickup past sensor
* Reason2 Lower pickup past sensor defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
HC304021 : lowerpickupmodule.m6.connection
* Type Failure
* Context 304021
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Lower pickup motor not connected
Cure1 connect lower pickup motor
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
HC304022 : lowerpickupmodule.m6.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 304022
* Action SeeManual
* Reason Lower pickup module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
* Type Failure
* Context 304023
* Action None
* Reason1 Lower pickup home sensor S16
malfunctioning
Cure1 check lower pickup home sensor
S16
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
* Type Failure
* Context 304024
* Action None
* Reason1 Lower pickup pickup sensor S17
malfunctioning
Cure1 check lower pickup pickup sensor
S17
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
* Type Failure
* Context 304025


* Action None
* Reason1 Lower pickup passed sensor S19
malfunctioning
Cure1 check lower pickup passed sensor
S19
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD04
MODULE : thmodule
Elabel : No
HC305000 : thmodule.high
* Type Defect
* Context 305000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason Coolingfan defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD16
HC305001 : thmodule.thpos.fail
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
Cure Resolve jam
HC305002 : thmodule.thermalheadheater
* Type Failure
* Context 305002
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Connector P3 on PSU not
connected
connected
* Reason3 Connectors P6 on OSB not
connected
* Reason4 Connector XS6 on heater not
connected
Cure4 Connect connector XS6
* Reason5 Sensor S12 defect
Cure5 Replace MOD05
Cure6 Replace
Part MOD09
* Reason7 TH defect
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD05


HC305005 : thmodule.device.current
* Type Defect
* Context 305005
* Action SeeManual
connected
connected
* Reason3 Connectors P3 on TH not
connected
* Reason6 Connector P14 (type 5366) or P43
(type 5367) on MOD08 baseboard
(Devnix) not connected
Cure6 Connect connector P14 / P43 on
MOD08 baseboard (Devnix)
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD09
Cure8 Replace
Part OSB
* Reason9 TH defect
Cure9 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305006 : thmodule.powerlogic
* Type Defect
* Context 305006
* Action SeeManual
connected
connected
* Reason4 Connector P14 (type 5366) / P43
(Type 5367) on MOD08 baseboard
Cure5 Replace
Part MOD09


Cure6 Replace
Part OSB
* Reason7 TH defect
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305007 : thmodule.headvoltageactuator
* Type Defect
* Context 305007
* Action SeeManual
connected
connected
connected
Cure7 Replace
Part MOD09
Cure8 Replace
Part OSB
* Reason9 TH defect
Cure9 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305009 : thmodule.thermalheadheating
* Type Failure
* Context 305009
* Action SeeManual
* Reason TH module heater defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD05
HC305010 : thmodule.voltage.low
* Type Failure
* Context 305010
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Serial connection to powersupply
fails
Cure1 power down the printer, and
power up again


* Reason2 Calibration files corrupted

Cure2 Reset the calibration data for
the film calibration of the
upper and lower tray, followed
by a film calibration for both
trays.
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD09
Cure4 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305011 : thmodule.thinstall
* Type Defect
* Context 05
* Action Replace
* Reason TH data is not loaded properly
Cure Replace
Part MOD05
HC305012 : thmodule.resolution
* Type Defect
* Context 305012
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 The iButton doesn't have the
correct information to get the
printer type data
Cure1 Check contacts of Ibutton. Call
service
* Reason2 TH has the wrong resolution for
this printer OR this software is
installed on the wrong printer
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD05
HC305021 : thmodule.device.thermistors
* Type Defect
* Context 05
* Action Replace
connected
connected
* Reason5 TH defect


Cure5 Replace
Part MOD05
MODULE : outputmodule
Elabel : No
HC306000 : outputmodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 306000
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect XS2
Cure2 Connect XS3
HC306001 : outputmodule.cdm.init
* Type Failure
* Context 306001
* Action None
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306002 : outputmodule.intensity.scan
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC306003 : outputmodule.outputsensor.hi
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Output film jam
HC306004 : outputmodule.printingFail
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason1 Internal film jam
Cure1 Remove film jam
* Reason2 S18 or S19 is sticking
Cure2 replace this upper or lower tray
HC306005 : outputmodule.film.scan
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
Cure Remove jam


HC306006 : outputmodule.outputSensor.lo
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC306007 : outputmodule.outputorscan.fail
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC306008 : outputmodule.outputhome.fail
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC306009 : outputmodule.cdmhome.fail
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC306012 : outputmodule.cdm.home
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason CDM homing accidently failed
HC306013 : outputmodule.home
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason1 Output homing accidently failed
Cure1 Self resolving accident
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD06
HC306014 : outputmodule.cdminstall
* Type Failure
* Context 306014
* Action None
* Reason CDM needs calibration
Cure Calibrate CDM
HC306015 : outputmodule.intensity.unstable
* Type Failure


* Context 306015
* Action None
* Reason CDM intensity is unstable
Cure Replace CDM module MOD06
HC306020 : outputmodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 06
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306021 : outputmodule.m4.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 306021
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Output motor not connected
Cure1 connect output motor
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD06
HC306022 : outputmodule.m4.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 306022
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
* Type Defect
* Context 06
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
* Type Defect
* Context 06
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
HC306028 : outputmodule.cdm.working
* Type Defect
* Context 06
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD06


HC306029 : drum.temperature
* Type Failure
* Context 306029
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Measuring the temperature on
the lcdm fails
Cure1 check wiring to MOD06 lcdm
and reboot
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
MODULE : drumdrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC307001 : drumdrivemodule.m1.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 307001
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 M1 not connected
Cure1 Connect M1
is within specifications (+15C
to +30C)
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD07
HC307002 : drumdrivemodule.s9
* Type Defect
* Context 307002
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect S9
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD07
HC307004 : drumdrivemodule.move
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
* Reason Drum drive move failed accidently
Cure Selfresolving accident
HC307020 : drumdrivemodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 07
* Action Replace


Cure Replace
Part MOD07
HC307021 : drumdrivemodule.m1.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 307021
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD07
MODULE : devilmodule
Elabel : No
HC308000 : devilmodule.dsh.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 308000
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P9
* Reason2 MOD08 baseboard (Devnix) module
defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308001
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P15
defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308002 : devilmodule.keypad.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 308002
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P8
defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308003 : devilmodule.th.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 308003
* Action SeeManual
(Type 5367) not connected


Cure1 Connect P14 / P43

is within specifications (+15C to
+30C)
defect
Cure4 Replace
Part MOD08
* Reason5 TH defect
Cure5 Replace
Part MOD05
* Type Defect
* Context 308004
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P21
* Reason2 MOD08 baseboard (Devnix) module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308008
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Connector P1 not connected on MOD08
baseboard (Devnix)
Cure1 Connect P1 on MOD08 baseboard (Devnix)
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308011 : devilmodule.power.3v3
* Type Defect
* Context 308011
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
* Type Defect
* Context 308014
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace


Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC308015 : devilmodule.power.actuator
* Type Defect
* Context 308015
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC308016 : devilmodule.headvoltage
* Type Defect
* Context 308016
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Connector P1 not connected on TH
* Reason2 Connector P14 (type 5366) / P43 (Type
5367) not connected on MOD08 baseboard
(Devnix)
Cure2 Connect P14 / P43 on MOD08 baseboard
(Devnix)
baseboard (Devnix)
Cure4 Replace
Part MOD09
Cure5 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure6 Replace
Part MOD05
HC308017 : duplicate.ipaddress
* Type Failure
* Context 308017
* Action None
* Reason IP 208ddress already in
use
Cure Change IP adress
HC308018 : disk.space
* Type Failure
* Context 308018
* Action None
* Reason Harddisk full
Cure Call service


HC308019 : devilmodule.sn.mismatch
* Type Defect
* Context 308019
* Action SeeManual
* Reason SN mismatch
Cure Call service
HC308020 : devilmodule.power.sensor
* Type Defect
* Context 308020
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
* Type Defect
* Context 308021
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect P42
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308022 : check.date
* Type Failure
* Context 308022
* Action None
* Reason1 Date and time not property set
Cure1 Set the correct Date and time on the
printer
* Reason2 MOD08 baseboard Devnix module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308041
* Action SeeManual
baseboard (Devnix)
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308042


* Action SeeManual
baseboard (Devnix)
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
HC308043 : devilmodule.htr.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 308043
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Connector HTR not connected on MOD08
baseboard (Devnix)
Cure1 Connect heater on MOD08 baseboard
(Devnix)
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308044
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC308045 : devilmodule.power.n5v
* Type Defect
* Context 308045
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD08
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC308046 : devnix.downgradever
* Type Defect
* Context 308046
* Action SeeManual
* Reason Dangerous downgrade version
Cure Call service
HC312000 : tyndall.temperature
* Type Defect
* Context 312000
* Action SeeManual


* Reason1 Ambient temperature too high what

could be caused by continuous printing
in an already warm environment or the
environment temperature is just too
high
Cure1 If caused by continuous printing ,
this can be cured by waiting until
temperature comes down ; otherwise it
has to be made sure that the
environment temperature comes down
* Reason2 Cooling of MOD12 cpu board (Themis or
Tyndall) not efficient because of
blocked airflow
Cure2 Make sure that enough airflow is
available for the MOD12 cpu board
(Themis or Tyndall) by insuring that
air inlets and outlets are completely
free
* Reason3 Defect CPU on MOD12
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD12
HC308024 : devilmodule.serialadc
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
* Reason MOD08 baseboard (Devnix) module defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308025 : devilmodule.bitgenerator
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308027 : devilmodule.fpga
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308028
* Action SeeManual
* Reason M2 DrumPositionMotor defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD13


Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308029
* Action SeeManual
* Reason M3 defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308030
* Action SeeManual
* Reason M4 outputMotor defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD06
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part XXXX
* Type Defect
* Context 308032
* Action SeeManual
* Reason F1 ThermalHead coolingFan defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308033
* Action SeeManual
* Reason F2 eboxFan defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD20
Cure Replace
Part MOD08


HC308034 : diagnose.completion
* Type Failure
* Context 308034
* Action None
* Reason Diagnose not complete
Cure Reboot printer with closed trays and covers
* Type Defect
* Context 308035
* Action SeeManual
* Reason M6 UpperPickupMotor defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD03
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308036
* Action SeeManual
* Reason M7 LowerPickupMotor defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308037
* Action SeeManual
* Reason M8 PickupTakeoverMotorp defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD014
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308038
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308039
* Action SeeManual
* Reason V1 LowerVacuumValve defect


Cure Replace
Part MOD03
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308340
* Action SeeManual
* Reason V1 UpperVacuumValve defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308050
* Action SeeManual
* Reason M1 DrumMotor defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD07
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308051
* Action SeeManual
* Reason M20 UpperVacuumPump defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD03
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
* Type Defect
* Context 308052
* Action SeeManual
* Reason M21 LowerVacuumPump defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD04
Cure Replace
Part MOD08
HC308053 : devilmodule.board
* Type Defect
* Context 08
* Action Replace



Cure Reboot, interrupt busy
Part MOD08
HC312020 : devilmodule.tyndall.cpuboard
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
* Reason MOD12 cpu board (Themis or Tyndall) defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
HC312021 : devilmodule.tyndall.serial
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
HC312022 : devilmodule.tyndall.ethernet
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
HC312023 : devilmodule.tyndall.portex
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
* Reason Software problem
Cure Reinstall software
HC312024 : devilmodule.tyndall.pci
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
HC318020 : devilmodule.tyndall.ram
* Type Defect
* Context 18
* Action Replace
* Reason1 RAM defect
Cure1 Replace
Part MOD18
* Reason2 MOD12 cpu board (Themis or Tyndall) defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD12


HC312025 : devilmodule.tyndall.clock
* Type Defect
* Context 12
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD12
MODULE : powersupplymodule
Elabel : No
HC309000 : powersupplymodule.temperature
* Type Defect
* Context 309000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 PSU too hot
Cure1 Switch off printer and let it cool down
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309003 : powersupplymodule.powerth.current
* Type Defect
* Context 309003
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 TH power cables short circuited
Cure1 Check TH power cables
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD05
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309004 : powersupplymodule.powermotor.current
* Type Defect
* Context 309004
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309005 : powersupplymodule.temperature.warning
* Type Failure
* Context 309005
* Action None
* Reason PSU temperature high
Cure Cool down the PSU
HC309020 : powersupplymodule.powerth
* Type Defect


* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309022 : powersupplymodule.powermotor
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD09
HC309024 : powersupplymodule.powerlogic
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309025 : powersupplymodule.power3v3
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309026 : powersupplymodule.power12v
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
HC309027 : powersupplymodule.powern12v
* Type Defect
* Context 09
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD09
MODULE : displaykeypadmodule
Elabel : No
HC310000 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.present
* Type Failure


* Context 310000
* Action None
* Reason1 Display Elabel not connected
Cure1 Connect Display elabel
* Reason2 Display Elabel defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD10
HC310001 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.config
* Type Failure
* Context 310001
* Action None
* Reason Display Elabel defect
Cure Replace
Part MOD10
MODULE : inputsensormodule
Elabel : No
* Type Failure
* Context 311000
* Action None
* Reason Internal jam, input sensor S4 isn’t
responding
Cure Remove jam
* Type Failure
* Context 311001
* Action None
* Reason Internal jam, input sensor S13 isn’t
responding
Cure Remove jam
HC311002 : inputsensormodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 311002
* Action SeeManual
* Reason XS5 not connected
Cure Connect XS5
* Type Failure
* Context 311003
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S4
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD11


* Type Failure
* Context 311004
* Action None
Cure1 Connect S13
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD11
HC311005 : inputsensormodule.sensors
* Type Failure
* Context 311005
* Action None
* Reason one of the inputsensors is not functioning
Cure Remove jam
HC311020 : inputsensormodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 11
* Action Replace
* Reason S4 bracket module is defective
Cure Power off printer and replace
Part MOD10
MODULE : camdrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC313000 : camdrivemodule.home
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC313001 : camdrivemodule.m2.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 313001
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD13
HC313002 : camdrivemodule.s7
* Type Defect
* Context 313002
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD13


HC313020 : camdrivemodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 13
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD13
HC313021 : camdrivemodule.m2.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 313021
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD13
MODULE : gearboxmodule
Elabel : No
HC314000 : gearboxmodule.home
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC314001 : gearboxmodule.pickup.passed
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC314002 : gearboxmodule.takeover.film.close
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC314003 : gearboxmodule.film.inputsensors
* Type Accidental
* Context
* Action None
HC314004 : gearboxmodule.m8.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 314004
* Action SeeManual



Cure2 Replace
Part MOD14
HC314005 : gearboxmodule.s3
* Type Defect
* Context 314005
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD14
HC314006 : gearboxmodule.connected
* Type Defect
* Context 314006
* Action SeeManual
* Reason2 gearboxmodule drive module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD14
HC314020 : gearboxmodule.working
* Type Defect
* Context 14
* Action Replace
Cure Replace
Part MOD14
HC314021 : gearboxmodule.m8.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 314021
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD14
MODULE : coolingfanmodule
Elabel : No
HC316000 : coolingfanmodule.thf1.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 316000
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD12


HC316020 : coolingfanmodule.thf1.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 316020
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD12
MODULE : pumpandvalvesmodule
Elabel : No
HC317000 : pumpandvalvesmodule.m9.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 317000
* Action SeeManual
Cure2 Connect XS10
Cure3 Replace
Part MOD17
* Type Defect
* Context 317001
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect XS10
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD17
* Type Defect
* Context 317002
* Action SeeManual
Cure1 Connect XS10
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD17
HC317020 : pumpandvalvesmodule.m9.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 317020
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD17


* Type Defect
* Context 317021
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD17
* Type Defect
* Context 317022
* Action SeeManual
Cure Replace
Part MOD17
MODULE : eboxfanmodule
Elabel : No
HC320000 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.connection
* Type Defect
* Context 320000
* Action SeeManual
* Reason1 Ebox fan module not connected
Cure1 Connect Ebox fan module
* Reason2 Ebox fan module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD20
HC320020 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.shortcircuit
* Type Defect
* Context 320020
* Action SeeManual
* Reason Ebox fan module defect
Cure2 Replace
Part MOD20
MODULE : bothtraysmodule
Elabel : No
HC321001 : pickupmodule.alltrays.disabled
* Type Defect
* Context 321001
* Action SeeManual
* Reason All inputtrays have detected a mallfunction
Cure Check other active HC-codes to get detailed
info




8 Repair
8.1 Required tools
Tool Part Number Purpose

Cleaning Material
Isopropyl Alcohol and Commercially available To clean the Thermal Head.
lint free cloth
Cleaning tissue (box CM+309931.0 Agfa Cleaning Tissue (as alternative
of 50 pieces) to Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol and
Lint free cloth). Box of 50 pieces.
Ink Eraser ‘Pelikan’ 10+999991176.0 For the ‘dry TH cleaning’ procedure
Software
Density Reproduction Document ID To check calibration of CDM (internal
Check files 31597519 printer densitometer)
Service PC and related hardware
Service PC Commercially available To perform different service actions
(access to the printer homepage;
evaluate infocounter etc.).
CF card reader/writer EB+72010600 (USB) To read/write CF-cards on a Service
PC via USB interface
EB+72010160 To read/write CF-cards on a Service
(PCMCIA) PC via PCMCIA interface
External CF-card CM+343356.0 To install and save software & data at
128 MB printers with SN < 100.000.
USB flash drive (USB Commercially available To install and save software & data at
2.0 or 3.0; formatted printers with SN > 100.000.
FAT32)
RS232 null-modem EB+44160021 To get access to the printers terminal
cable for the Service level. Only required in exceptional
PC (SUB D 9F/9F) cases for troubleshooting (e.g. boot-
up problems).


Tool Part Number Purpose

Miscellaneous
Anti-static wrist strap CM+9.9999.0830.0 To avoid static discharges on
electronic components
Densitometer* Commercially available To perform CDM calibration
Magnifying glass 8x CM+9.9579.9904.0 To check image quality of films at the
lightbox
Service key CM+9.0426.6309.0 To override the safety switch

Waterproof pen Commercially available To write on printed testfilms
Standard ruler (1mm) Commercially available For horizontal image adjustment
NOTE:
*As DT film used in the Drystar printers has a slightly different color compared to
conventional films, different densitometers give different density readings, depending
on the light source.
To make a correct density measurement use only a calibrated densitometer MacBeth
TR-924, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2. Other
densitometers are not supported.
8.2 Connection of the Service PC to the Printer
NOTE:
Necessity of PC connection:
In the following cases a PC network connection is mandatory, as these settings only
can be made via browser pages.
 To enter the Mammo license
 To create a Mammo host profile (required for mammo printing)
 To configure Logical printers
 To define a host profile for special Image or Connectivity settings (Annotations,
OEM Lut etc.)


8.2.1 Connection of the Service PC to the Printer
(1) Look up the printer IP address and

subnet mask in the printer key operator Service PC
menu
1 Show settings – 3 Network
(DICOM). Printer
After first switch on this is
169.254.10.10
(2) Connect the Service PC to the printer
via network cable.
(3) Start the browser. 536632kl.cdr
Network cable
Figure 99
(4) Enter the IP address of the printer in the address window.

In case the printer homepage is not displayed, refer to section 8.2.2.
8.2.2 Adaptation of the Service PC IP Address
To connect the printer and the Service PC via network, usually the IP address of the
Service PC has to be adapted.
Proceeding:
(1) Define an IP address for the Service PC by adding or subtracting “1” to the last
digit of the IP address.
Example: Printer IP address = 192.168.2.4
Service PC address = 192.168.2.3 or 192.168.2.5


(2) For Windows 7: On the service

PC select menu: Control Panel >
Network and sharing center >
Ethernet.
For Windows 10: On the service

PC select menu select Settings >
Network & Internet > Ethernet >
Network and Sharing Center >
Ethernet >
(3) Click Properties.
Figure 100
(4) Select Internet Protocol 4

(TCP/Ipv4).
(5) Click Properties.
Figure 101


(6) Enter the IP address.
After first switch on, as long as the

printer is set to APIPA address
169.254.10.10, select Obtain an IP
address automatically.
(7) Click in a field of the subnet mask:
It is filled in automatically.
(8) Select OK.
(9) Select Close (2 x).
Figure 102


8.3 Software tools reference
Following software tools are available

Software Tool Purpose Reference
Key-operator menu on the Perform most of the required service actions 8.3.1
local keypad
Infocounter Troubleshooting 8.3.2
Test images Troubleshooting image faults; Confirmation 8.3.3
of perfect image quality
Show error codes View reason, meaning and cure of error 8.3.4
codes
Printer Browser Pages Perform DICOM attribute adjustments, e.g. 8.3.5
image adjustments
Key operator tools Tools for the user (key-operator) 8.3.6
Service Engineer Tools Tools for the service user 8.3.7
Logging View the online logging for troubleshooting 8.3.8
purposes
ADVP Test the DICOM communication between 8.3.10
modality and printer


8.3.1 Key-Operator Menu on the local Keypad
Purpose The key-operator menu allows most of the actions that are required for installation,
repair and maintenance of the printer.
Use (1) Press the Key-operator menu key
to select the Key-operator menu.
(2) With the and keys select the

desired menu, (or the desired
character when entering text).
(3) Use the and keys to select

the desired digit.
(4) Press to confirm a selection or

to cancel. 536601ga.cdr
Figure 103
Notes  The Key-operator menu is also available via the Printer Browser Pages.
 For a complete description of the Key-operator functions, please refer to the
DRYSTAR AXYS or DRYSTAR 5302 Reference manual.
An overview of all key-operator menus is available in Figure 105.
 An overview of the function of the local keypad is available in Figure 104.


The control buttons
Power / Reset To power on or off the printer.

button To reset the printer.
Keypad keys:
To access the advanced functions of the Key-

Key-
operator mode. Refer to next page.
operator key
To quit the current function or exit a menu without

Escape key
saving modifications.
(In Key-operator mode)

Confirm key To select a menu;
To accept an entry in a menu.
To move the cursor to the previous entry field.
To scroll upwards.
Up key
To increment the number in a(n) (alpha)numerical
entry field.
To move the cursor to the next entry field.
To scroll downwards.
Down key
To decrement the number in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field.
To scroll backwards through multiple choices
within a field.
Left key To move the entry position in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field from right to left.
To toggle between values in a field.
To scroll forwards through multiple choices within
a field.
Right key To move the entry position in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field from left to right.
To toggle between values in a field. 536608AA.cdr
Figure 104: Local keypad overview


General
Show settings General
Other...
Upper input tray
Lower input tray
Time and date
Network(DICOM)
Language
Image quality
Beep on empty tray
Logical printers
Installed datasets
Change settings General

Upper Input tray Film view
Lower Input tray

Network(DICOM)
Image quality
Film view
Print image Test image

From CF-Card
Printer AE-title
Save configuration General Hostname
NETWORK only Domain name

Printer IP-address
Netmask
Restore configuration General
Router IP-address
NETWORK only
Remove modality
Add modality
Calibration Film calibration

Clean therm. head
General setting
Per modality setting
Service actions Error messages

SMPTE
Warning messages
Repair history
Maintenance Show open and update
Resistor Check Show closed items
Quality Control 536608AA.cdr
Print infocounters Page 2
Installation From CF-Card* *As of printer SN 100.000: From USB

Printer installation
Install Site Data
Figure 105: Key-operator menus overview


8.3.2 Infocounter
Purpose The infocounter is used for troubleshooting purposes and for investigation of the
printer history before maintenance.
It contains following information:
 General information about the printer
 Information about the installation site of the printer
 Information about the configuration and hardware components of the printer
 Statistics about service interventions
 Statistics about machine reliability
 Error history
This information about the printer is located in a persistent database.
Every 10 minutes there is an automatic update of the database on the hard disk or SD
card.
NOTE:
After exchange of the hard disk or SD card the infocounter data are restored via
restore of a previously created backup dataset. In this case the data between the last
backup and the hard disk crash are not recorded.
Use (1) Refer to section 9.2.2 for an instruction how to access and evaluate the
infocounter.
8.3.3 Test images
Purpose The test images are used to check the complete printer function as well as checking
the image quality and certain adjustments
The list enclosed gives an overview of the different test images.


Name / Purpose Thumbnail picture Reference

'STI' 8.3.3.1
Composed of many different test images to check
all aspects of image quality.
'STI2' 8.3.3.2
Composed of many different test images to check
all aspects of image quality.
‘SMPTE’ 8.3.3.3
Standard test image for evaluation of image
quality.
‘Medical_image’ 8.3.3.4
Test image to check, whether stripes or dots,
which are slightly visible in one of the technical
images, are also visible in a medical test image.
‘LinCheck’ 8.3.3.5
Test image with 11 increasing grey values. Used
for density reproduction check.
‘medicalImage’ (Mammo) 8.3.3.6

Test image to check the effect of possible stripes
or dots in mammo images.
8.3.3.1 Testimage STI
Purpose Composed of many different test images to check all aspects of image quality.


Usage (1) In the browser pages select menu

'Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Service Command Session - 3
Print Testimage – 1 Test image -
STI.ZIP'.
(2) The test image as displayed in
Figure 166 will be printed.
Figure 106
Evaluation Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as

follows:
(3) Field 1 contains a continuous grey
wedge from grey value 0 to 255.
Check: no single grey steps may

be visible (in case single grey steps
are visible, this is called
'contouring'. The naming for this
effect is derived from the contour
lines in a hiking map).
Figure 107


(4) Field 2 consists of 256 small squares, with grey values from 0 to 255.
Each square has inside another smaller square, with a grey level which is 2
grey steps darker than the surrounding square.
Check: all 256 squares must be visible. In addition, a contrast difference must
be visible between the individual square and the small square inside.
(5) Field 3 contains a flat field with density value 2.0.
Check: no stripes in any direction may be visible.
NOTE:
In case stripes, dots or insufficient density reproduction in the image can be observed,
refer to section 7, Troubleshooting.


8.3.3.2 Testimage STI2
Purpose Composed of several different test images to check most aspects of image quality.

Print Testimage – 1 Test image -
STI2.ZIP'.
Figure 108
Evaluation Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as

follows:
(3) Field 1 contains white and black
lines / dots of 1, 2 and 3 pixel width
Check: all lines / dots must be

visible
(4) Field 2 consists of a SMPTE
testimage. Refer to 8.3.3.3
(5) Field 3 consists of a flatfield with
Dmax 1.0
(6) Check: No stripes in horizontal or
vertical direction may be visible.
Figure 109


8.3.3.3 Testimage SMPTE
Purpose Standard test image for evaluation of image quality and for trouble shooting.
Usage (1) In the key-operator menu select '3

Print Image - 1 Testimage -
SMPTE_xxx.tif'.
 SMPTE_lin.TIF: Taste LUT

linear. Dmax = Dmax Printer
 SMPTE_l300.TIF: Taste LUT
linear. Dmax = 3.0
 SMPTE_kan.TIF: Taste LUT
Kanamori. Dmax = Dmax
Printer
Figure 110
Evaluation Evaluate the test image at the lightbox

as follows:
(3) Fields 1 (4x) consist of 6 squares
with horizontal and vertical black
and white stripes (1, 2 and 3
pixels wide).
Check: Each of the 6 squares

must show constant distance
between the black and white lines
(no interferences may be visible,
leading to unequal distances).
(4) Fields 2 (4x) have the same
pattern as fields 1, but less
contrast.
Check: All 6 squares must be
visible.
Figure 111


(5) Fields 3 (3x) consist of several squares with the same density.
Check: The individual squares must show constant density. No stripes or dots.
(6) Field 4 consists of a black square (100% black) with a smaller grey square
inside (95% black)
The square must show 2 different densities, i.e. inside there must be a smaller
square with slightly lower density.
(7) Field 5 consists of a white square (0% black) with a smaller grey square inside
(5% black)
Check: The square must show 2 different densities, i.e. inside there must be a
smaller square with slightly higher density.
(8) Field 6 consists of a black square (100% black).
Check: The square must show Dmax (default: 3.2 O.D.)

(9) Fields 7 consists of a white square (0% black).
Check: The square must show fog level (for clear based film approx. 0.1 O.D.,
for blue based film approx. 0.2 O.D.)
NOTE:
To check density reproduction, especially for Dmax, use the LinCheck.ZIP test image
and measure in the "Density measurement area", as there also the CDM is measuring.
Only in this case the measured densities are comparable.


8.3.3.4 Testimage Medical_Image
Purpose Test image to check, whether print stripes or dots, which are slightly visible in one of
the technical images, are also visible in a medical test image.

Print Testimage – 1 Test Image -
Medical_image.ZIP'.
Figure 112
Evaluation Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as follows:

(3) This medical test image of a chest is the most critical medical test image
regarding visibility of print stripes or dots, due to its huge bright areas. In bright
areas the eye is most sensitive.
Check: Stripes in horizontal or vertical direction, which are slightly visible in a

technical image (e.g. STI test image), may not be visible in the medical test
image.


8.3.3.5 Testimage LinCheck
Purpose Test image to check density reproduction.

Print Testimage – 1 Test Image -
LinCheck.ZIP'.
536632ga.cdr
Figure 113
Evaluation (3) The test image contains a grey Density measurement area
wedge. This grey wedge is
measured during the density
reproduction check.
Refer to section 3.6, Adjustments.
536632gb.cdr
Figure 114


NOTE:
For check of density reproduction only measure in the density measurement area, as
there also the CDM is measuring.
8.3.3.6 Testimage medicalimageM ‘Mammo’
Purpose Test image to check, whether print stripes or dots, which are slightly visible in one of
the technical images, are also visible in a medical Mammo test image.

Print Testimage - 4
medicalimageM'.
(2) Select the tray with Mammo DT2
films.
Figure 115 will be printed (example
for 11x14" film).
Figure 115
Evaluation (4) Check whether stripes or dots, that are visible in the STI or STI2 image, are
also visible in the testimage 'medicalimageM'.
8.3.4 Show Error Codes
Purpose View ‘Reason - Meaning - Cure’ at the local display for an error that appeared at the
printer.
Usage Possibility 1: View the last error code:
(1) In the key-operator menu select ‘7 Service Actions - 1 Error messages’
Possibility 2: View all error codes:

(1) In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - List of errors’


8.3.5 Printer Browser Pages
The Printer Browser Pages provide for following menus:
Welcome to this
Operator tools
Key-operator tools
Service engineer tools
Specialist tools
Security Tools
HELP
Figure 116
Menu Content (Short description) Reference

Operator Tools Printer queue management for the operator 8.3.5.1
Key-Operator Tools Same like Key-Operator menu on local display 8.3.6
Service Engineer Functions for configuration and 8.3.7
Tools troubleshooting of the Controller part of the
printer
Specialist Tools Software tools reserved for R&D to perform Not further
special actions during test phase of the described
printer.
Security Tools Software Tools to configure user access Not further
control and secure communication. This menu described
is reserved for the Hospital Security Manager
Help Describes purpose and content of the Printer Not further
Browser Pages menus. described
NOTE:
A detailed structure of the Printer Browser Pages is available in sections 8.3.6.1 and
8.3.7.5.


8.3.5.1 Operator Tools
Welcome to this
Operator - Printer Status

HOME
Id Patient Name Host Created On Sent Status Priority
875 XYZ CT_A 16-02-2005 0/1 Printing Normal
878 XYZ CT_A 16-02-2005 0/1 Calculating Normal
879 XYZ CT_A 16-02-2005 0/1 Waiting Normal
Delete Set Emergency View Status
Figure 117
Main Purpose Printer queue management for the operator

Username / Password operator / operator
Sub menus None
Comment --


8.3.6 Key-Operator Tools
Welcome to this
KEY OPERATOR TOOLS

HOME Remote sessions
Enter key-operator command session
Release remote command session
Figure 118
Main Purpose Provides same functions like Key-Operator menu on local

display
Username / Password drystar / axys (type 5367) or drystar / ds5302 (type 5366)
Sub menus 1. Enter key-operator command session: Shows list of
menus like Key-Operator menu on local keypad.
2. Release remote command session: Makes a reset on
the key-operator command session, to release the
connection, in case the key-operator command session
hangs.
NOTE:
As long as a key-operator or service command session via Printer Browser Pages is
active, access to the printer via local keypad is not possible.
The printer will show the message: 'Remote Access active - Local keypad is disabled
during this session'.
Do not work with the key-operator or service command session Printer Browser Pages
at the printer as long as the customer is using the printer.


8.3.6.1 Key-operator browser pages - Overview
Welcome to this
DryStar 5302 printer Prompt
Enter Password
Operator tools drystar
Key-operator tools ******
Service engineer tools OK Cancel
Specialist tools
Security Tools
HELP
Welcome to this
KEY OPERATOR TOOLS Welcome to this

HOME Remote sessions DryStar 5302 printer
Release remote command session Please wait while the printer is initializing
for Remote Session...
Welcome to this
DryStar 5302 printer 1
2
Key-Operator - Main
1. Show settings 3
2. Change settings
3. Print image 4
4. Save configuration 5 See next page.
5. Restore config.
6. Calibration 6
7. Service actions
8. Quality Control 7
9. Installation
8
leave remote session 9
Figure 119


1 Welcome to this 2 Welcome to this

DryStar 5302 printer DryStar 5302 printer
Key-Operator - Show settings Key-Operator - Change settings

1. General
2.1
1. General
2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM)
2. Input tray 2.2
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality 4. Image quality
5. Logical Printers 2.3
6. Installed datasets
Go back
2.4
Go back

Key-Operator - Print Image Key-Operator - Save configuration

1. Test Image 3.1 1. To CF Card
2. From CF Card 2. To remote Computer
3. From Remote Computer
Go back
Go back

Key-Operator - Restore configuration Key-Operator - Calibration

1. From CF-Card 1. Film Calibration
2. From Remote Computer 2. Therm. Head clean
3. Frm dd/mm/yy hh:mm
Go back
Go back

Key-Operator - Service actions Key-Operator - Quality Control

1. Error Messages
1. Start quality control procedure
2. Warning Messages 8.1
2. Edit additional data for last QC
3. Repair history
4. Maintenance 7.1
5. Resistor Check
Go back
6. Print infocounters
7. Horizontal alignment
Go back
9 Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Installation
1. New Software Installation 9.1
2. Printer Installation Wizard
3. Install site data
Go back
Figure 120


2.1 Welcome to this 2.2 Welcome to this

Key-Operator - Change general settings Key-Operator - Change input tray settings

Date: 19 Oct. 2004 Upper input tray
Time: 08 30 00
Film view Normal
Language English Back
Chinese Simpl. Tag film format 14x17"
Japanese
Tag film type DT2B
Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50 Lower input tray
* Site name Film view Normal
* Site address Back
* City Tag film format 14x17"
* Telephone Tag film type DT2B
Remote connection
* Department Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values
* Contact person
E-mail address
Comments
2.4 Welcome to this
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values DryStar 5302 printer

2.3 Welcome to this
1. General
2.4.1
2. Modality XYZ
Key-Operator - Change network settings (dicom)
Go back
1. Network settings
2. Remove modality
3. Add modality
Welcome to this
Go back
Welcome to this Daily used name CT2

DryStar 5302 printer Modality AE-title CT2_ARC
Linear
Look Up Table: Kanamori
Key-Operator - Change network settings (dicom)
Kanamorilike
Printer AE-title DS5302
ds5302 Interpolation:
Hostname Replication
Domain name Linear
Printer IP-Address 12.10.68.41 CubicHi-res
Netmask 255.0.0.0 CubicBell
Router IP-address
Maximum density: 280
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values 285
290
295
Figure 121


Welcome to this 3.1

2.4.1 DryStar AXYS printer
Welcome to this
DryStar AXYS printer
Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings Key-Operator - Print image
Default film calibration off 1. Ktbwd2n.zip

on 2. smpte_kan.zip
3. smpte_l300.zip
4. smpte_lin.zip
Default Densitometer Macbeth TR924 5. tpa.zip
Gretag
X-Rite 301 Go back
X-Rite 310

8.1 Welcome to this
Welcome to this
DryStar AXYS printer Key-Operator - Service actions
Data of last QC measuring
Date: 20-NOV-2004
Time: 09:01
Select frequency
Initials:
Max D: 3.1
Every 5 packs DD: 0.2
Mid Density: 1.1
Base + Fog: 0.2
New reference: yes
no
9.1 Welcome to this Comment:
Accept changes Go Back New QC measuring
Key-Operator - Installation Reset Values
Software Upgrade
1. From CF-card 7.1 Welcome to this

2. From this Computer DryStar AXYS printer
Go back
Key-Operator - Service actions
1. Maintenance settings
2. Pending maintenance actions
Welcome to this 3. Closed maintenance actions
Go back
Key-Operator - Installation
Before install.
please make backup
1. OK, make backup

2. SKIP backup Welcome to this
Go back
Key-Operator - Service actions

MAINTENANCE SETTINGS
Reset Item Cycles to go Factory settings
Thermal head cleaning required 4841 5000
Welcome to this 24841 25000
DryStar AXYS printer Replace thermal head anti dust filter
Replace thermal head (end of life) 62500 62500
Film calibration upper tray required 39841 40000
Key-Operator - Installation Film calibration lower tray required 500 5000
Service maintenance required 2333 5000
Go back
Choose Dataset Browse .....
Proceed Go Back Reset Values
Figure 122


8.3.7 Service Engineer Tools
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
HOME General information
List of errors
Printer Infocounters report
DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Enter service command session
Reboot Drystar
Reset Calibration Data
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
DICOM profile editor
LPD Profile Editor
Network configuration
Printqueue editor
Licenses
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
Figure 123
Main Purpose Provides functions for configuration and troubleshooting of

the Controller part of the printer
Username / Password Communicated in the instructor based training
Sub menus 1. List of errors: Shows list of all HC.... error codes.
Same content like section 3.3, appendix, error codes..
2. Infocounters Report: Shows printer infocounter.
3. DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report*: Shows infocounter
of the Controller part of the printer.
4. Software versions*: Shows SW versions of printer and
controller part of the printer.
5. Show printer status: Shows possible warnings or
defects or user messages which are currently
displayed at the local display.


6. Enter key-operator command session: Same function

like Key-operator Menu on local keypad.
7. Enter service command session: Same function like
Service Menu on local keypad.
8. Release remote command session: Makes a reset on
the Key-operator / Service command session, to
release the connection, in case the session hangs.
9. Reboot Drystar: Reboots the printer.
10. Reset Calibration data: This menu allows toggling
between default calibration data and the latest
calibration data of Film calibration for upper/lower tray,
Print head profile and CDM calibration
11. Scaling Setup: Menu to define general image
interpolation related settings
12. DICOM profile editor: Different menus to define printer
behavior regarding DICOM communication.
13. LPD profile editor: Different menus to define printer
behavior regarding Postscript communication
14. Network Configuration: Allows special network
settings to adapt to other network devices.
15. Printqueue editor: Provides functions for extended
queue management.
16. Controller logging: Provides functions to view, filter,
adapt and save log files.
17. Licenses: Provides window to enter mammo license
18. Modules: Provides functions to check sensors and
motors of single modules.
Refer to Figure 123
NOTE:
As long as a key-operator or service command session via Printer Browser Pages is
active, access to the printer via local keypad is not possible.
The printer will show the message: 'Remote Access active - Local keypad is disabled
during this session'.
Do not work with the key-operator or service command session Printer Browser Pages
at the printer as long as the customer is using the printer.


8.3.7.1 Modules Pages
Figure 124: Service Engineer - Modules Pages
Main Purpose Allows checking of individual motors and light sensors of

the printer.
Note: This function is only for special cases. Normally the
device detects each defective motor and sensor and
issues a corresponding error code.
Sub menus By clicking on the assembly, the corresponding assembly
page is displayed. See Figure 125
Comments:
1. By pressing activate/deactivate the motor can be started
2. To check a sensor, activate the sensor manually and press "REFRESH". Now the
changed state of the sensor has to be displayed, if the sensor is still okay
3. It is possible to view the E-label content of the corresponding module.
Refer to Figure 126.


Figure 125: Service Engineer - Example for a Module Page
For comments see previous page.
Figure 126: Service Engineer - Example for a Module Page - E-Label content


8.3.7.2 Usage of the Printer Browser Pages
(1) Enter the IP address of the printer in the address window.

In case the printer homepage is not displayed, refer to section 8.2, Connection of
the Service PC to the Printer.
(2) Select the desired menu.
(3) Enter user name and password when prompted.
Enclosed two examples which shall explain the usage of the Printer Browser Pages:
# Example description refer to ...

1 Adapt the taste LUT for a certain host by creating a host 8.3.7.3
specific DICOM host profile
2 Adapt the annotations for all DICOM inputs 8.3.7.4
Welcome to this
Operator tools
Key-operator tools
Specialist tools
Security Tools
HELP
Figure 127: Homepage of the printer


8.3.7.3 Example 1: Adaptation of the taste LUT (contrast)
Whenever the host with AE title ‘CTSCAN200’ sends a print job to the printer, the taste
LUT shall be adapted to ‘Kanamori_like 200’.
(1) In the printer homepage select Welcome to this
'Service Engineer tools - Enter
service command session'
SERVICE TOOLS
(2) Enter username and password HOME General information
List of errors
(3) Select ‘DICOM profile editor’ Printer Infocounters report
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
536732et.cdr
Figure 128
(4) Select ‘New’.

(5) In the host profile window select
‘change’ at the ‘host profile
type’, to see, whether the
connected host is part of the
hosts database.
Figure 129


Figure 130: Host profile editor
(6) Select the connected host if

present, otherwise leave it on
‘generic’.
Figure 131


(7) Select the desired parameter, in this case ‘Perception LUT = Kanamori_like’ and
set the ‘Kanamori_like value’ to 200.
(8) Check the checkbox before ‘Perception LUT’.
(9) Enter AE title and nickname (nickname = the name the stuff uses for this
modality. The nickname will be displayed in the queue). Refer to Figure 132.
(10) Select ‘Submit’.
Now whenever the host with AE title ‘CTSCAN200’ sends a print job to the printer, the
taste LUT will be adapted to ‘Kanamori_like 200’.
NOTE:
 In case the checkbox is checked before a parameter in the DICOM profile editor,
this parameter is used, no matter whether the modality sends the parameter or
not (‘overwrite functionality’)
 In case the checkbox is not checked, the value defined in the host profile is only
used, in case it is not sent by the modality.
 Image adaptations should be made preferably at the DICOM modality. According
to DICOM specifications, controlling the printer completely is done at the
modality.
 The description below about creating a DICOM profile should only be required,
in case the modality does not allow to adapt a certain parameter or does not
provide it.


HELP Host Profile: Name XYZ

These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host
(modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'.
Nick Name: Name XYZ
Number of Copies:
Print Priority: low
Polarity: normal
Trim: no
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Custom value:
Header Annotation:
Footer Annotation:
Window (%):
Level (%):
Nevent enabled: off
Image Timeout (s):
Resolution: 508
LR like: off
5367_Reg01_009_e.cdr
Figure 132


NOTE:
 All DICOM host profile and LPD
profile Printer Browser Pages
have an online documentation
included.
 It can be viewed by pressing
the HELP button.
Figure 133
8.3.7.4 Example 2: Define annotations for all inputs
In this example the defaults for all hosts, independent of the AE title are adapted. Here
it is only possible to adapt the annotations.
(1) In the printer homepage select 'Service Engineer tools - Enter service command
session'
(2) Enter username and password
(3) Select ‘DICOM profile editor’
(4) Select ‘Default site annotations: EDIT’. Refer to Figure 134.


Figure 134
(5) Select ‘Annotation 1’ Refer to

Figure 136.
Refer to Figure 135 to see,
where annotation 1 is located.
(6) Enter the annotation text:
Example:’ St Joseph's
Hospital.....’
(7) Possibly adapt the font and font
size of the annotation.
(8) In the ‘Annotation Box 1’ select
‘Submit’.
(9) Check the checkbox before Figure 135
‘Annotation 1’.
(10) Select ‘Submit’.
Now independent of the AE title all
films will have annotation 1 ‘St.
Joseph's Hospital.....’


Figure 136: Site Defaults Window


8.3.7.5 Service browser pages – overview
Welcome to this
Operator tools Prompt
Enter Password
Key-operator tools
mega
******
Specialist tools
OK Cancel
Security Tools
HELP
Welcome to this
S1
SERVICE TOOLS S2
HOME General information S3
List of errors S4
DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report S5
QA Report Page
Software versions S6
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Enter service command session S7
Reboot Drystar S8
Connectivity tools S9
Scaling Setup
S10
LPD Profile Editor S11
Printqueue editor S12
Controller logging
Module repair S13
Modules
S14
S15
Figure 137: Site Defaults Window


S1 S13 S2
LIST OF ERRORS INFO COUNTER drystar Axys
MODULE : devilmodule 1. Site and system info:

Elabel : Yes ------------------------
Date: 18-Nov-2007
HC207000 : devilmodule.dsh.connected Time: 12:42:15
*TypeDefect
*Context207000 1.1 Device info:
*ActionSeeManual ----------------
*Reason1Connector P9 not connected on Devil Product name: drystar Axys
Cure1Connect P9 on Devil Type-No: 5175
*Reason2Devil defect Subtype-No:
Cure2Replace Serial-No: 1234
PartMOD08 Manufacture date: 01-Aug-2007 16:45:00
Installation date: 31-Nov-2007 13:10:30
*TypeDefect 1.2 Site info:
*Context207001 --------------
*ActionSeeManual City: Padova
*Reason1Connector P15 not connected on Devil Site name: Connectathon
Cure1Connect P15 on Devil Site address: Avenida 12
*Reason2Devil defect Department name: X-Ray
Cure2Replace Phone: 1234321
PartMOD08 Modem:
Comment:
1.3 Hardware info:

------------------
Security Setup
S3 CPU: 0 - Devil 1.3 rev=? **
RAM: 512 Mbyte
HTTP Yes
HTTPS No
..............
______________ Power supply state
S4
Network info
DC 5 Volts 4.96875 V
IP-address 10.233.68.108
DC 3 Volts 3.2714844 V
Hostname DI53IE2
DC +12 Volts 12.007315 V
Netmask 255.255.248.0
DC -12 Volts -12.014129 V
...................................
DC 24 Volts 24.173584 V
Cable info : 100 Mbit Half-Duplex
DC TH Volts 0 V
...........................................
DC TH Amps 0.0 A
link partner : 100HD 10HD autonegotiation
______________ Error state
Cable info : 100 Mbit Half-Duplex
Current warnings
Current errors
Output Queue
______________ Temperatures
Retry timeout0
Heatsink 52.70407 C
.......................................
Keypad-display 41.5 C
Drum-region 36.5 C
Dicom input
CPU-region 52 C
........................................
Current Max density 310.45212 points
______________ Density meter
LPD Profiles
Dark current Idrange 0: 78
.............................................
range 1: 78
range 2: 77
Site info
Light current I09561, lamp at 75 %
City
______________ Display
Site Name
Contrast-setting 68
Site address
Backlight-setting 50
Country code
______________ Status
Department name
Blemish heating enabled
Phone
CDM device enabled
Modem
Online diagnosis enabled
Comment
Security disabled
Installation Date
______________ Storage
Removable storage not present
InfoCounters
Removable storage size -
Last error codes ESC
Removable storage free -
......................................
Fixed (c:) storage size 122 MB (128045056 bytes)
Fixed (c:) storage free 0 bytes
Errors/Warnings
Name Total Relative Date of last
ESC1F Local SSL trusted certificate wi...4848Apr-27-2004 15:52:24
..............................................
Welcome to this S6
FPGAVersion3.0.1 S5
OSVersion
### /portex info
Versions : Portex=2004.05 Current Incidents:
Patch vers: 0
Build date: 13-oct-2004 16:12 Current Warnings:
Boot date : 17-NOV-2004 17:06:26
Net ID : 10.233.65.97 dry900 Current Defects:
Ethernet : 08:00:66:80:44:09
DriverVersionVersion: HW3.12 ; build timestamp : time = 14:36:45,21

ControllerVersion P4D3.03.15
DrystarVersion R1.9 C1
releaseRemoteSession
S7
BoardVersion VILIS2.2
M16Version 45
Figure 138


HOME !CalibrationRestore
class com.agfa.med.odin.printerserver.CalibrationRestore
S8
Default uppertray Return to the default filmcalibration values.
Current calibration will be copied to a backup.
Default lowertray Return to the default filmcalibration values.
Current calibration will be copied to a backup.
Default Profile Return to the default TPH profile calibration values.
Current values will be copied to a backup.
Default CDM Return to the default CDM calibration values.
Default DT2 B Return to the default MDM-calibration values.
Default DT2 M Return to the default MDM-calibration values.
Default uppertray Default lowertray Default Profile Default CDM Default DT2 B Default DT2 M
HOME HELP Controller Setup
Reduction icon on image: yes S9

Kernel: when no image scaling is needed for CubicHighRes:
Automatically switch to CubicBell: yes
Use CubicBell smooth factor: 0.35 ( >= 0.1 and <= 10 )
OK Changes require reboot
HOME HELP DICOM Input Setup
Dicom Print SCP Servers S10

Setup Dicom Print SCP Servers S10.1 see page 14
Dicom Host Profiles
A 'Host Profile' defines the print parameters for a specific host (modality).
Available Host Profiles:
New S10.3 see page 15
View/Edit
Remove
Clone
Import/Export
At run-time, profile selection is done based on the incoming 'Calling AE title'
and the receiving SCP server.
If no profile is found, the default (site) profile will be used.
Edit the default (site) profile Validate profiles Auto Dicom Configuration
Input status
S10.2 see page 14
idle
Refresh
Update profile database
Select profile database file to upload: Browse ...

Upload new DB
Figure 139


HOME HELP DICOM Print SCP Setup
Setup one or more Dicom SCP servers on this device: S10.1

One 'Dicom Print SCP server' is capable of handling multiple Dicom
print associations
Dicom Print SCP
Internal Name: DEFAULT_SCP

Listen at Port: 104
Max. allowed associations: 10
Secure channel (SSL):
Comments:
OK Create new Dicom Print SCP Cancel Changes require reboot
HELP Site Defaults

These are the default print settings for all Dicom input for which no special 'Host Profile' is made.
S10.2
Only some parameters can be edited.
bottom
Number of Copies: 1
Print Priority: LOW
Polarity: normal
Trim: NO
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not supported: YES
Print even if Application type not supported: NO
Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes): 100
Kernel: Interpolation Type cubicHighRes,smoothFactor: -0.7
Magnification: Magn: max
Decimate/Crop behaviour: disabled
Pixel Size: ratio: 1.0 / 1.0
Kanamori Like value: 0
Custom value:
Illumination (cd/m2): 2000
Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2): 10
Border Density (OD x100): BLACK
Empty Image Density (OD x100): BLACK
Maximum Density (OD x100): 320
Header Annotation
c
d
fe
g Contents: none Edit Custom None
Font: Edit Custom Courier 12
Footer Annotation
c
d
fe
g Contents: none Edit Custom None
Font: Edit Custom Courier 12
Window (%):
Level (%):
N-EVENTs enabled: OFF
Mammo: NO
Mammo CWR Rotation: NO
Association Timeout (s): 0

Image Timeout (s): 0
Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN: true
Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN: true
Resolution: 508
Supported SOP classes: All enabled
Early processing allowed: YES
LR like: off
Ok Cancel
Figure 140


HELP Host Profile: Name XYZ

These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host
(modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'. S10.3
Nick Name: Name XYZ
Number of Copies:
Print Priority: low
Polarity: normal
Trim: no
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Custom value:
Header Annotation:
Footer Annotation:
Window (%):
Level (%):
Nevent enabled: off
Image Timeout (s):
Resolution: 508
LR like: off
Figure 141



DryStar AXYS printer DryStar AXYS printer
Service - Save configuration Service - Restore configuration

1. General
2. Network only 1. General
2. Network only
Go back
Go back

DryStar Axys printer DryStar AXYS printer
Service - Calibration Service - Service actions

1. Film Calibration 1. Error Messages
2. Internal Densitometer Calibration 2. Warning Messages
3. Thermal Print Head Calibration 3. Repair History
4. Horizontal Alignment 4. Maintenance
5. Smart Profile Calibration 5. Logging
6: Resistor Check
Go back Go back
8 Welcome to this
Service - Quality Control

1. Start Quality Control procedure
2. Edit additional data for last QC
Go back
Welcome to this

Y Y
Y Y
62500 Y Y
4898 5000 5000 Y Y

5000 5000 5000 Y Y
5000 5000 5000 Y Y
Figure 142


Welcome to this
2.1 2.3 Welcome to this
Service - Change general settings Service - Change network settings (dicom)

Date: 19 Oct. 2004
Time: 08 30 00 1. Network settings
2. Remove modality
Language English 3. Add modality
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Go back
Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50 Welcome to this
* Site name
* Site address
* City Service - Change network settings (dicom)
* Country
* Country code (tel) Printer AE-title DSAXYS
* Telephone Hostname ds5300
Remote Connection Domain name
* Department Printer IP-Address 12.10.68.41
* Contact person Netmask 255.0.0.0
E-mail address Router IP-address
Comments
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values
Welcome to this 2.2 2.4 Welcome to this

Key-Operator - Change input tray settings Service - Change Image quality settings
If RF-tag is missing or malfunctioning

printing with Dmax = 2.00 1. General
printing not possible 2. Modality XYZ
Upper input tray Go back
Film view Normal

Back
Welcome to this
Tag film type DT2B DryStar Axys printer
Lower input tray

Service - Change Image quality settings
Film view Normal
Back Default film calibration off
Tag film format 14x17" on
Tag film type DT2B

Gretag
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Default A-sharp-TMML off
Welcome to this
DryStar Axys printer on
Service - Change Image quality settings
Select frequency
Every 5 packs
Figure 143


9 Welcome to this 9.1 Welcome to this

DryStar 5302 printer DryStar AXYS printer
Service - Installation Service - Installation

1. New Software Installation Software Upgrade
2. Printer Installation Wizard
3. Install Site Data
1. New Software Installation
2. Printer Installation
Go back 3. Install Site Data
Go back

DryStar AXYS printer DryStar AXYS printer
Service - Installation Service - Installation

Before install.
please make backup
Choose Dataset Browse .....
1. OK, make backup
Proceed Go Back Reset Values 2. SKIP backup
Go back
Figure 144


HOME HELP LPD Setup
LPD Servers S11

LPD Server Setup S11.1
New
View/Edit S11.2
Remove
Clone
Layout Preview
Validate All Profiles
HOME HELP LPD Server Setup
LPD Server S11.1

Port: 515 Clear it to remove the LPD Server
Max allowed associations: 10
Activate at startup:
Secure channel:
Comments:
OK Create new LPD Server Cancel Changes require reboot
HELP LPD Profile: Name XYZ
These settings can be overruled by the LPD protocol.

You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the front.
S11.2
Profile Name: Name XYZ

Medium Size: _14x17
Medium Type: bluebased
Layout: Optimal Row
Number of copies:
Region Of Interest: Edit
Pixel Size: ratio: Edit
Polarity: normal
Input LUT: Edit
Usertaste Gray: Edit
Usertaste Color: Edit
Magnification: Edit
Kernel: Edit
Trim: Edit
Background Color: Grayscale Edit
Empty Color: Gray: Grayscale Edit
PostScript Requested page size: Width: Height:
PostScript policy: pagesizeDependent
Resolution: 320
Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes):
Annotation 1: Edit
Annotation 2: Edit
OK Cancel Factory Defaults

Customized items are show in red.
Figure 145


HOME HELP Network Configuration S12

Basic IP Routing DNS Ethernet Reboot Device S12.3
Basic IP settings
IP address S12.2
Host name
Domain S12.1
Subnetmask
Obtain IP settings automatically (RARP/BOOTP/DHCP) no

HOME HELP Network Configuration
Basic IP Routing DNS Ethernet Reboot Device
Routing S12.1
Default gateway
More Routes
Reach Device via gateway:
Test Routes
Ping a device Ping
DNS servers S12.2

A DNS server translates a given hostname into an IP address.
Remove
Add Changes require reboot
Test DNS
Enter a hostname: Resolve

S12.3
Ethernet
Counters:
Current line properties: 100 Mbit Full-Duplex Total Rx Packets = 2056422
Link partner (other side): : 100FD 100HD 10FD 10HD autonegotiation Total Rx ERROR Packets = 0
Ethernet (MAC) address: 08:00:66:80:44:09 Total Tx Packets = 196164
Setup: Type: UTP MII address: Defer Xmission Count =0
Carrier Lost Count =0
Auto negotiation, capabilities: Out Of Window Collissions = 0
10 MBit Half Duplex Collisions Count =0
10 MBit Full Duplex Excess Collisions Count = 0
100 MBit Half Duplex Transmit FIFO underrun = 0
Receive FIFO overrun =0
100 MBit Full Duplex
Fixed (no negotiation)
10 Mbit HALF DUPLEX
Warning: changes become active immediately !!!

Save settings to file (only enable this after a test)
OK Factory Defaults Clear Counters


HOME HELP Output Queue

Output Queue contents:
S13
Filter on all
Show History Clear History Auto-Refresh
Input state:
Output Queue setup:

Retry timeout (seconds) range: 31..599
Max retry count (0 = retry forever)
Submit
HOME HELP Logging
Current Log File

Show Log file
S14
Set Log Levels
TaskLog Level
NipOpImage ERROR NipOpImage implements following operations: scaling/filtering, lookup and rotation.
DCMPrintToPrintJob ERROR DCMPrintToPrintJob converts Dicom Printjob into printqueue job
PrintJobHandler ERROR PrintJobHandler is listener for jobavailable events and converts the available jobs in a bitmap for
ColorConvertOpImage ERROR ColorConvertOpImage implements the conversion from one ColorSpace to another
PAGE ERROR 'Page' calculates the position of imageboxes in a page
DCMIBCodec ERROR
DrawableRI ERROR
ComposeOpImage ERROR ComposeOpImage implements the operation to Compose multiple source images into one image
CropOpImage ERROR CropOpImage creates a new image out of the region of interest of the source image.
TiledImage ERROR TiledImage transfers images to/from disk
CMM ERROR CMM (Color Management Module) converts image data from one colorspace to another and
LPD ERROR Line Printer Daemon : A group of hosts requests services from a LPD running on a host. The
BorderOpImage ERROR BorderOpImage implements the border operation (e.g. trim)
PrintQueueEditor ERROR This is the UI component of the printqueue (browser & keypad)
JobQueue ERROR Non Persistent Queue. (Version : 2.03)
JobProvider ERROR JobProvider is a printqueue consumer that publishes available jobs to the subscribers.
NipOpImage2 ERROR implements following operations: scaling/filtering, lookup and rotation.
AuthenticationManager ERROR Secure Access Management: Authentication Manager for accessing URLs and keypad menus
QueueFactory ERROR Starts the requested (or available) queue. (Version : 2.01)
VolatileTiledImage ERROR
PrintQueue_Management ERROR Version 1.03 : Monitors the printqueue. Arrange communication between printqueue and several
XML ERROR
TranslateOpImage ERROR
PFE ERROR The Printer Front End receives printjobs from a network (DICOM LPD) or any proprietary interface
PSCodec ERROR PSCodec (de)codes postscript/pdf files
FontRI ERROR
MfxPrinterInfoHandler ERROR Mfx is an Agfa communication protocol to interchange printer status messages
Raster ERROR
OverlayOpImage ERROR OverlayOpImage implements the operation to put an overlay above the source image.
CFG ERROR CFG handles configuration issues such as profiles, browser GUI, ...
DCMPrintSCP-0 ERROR Dicom Print Service Class Provider on port 104 for DS5300 application.Handles incoming Dicom
FontCache ERROR
Configure the Logger

NO
Log to Console
Log to File NO
Max number of log directories to keep
Max number of log pages (files) per directory
Timestamp in date format YES
Add timestamp to console loggings NO
Logging to Plog logbox at level
Submit Factory Defaults
Figure 146


Figure 147


Welcome to this
Operator tools Prompt
Key-operator tools Enter Password

mega
******
Specialist tools
OK Cancel
Security Tools
HELP
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
DryStar 5302 printer 1
SERVICE TOOLS
2
Service - Main
List of errors 1. Show settings 3
Printer Infocounters report 2. Change settings
DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report 3. Print image 4
QA Report Page 4. Save configuration
Software versions
5
5. Restore config.
Remote sessions 6. Calibration 6
Show printer status 7. Service actions
Enter key-operator command session 8. Quality Control 7
Enter service command session 9. Installation
Release remote command session 8
Reboot Drystar leave remote session 9
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
1 Welcome to this
2 Welcome to this
Service - Show settings Service - Change settings

1. General
2.1
1. General
2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM)
2. Input tray 2.2
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality 4. Image quality
5. Logical Printers 2.3
6. Installed datasets
Go back
2.4
Go back
3 Welcome to this Welcome to this

Service - Print Image Service - Print image

1. Test Image 1. LinCheck.zip
2. From CF Card 2 .STI1.zip
3. From Remote Computer 3. STI2.zip
4. medicalimage.zip
Go back Go back
Figure 148


8.3.8 Printer Logging

Item "Printer Logging" is divided in following sections:
# Section Reference
1 Required information for escalating a problem 8.3.8.1
2 Printer Bootup Message 8.3.9
8.3.8.1 Required information for escalating a problem
In case of persistent problems like Connectivity / DICOM problems or film jams it may
be required - as part of the escalation procedure - to send all logfiles, session files and
infocounters to the support center.
Proceeding:
Step # Descpription Comment
Step 1 In the Service Engineer Tools go to "Controller --
Logging"
Step 2 Set tasks --
- PrintJobHandler
- DCMPrintSCP_0
- DCMPrintSCP_1 (if available)
to TRACE
Step 3 Produce the fault by sending an image from the --
modality or by printing a test image
Step 4 Reboot the printer --
Step 5 Get the session files See note 1
Step 6 Get the infocounter file See note 1
Step 7 Save the " DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report" See note 2
Step 8 Send the --
 Session file
 Infocounter file
 DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report
to your support center
At sporadic problems (Connectivity / DICOM problems; film jams) skip Steps 1 to 4.

Immediately start with step 5
Note 1: Path for session file / infocounter:

Enter service command session – 7 service actions – 5 logging – 1 session reports
(select all files) / 2 Infocounters report – To this computer


Note 2: How to save the " DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report"
In the "Service Engineer Tools" go to the "DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report" page –
right mouse key – save page as.
8.3.8.2 How to view the logfiles offline
NOTE:
A session file is named e.g.
DSAXYS_1052_SES_21OCT2007_09-55-48.ZIP, where the different figures
represent following information:
DSAXYS: Printer (Drystar AXYS)
1052: Serial Number
SES: Session File
21OCT2007: Current date
09-55-48: Current time HH-MM-SS
Interesting for troubleshooting are following files within the SES files:
 devil.log (controller and print engine);
 time.log
8.3.9 Printer Bootup-Message
Purpose The printer terminal level provides following service action:

 An online logging, which displays all actions of the printer software during
bootup.
NOTE:
The printer terminal level is not intended to be used as official service tool.
It is only used for troubleshooting, e.g. to view the boot-up messages.


Usage (1) Connect the Service PC to the

printer as displayed in Figure
149.
(2) Start the serial communication
as displayed in section 8.3.9.1.
(3) Switch the printer on:
Now the bootup message 536632ep.cdr
appears.
(4) When the Printer login appears
the bootup message is finished.
Figure 149
8.3.9.1 Setup of serial communication
NOTE:
A RS232 service interface is available for printers with SN < 100.000 only.
For serial communication use either PuTTY or Terra Term.
Perform the communication setup as follows:
- 9600 Bps
- 8 data bits
- no parity
- 1 stop bit
- flow control Xon/Xoff


8.3.10 ADVP
NOTE:
ADVP (AGFA DICOM Visual Print) is distributed in the instructor based trainings.
Purpose DICOM troubleshooting tool

Usage ADVP can be used for following purposes:
# Purpose Details see…

1 Send test images from the service PC to the printer via 8.3.10.1
network
2 Record DICOM print sessions for further troubleshooting. 8.3.10.2
3 Record DICOM print sessions for changing and re-sending 8.3.10.3
them to the printer.
NOTE:
ADVP can run on the service PC or any Windows PC in the network. The only pre-
requisite: The PC must be part of the network.


8.3.10.1 ADVP as DICOM print SCU
ADVP as DICOM print SCU can be used to check the DICOM interface of the printer.
In this case ADVP sends a test image to the printer.
(1) Start ADVP

(2) Select 'Basic Grayscale' in the
'Start up configuration' screen.
(3) Select 'Test - Print Film'
(4) Select 'SMPTE' (or any other
test film).
(5) In the 'Configuration' window fill
in Called (Printer) AE Title and
'Printer IP address'.
(6) Select 'OK'. Now the desired
test film is sent to the printer.
Figure 150: ADVP as Print SCU


8.3.10.2 ADVP as DICOM print SCP (Print Emulator)
ADVP as DICOM print SCP can be used to check the DICOM communication sent
from the modality. ADVP in this case emulates the printer. The communication can be
evaluated on site or by a product specialist in the GSC or RSC.
(1) Disconnect the printer from the

network.
(2) Give the IP address of the
service PC the same IP address
like the printer*
(3) Start ADVP
(5) Select 'Application - Print
Emulator - Start'
(6) In the following window fill in
- Called (Printer) AE Title (this is
the AE title of the printer),
- 'Called (Host) AE Title'
- ADVP Listen port (usually 104:
this is the port the modality
sends DICOM messages).
(7) Select okay. Now ADVP is
prepared for recording the
communication between
modality and the printer.
Figure 151: ADVP as Print Emulator
NOTE:
*In case ADVP runs on the printer, just select 'Stop Controller' to stop the application
software (and so switch off the DICOM SCP functionality of the printer). When
communication recording is finished, close ADVP and select 'Start Controller'.


8.3.10.3 ADVP as Communication Recorder
ADVP as Communication recorder is recording the communication between the

modality and the printer, and allows to modify every single DICOM attribute as well as
resending the recorded image with the changed attribute(s).
In general, following configurations are possible:
a) Service PC is part of the network: The modality sends to the service PC, the
service PC transmits the DICOM image and control data on the fly to the
printer. Modifying the DICOM data can be done without changing the
configuration.
b) Service PC is only temporary integrated in the network to emulate the printer:

The modality sends to the service PC, ADVP on the service PC transmits the
DICOM image and control data to a DICOM Print SCP on the service PC (e.g.
ADVP as Print Emulator). Re-sending the DICOM data to the printer then
requires re-configuration of ADVP.
In this section we describe the possibility a) Service PC is part of the network.


Part 1: Recording the DICOM data
(1) Change the IP address of the

printer to any free IP address in
the network (e.g.
192.9.200.202)
(2) Give the service PC the former
IP address of the printer (e.g.
192.9.200.201)
(3) Start ADVP
(5) Select 'Application - Comms
Recorder - Start'
(6) In the following window fill in
- Called (Printer) AE Title (this is
the AE title of the printer),
- 'Called (Host) AE Title',
- ADVP Listen port (usually 104:
this is the port the modality
sends DICOM messages),
Figure 152: ADVP as Comms Recorder
- Printer IP address (this is the
IP address of the printer)
- printer listen port (usually
104).
(7) Select okay. Now ADVP is
prepared for recording the
communication between
modality and the printer.


Part 2: Resending the DICOM data

Recorder - Stop'
Recorder - Modify'
(3) In the Printer Snapshot edit the
desired parameters
Recorder - Replay': Now the
image is re-sent to the printer
and printed at the printer with
the adapted data.
Figure 153: Resending the DICOM data


8.4 Fuses, LEDs and jumpers
8.4.1 Fuses
The printer has no fuses that can be replaced.
If one of the fuses in the power supply is defective, the whole Power supply unit must
be replaced - refer to section 3.5.
8.4.2 LEDs
The following tables show the status of the LED indications and the corresponding
function:
LED's on... Refer to

DEVIL Board 8.4.2.1
DEVIUS Board 8.4.2.2
THANOS Board 8.4.2.3
THEMIS Board 8.4.2.4
DEVNIX CPU 8.4.2.5
Power supply 8.4.2.6
Front Panel 8.4.2.7
Rear Panel 8.4.2.8
8.4.2.1 DEVIL Board
Name LED Color Function

(**) NTRAFFIC D1 yellow Network activity
(**) NGOOD_LINK D2 yellow Network connected
(**) 100MBit_speed D3 yellow High speed network
IMGCTRL_0 D4 yellow Software controllable
+3V3 D5 green +3.3V present
P_24V D9 green +24V present
+12V D10 green +12V present
IMGCTRL_CONFDONE D12 yellow Off: FPGA config done.
ON: FPGA not configured


IMGCTRL_1 D13 yellow Software controllable

UP_LED0 D14 yellow Software controllable
UP_LED1 D15 yellow Software controllable
(**) IDE_DASP D16 yellow IDE activity
12V D17 green -12V present
+5V D18 green +5V present
CP_ACTLED D19 yellow Disc activity controlled by
PORTEX
Legend : (**) are LEDs situated at the rear panel (refer to 8.4.2.8).
NOTE:
LEDs D6, D7, D8, D11 are not present.
8.4.2.2 DEVIUS Board

(**) NTRAFFIC D13 yellow Network activity
(**) NGOOD_LINK D14 yellow Network connected
(**) 100MBit_speed D12 yellow High speed network
CF ACT LD1#22 yellow CF card read / write activity
CF LD1#21 yellow CF connected
M32 LED0 D4 yellow Software controllable
M32 LED1 D55 Yellow Software controllable
FPGA LED0 D56 Yellow Software controllable
FPGA LED2 D57 yellow Software controllable
+3V3 D46 green +3.3V present
P_24V D47 green +24V present
Legend : (**) are LEDs situated at the rear panel (refer to 8.4.2.8).


8.4.2.3 THANOS Board (plugged onto the DEVIL Board)
LED Color Function

LD1 yellow FPGA LED1 - Software controllable
LD5 green VCC supply voltage ok
LD6 green 3.3V supply voltage ok
LD8 green 1V8 supply voltage ok
LD9 green 1V8 DDR2 supply voltage ok
LD10 green VCORE supply voltage ok
LD11 yellow 1V2 supply voltage ok
LD12 yellow PCI Bus status
LD13 yellow Fire Wire Link active
LD14 yellow Fire Wire cable connected
LD15 yellow CPU Bus active
LD16 red OFF: FPGA configuration done
ON: FPGA NOT configured => ALARM
LD17 yellow Software controllable
8.4.2.4 THEMIS Board (plugged into the DEVIL Board)
Name Led Color Function

- D1 yellow Software controllable
V25 D2 green 2.5 for MPC107 host bridge and
FPGA
VCORE D3 green CPU core voltage
CS1 D4 yellow Chip select for portX bus
V33 D5 green 3.3V for most logic on board



FPGA D6 red FPGA configuration done
If FPGA NOT configured => ALARM
VCC D8 green 5V for remaining logic on board
CS0 D9 yellow Chip select for portX bus
CPU D11 yellow CPU Bis Grant - indicates CPU
activity on the Bus
8.4.2.5 DEVNIX CPU

IMX SW LED D4 Green Software controllable
24V D47 Green 24V present
5V D50 Green +5V present
FPGA config done D54 Red Off: FPGA config done.
ON: FPGA not configured
IMX SW LED D55 Green Software controllable
Pow good D83 Green All voltages present


8.4.2.6 Power Supply up to printer SN 100.000
536634ab.cdr
Figure 154
LED Status Color Function

Overtemp On Red Temperature inside power supply
exceeded permissible limits. Operation not
possible*.
Off Temperature inside power supply
within permissible limit.
+ 3.3 V On Green +3.3 V present
Off +3.3 V not present
+5V On Green +5 V present
Off +5 V not present
+12 V On Green +12 V present
-12 V On Green -12 V present
Off -12 V not present
+24 V On Green +24 V present
13..27 V On Green voltage between 13 V and 27 V
Off voltage < 13 V
*When the temperature inside the power supply exceeds the permissible limit, printing
can continue for up to 120 seconds. After this delay the power supply switches off the
power and checks the temperature every 20 seconds. As soon as the temperature is
below the permissible limit, it switches on again.


8.4.2.7 Front Panel
Led Color Function

D1 green 12V power present
D2..D25 green / red See table below
D3 green 5V power present
Color Light Status Receive Jobs Printing possible

Ready No No
Constant
(stand-by)
Startup No No
sequence
Receiving jobs Yes Yes
Green
Calculating Yes Yes
Blinking
Printing Yes Yes
Calibrating Yes No
Installation No No
Key-operator Yes/No Yes/No
Service mode No No
Blinking Film jam Yes No
Red
Warning Yes Yes
Constant Error status No No


8.4.2.8 Rear panel up to SN 99.999
536634aa.cdr
Figure 155

NTRAFFIC D1 yellow Network activity
NGOOD_LINK D2 yellow Network connected
1 GBit_speed D3 yellow High speed network
IDE_DASP D16 yellow IDE activity
Note: These LEDs are part of the DEVIL or DEVIUS board (refer to 8.4.2.1).


8.4.3 Hard disk jumper settings

8.4.3.1 Jumper Setting 73 GB Maxtor Hard Disk
1 J1 J3
1
12
18
536634BD.CDR
Figure 156
Jumper J1 Setting Function

1-2 open ID Bit 3
3-4 open ID Bit 2
5-6 open ID Bit 1
7-8 open ID Bit 0
9-10 open Not used
11-12 open Termination Power
Table 1
Jumper J3 Setting Function

1-2 open ID Bit 3
3-4 open ID Bit 2
5-6 open ID Bit 1
7-8 open ID Bit 0
9-10 open Busy LED
11-12 open Enable write protect
13-14 open enable stagger spin
15-16 open Enable delay spin
17-18 open Force single ended bus mode
Table 2


8.4.3.2 Jumper Setting 73 GB Hitachi Hard Disk
24
C3
12
1
C4
536634BC.CDR
Figure 157
Jumper C3 Setting Function

1-2 open ID Bit 3
3-4 open ID Bit 2
5-6 open ID Bit 1
7-8 open ID Bit 0
9-10 open Disable Autostart
11-12 open Force single ended bus mode
13-14 open Enable delayed start
15-16 open Write Protect
17-18 open Reserved
19-20 open Reserved
21-22 open LED
23-24 open Term Power to SCSI bus
Table 3


Jumper C4 Setting Function

1-2 open ID Bit 3
3-4 open ID Bit 2
5-6 open ID Bit 1
7-8 open ID Bit 0
9-10 open Not used
11-12 open Write Protect
Table 4


8.5 Replacements
The replacement instructions are part of delivery of the spare parts.

For a list of available replacement instructions refer to the List of Service Documents,
8.6 Adjustments
8.6.1 Horizontal Film Alignment Procedure
WHEN TO BE The horizontal film alignment is necessary when:

PERFORMED
 The TPH has been replaced and
 the blank frame at the left and right hand side on a SMPTE test image is
o < 1,5 mm for DT2B / DT2C Films
o < 1 mm for DT 2 Mammo Films.
PURPOSE Centering the image on the film: Compensate for mechanical tolerances of the thermal
head mounting.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Ruler to measure in the range up to 15 mm
REQUIRED TIME:
10 min.
NOTE:
The horizontal film alignment can be performed via browser user interface or the local
keypad. The required time and proceeding is identical.
It can be performed at any film size.


INSTRUCTIONS Via Printer Browser User Interface

(1) In the printer browser user interface select 'Service Engineer Tools'.
(2) Select 'Enter Service Command Session'.
(3) Select '6 Calibration - 4 Horizontal Alignment'.
(4) Select 'upper tray' or 'lower tray': A test film as shown in Figure 158 will be
printed.
(5) Measure the left and right blank border of the test film.
(6) Enter the values in mm (typically approx. 10 mm) in the browser screen.
(7) Select 'Accept Changes'.
Via Local Keypad

(1) In the key-operator menu select menu '7 Service Actions'.
(2) Select '6 Calibration - 4 Horizontal Alignment'.
(3) Select 'upper tray' or 'lower tray': A test film as shown in Figure 158 will be
printed.
(4) Measure the left and right blank border of the test film.
(5) Enter the values in mm (typically approx. 10 mm) in the browser screen.
(6) Select ‘confirm’.


Measure the left clear border width: Measure the right clear border width:
Left white border Value: mm Value: mm Right white border
via local display via Browser User Interface:

Measure left
white border
Welcome to this
0.0 mm DryStar AXYS
Measure right
white border
0.0 mm
Horizontal alignment
Left white border 0.0 (mm)

Right white border 0.0 (mm)
Accept changes Discard changes

536736ac.cdr
Figure 158
Verification: (1) On the local keypad select key-operator menu '3 Print Image - 1 Testimage –
upper or lower tray - SMPTE_xxx.tif': An SMPTE test image will be printed.
(2) Measure the left and right blank frame in print direction: It must be
o ≥ 1,5 mm for DT2B / DT2C Films
o ≥ 1 mm for DT 2 Mammo Films.
Result: The horizontal film alignment procedure is performed.


8.7 Checks
Following checks can be performed at the printer:
Adjustment To be done .... Details see....

Density reproduction check During maintenance. 8.7.1
During troubleshooting
procedure.
Check for dust stripes / TH During troubleshooting 8.7.2
cleaning procedure procedure.
Resistor check During troubleshooting, to check 8.7.3
whether print stripes are caused
by the thermal head.
8.7.1 Density reproduction check
REQUIRED TOOLS:
 Service PC with Density reproduction check files, Document ID 31597519.
PURPOSE: With the density reproduction check the difference for a specific film type between
optical density defined in the sensitometric calibration file and the printed optical
density, measured with an external densitometer is checked.
This is a plausibility check for the CDM: In case the measured density values are out
of the specified range, the CDM requires a re-calibration.
This procedure must be carried out with every used film type:
Command Session - 3 Print Image - 1 Test Image".
(3) To check linearity fill in measured values in the the density reproduction check
Excel file. See Figure 159.


Select densitometer: X-rite 3414 Dmax = 305

100% 20 20 0 0
90% 46 48,5 -2,5 0 Density Reproduction = OK
80% 74 77 -3 0
70% 102 105,5 -3,5 0
60% 130 134 -4 0
50% 158 162,5 -4,5 0
40% 186 191 -5 0 No CDM calibration needed for DT2B film
30% 215 219,5 -4,5 0
20% 244 248 -4 0
10% 270 276,5 -6,5 0
0% 300 305 -5 0

0 0 0 Density difference SMPTE image DT2B film DSAXYS
30 -3 3
45 -4 4
15
60 -5 5
75 -6 6
90 -7 7 10 X-rite 310
105 -8 8 X-rite 331
Density Difference
120 -9 9 5 X-rite 341

135 -9 9 X-rite 301
Lower limit
150 -9 9 Mac Beth TR924
0 Upper limit
165 -9 9 Gretag D200-2
Density difference
180 -10 10
195 -10 10 -5
210 -10 10
225 -10 10 -10
240 -10 10
255 -11 11 -15
270 -11 11
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
285 -11 11
315 -12 12
Figure 159
automatically.
8.7.2 Check for dust stripes / TPH Cleaning Procedure
TO BE  Whenever dust stripes seem to be present

DONE
 During troubleshooting procedure.
(1) Check the films for dust stripes as described in the flowchart of
Figure 160.


TH cleaning
Dry TH cleaning
procedure
procedure
Print STI2 and *

medicalimage test image.
Dismount TH.
Vertical stripes No Okay. No Clean TH with

replacement Isopropyl alcohol
visible ? required (”wet” cleaning).
Yes or in doubt
Use ink eraser
Clean TH with for cleaning.
Isopropyl alcohol Refer to figure next page.
(”wet” cleaning).
Clean TH with
Print STI2 test image.
* Isopropyl alcohol
Additional Mount TH.

Yes
vertical stripes
visible ?
Clean TH with
No Isopropyl alcohol
Okay. No
Previous Stripes No
replacement
still visible ? required.
Print STI2 test image.
*
Yes
Perform Resistor Check. **

New vertical Yes
stripes visible ?
No
Resistor Check okay ? Replace TH.
No
Yes Vertical No Okay. No

Perform Dry TH stripes visible ? replacement
Cleaning Procedure. required.
Yes
* Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session - Perform TH ***

3 Print Testimage – 1 Test image - STI2.ZIP profile calibration.
** browser service menu- 7 Test & Diagnose –
6 Diagnose mechanics – 5 Print Head Unit – 3 Resistor Check
*** Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command session Stripes visible in No Okay. No
select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration medical_image test replacement
image ? required.
IMPORTANT: Yes
Observe TH cleaning rules
described next page. Replace TH.
536736mm.cdr
Figure 160


Basic Rules for the TH Cleaning Procedure
 The correct cleaning material:

o Wet cleaning:
 Use a lint free cloth lightly moistened with isopropyl – alcohol or a
cleaning issue.
 For the isopropyl – alcohol: less water in the alcohol is better.
Water can damage the thermal head. We recommend using a 90%
isopropyl – alcohol.
o Dry cleaning: use the blue side of an ink eraser.
 The cleaning actions:
o Wet cleaning: the last cleaning action must be carried out in one way!
o Dry cleaning:
 Dismount the thermal head before dry cleaning.
 Make a linear cleaning movement, parallel to the resistor line.
 General: do not push on the IC cover of the thermal head during cleaning.
TH resistor line
TH cross section
TH top view
Blue side
Ink eraser
e.g. Pelican
type BR40 536410cd.cdr
linear cleaning movement

parallel to TH resistor line
Figure 161: Usage of ink eraser for TH cleaning
IMPORTANT:
Instruct the customer, not to fill the input tray with dropped films or films coming from
jam clearances:
 These re-inserted films can be contaminated with dust and fingerprints which
can result in image artifacts or a defective thermal head.
 If the film is inserted the wrong way, the thermal head gets heavily
contaminated, what makes a service intervention necessary.


8.7.3 Resistor Check
TO BE  Whenever film stripes in the film run direction seem to be caused by a defective
DONE
Thermal Print Head.
REQUIRED TOOLS:
 Magnifying glass 8x (CM+9.9579.9904.0)
REQUIRED TIME:
 15 minutes
PURPOSE: With the resistor check it is possible to check if line artifacts are caused by an
electrical problem or by dirt on the thermal head. If the resistor check fails it’s not
necessary to perform a dry cleaning: The Print Head can be replaced right away.
The resistor check is performed in 2 (or more) steps:
1) A rough resistor measurement of all the resistor values. If large resistor drifts
show up, a message will show up to replace the Print Head.
2) A fine resistor measurement in one of 44 predefined areas of the image (see
Figure 162): The Service Engineer can enter this area at the printer, where he
suspects a defective resistor due to a line in print direction. If certain resistor
values in this specified region are out of range, a message will show up to
replace the Print Head.
3) This fine resistor measurement can be repeated for each suspected area.
How? (1) Go to the

 browser service menu "7 Service Actions - 6 Resistor Check" or
 local keypad key-operator menu 7 Service Actions - 5 Resistor Check.
(2) Follow the instructions on the screen.


Figure 162: Print Head resistor check test film


9 Maintenance
9.1 Introduction: Maintenance frequency, required tools and time
The maintenance steps described in this document are based on the technically
required measures to guarantee the proper operation of the printer.
The maintenance points have been arranged in a chronologically suitable order to
make the work routines as efficient as possible. The sequence of the maintenance
points in the checklist (see appendix) is identical with the maintenance instructions.
Additional maintenance steps can be required according to national regulations.
Maintenance Frequency
The maintenance has to be carried out:
 every 25.000 printed films, or
 every 12 months, whichever comes first.
Required time
Approximately 2 hours
Required Cleaning Material

Cleaning material Order Number
Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol Commercially available
Lint free cloth Commercially available
Ink eraser 'Pelikan' 10+9.9999.1176.0
Vacuum cleaner; 220/240V, 50Hz CM+9.9999.0895.0
Dirt bags for vacuum cleaner (10 x) CM+9 9999 0896 0


Required Tools
Tool Order Number / Comment
Calibrated densitometer recommended types are
 MacBeth TR-924
 X-Rite 301
 X-Rite 310
 X-Rite 331
 X-Rite 341
 Gretag D200-2
Flash light commercially available
Multimeter commercially available
Loupe 8x CM+9.9579.9904.0
Service PC None
Density Reproduction For Service PC specifications refer to section 3.2, Tools.
Check files Density reproduction check files are available via Agfa
Medimg Library.
Waterproof pen commercially available
Wrist strap CM+9.9999.0830.0
Required Spare Parts

The following spare parts are part of the Maintenance-assortment
CM+0 5367 0999 733
Spare Part Order Number Case of Exchange/ Usage
Air Filter CM+343350.X Exchange each maintenance
Required Software
Latest printer software for printers SN < 100.000 (Software ≥ 5.X) and for printers > SN
100.000 (Software ≥ 6.X).


9.2 Diagnostics
The diagnostics before the maintenance comprise following tasks:

Task Reference
Questioning of the Customer 9.2.1
Infocounter Analysis 9.2.2
Image Quality Check 9.2.3
9.2.1 Questioning of the Customer
(1) Ask the customer for any problem that appeared since the last maintenance.
9.2.2 Infocounter Analysis
Three possibilities exist to get access to the infocounter (see also Figure 165):
# Access to the infocounter ... Reference
A Via printed infocounter on film 9.2.2.1
B Via Printers Infocounters Report 9.2.2.2
C Via Service Command session 9.2.2.3
NOTE:
Recommendation: Use for Infocounter Analysis method A, 'Via printed infocounter on
film', as this is the fastest way to access the infocounter.
9.2.2.1 Infocounter Analysis via printed Infocounter on Film
Required Tools
 none
(1) On the local keypad select key-operator menu "Service Actions - Print
Infocounters": A film will be printed with the infocounter data
(2) Analyze the infocounter as described in section 9.2.2.4


NOTE:
The infocounter is best readable if printed on a 14x17" film.
9.2.2.2 Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report
Required Tools
 Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter.
(1) Connect the Service PC to the Service PC

network. For details see section 8.2.
(2) Start the browser. Printer
(3) Enter the IP address of the printer in

the address window.
536632el.cdr
(4) Select menu Service Engineer Tools
- Printer Infocounters Report.
(5) Analyze the infocounter file as Figure 163
described in section 9.2.2.4,
Evaluating the Infocounter
9.2.2.3 Infocounter Analysis via Service Command Session
Required Tools
 Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter
(1) Connect the Service PC to the Service PC

network
(2) Start the browser. Printer
(3) Enter the IP address of the printer in
the address window.
(4) Select menu "Service Engineer Tools 536632el.cdr
- Enter Service Command Session - 7
Service Actions - 5 Logging - 2
Infocounters"
Figure 164


(5) Save the infocounter file to the service PC or the CF card.

(6) Unzip the infocounters ZIP file
(7) Analyze the infocounter.txt file as described in section 9.2.2.4,
Evaluating the Infocounter.
Three ways to get Access to the Infocounter
1 7 Service Actions Print Infocounters
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
List of errors
2 Printer Infocounters report
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Enter service command session 3
Scalingtools
Connectivity Setup
Welcome to this
7 Service Actions DryStar Axys printer
LPD Profile Editor
5 Logging Printqueue editor
Service - Loggings
Controller logging
2. Infocounters
1. To printer flash card
Module Modules
2. To this computer
repair
Go back
536709cf.cdr
Figure 165


9.2.2.4 Evaluating the Infocounter
Evaluate the infocounter as follows:

What to check in the Comment
infocounter
1.4 Software Info In case a recommended software upgrade is available,
install it. Refer to section 9.4.3.
2.3 Reliability Should normally be not higher than 0.05. Higher fault rates
need a thorough investigation.
5.3 Retries Many retries (> 1%, based on relative prints) have to be
investigated: They may reduce the throughput of the
device.
5.7 Error History Check which errors occurred in the last days, how often
they appeared as well as the CBF (cycles between failures)
of these errors. This gives an overview of the current status
of the machine.
5.8 Error list (sorted by Troubleshoot these errors with the help of the technical
relative) and documentation, section 3.3, ‘Troubleshooting’.
5.9 Error list (sorted by
total):


9.2.3 Image Quality Check
(1) In the browser pages select menu

"Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Service Command Session - 3 Print
Testimage - 1 Test image"
(2) Print following test images on the
largest format available in the film
magazines: Figure 166: STI, STI2 and medicalimage
 STI1.ZIP
 STI2.ZIP
 medicalimage.ZIP
The test image as displayed in

Figure 166 to Figure 167 will be
printed.
(3) Mark the test films with a waterproof

pen as testfilm before maintenance
The next step is only required if the
customer is using films with 14" and 10"
width in mixed mode (see infocounter):
(4) At the lightbox check both, STI2 and Figure 167
medicalimage for dark print stripes in
the 10" film edge area: If print stripes
are visible in the STI2 and
medicalimage, perform a smart profile
calibration. Refer to section 9.4.1.
If print stripes are visible in the STI2
image no smart profile calibration is
required.
IMPORTANT:
If the printer also prints Mammo images, print a Mammo test film
"medicalimage" from this tray where DT2 Mammo blue based
films are loaded.
Figure 168


9.3 Maintenance Points - Power off
The maintenance with powered-off machine comprises following tasks:

Task Reference
Check of general Condition 9.3.1
Check of Condition of Belts and Gears 9.3.2
Visual Check of the Cables 9.3.3
Cleaning of the Suction Cups 9.3.4
Cleaning of Electronics Compartment 9.3.5
Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet 9.3.6
Check and Cleaning of Drum 9.3.7
Cleaning of Thermal Print Head 9.3.8
Electrical Check 9.3.9
9.3.1 Check of general Condition
(1) Perform a visual check of

 Power- and network cables
 Covers
 The Output tray
 The upper and lower Input tray
(2) Disconnect the power and network cable.
(3) Remove the left and right cover to prepare the printer for the next steps.
(4) Remove the films in the film trays including white plastic sheet.
9.3.2 Check of Condition of Belts and Gears
(1) Check all belts and gears for visible wear


9.3.3 Visual Check of the Cables

(1) Check cables inside the printer: The insulation may not show any sign of wear
or damage.
9.3.4 Cleaning of the Suction Cups

(1) Pull out the upper pickup unit
(2) Clean the suction cups with a lint
free cloth lightly moistened with 1
Isopropyl alcohol.
(3) Insert the upper pickup unit
(4) Repeat this step for the lower pickup
unit (if available).
536709da.cdr
Figure 169
536609cc.cdr
536709db.cdr
Figure 170 Figure 171


9.3.5 Cleaning of Electronics Compartment
(1) Remove the EMI shielding

(2) Clean the electronics compartment
with a vacuum cleaner.
536709ac.cdr
Figure 172
9.3.6 Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet
(1) Clean the power supply air inlet with a

vacuum cleaner.
Figure 173
9.3.7 Check and Cleaning of Drum

(1) Open the top cover.
(2) Open the "Hold down bracket".
(3) Open the TH Module.
(4) Remove the flat belt.
(5) Check the drum for dirt or damage by
turning at the drum drive pulley.
536609df.cdr
Figure 174


(6) In case signs of damage are visible, also check the STI2 test image printed
under step "9.2.3 Image Quality Check": A damage will be visible in the flatfield
area of the STI2 test image in distance of 111 mm.
(7) Clean the rubber of the drum with a lint free cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl
alcohol or Ethanol
(8) Remount the flat belt.
9.3.8 Cleaning of Thermal Print Head
(1) Clean the TH resistor line with a lint

free cloth lightly moistened with
Isopropyl - alcohol.
 The last cleaning action must be
carried out in one way!
 For the Isopropyl alcohol observe
the rule: As less water is in the
alcohol as better. We
recommend using a 90% 536609cg.cdr
Isopropyl alcohol.
Figure 175
(2) Remount all covers
(3) Insert both input trays
IMPORTANT:
Thermal Print Head is fragile: Risk of damage.
When replacing or cleaning the Thermal Print Head great care must be taken.


9.3.9 Electrical Check
The electrical check is split up in two steps:

Step Task Reference
1 Perform the basic protective earth test 9.3.9.1
2 Perform the electrical check according to 9.3.9.2
9.3.9.1 Basic Protective Earth Test
(1) Use a multimeter that is capable to

measure a resistance < 1 Ohm
connector of the mains input
The electrical resistance has to be 536631JN.cdr
 0.2 Ohm. Refer to Figure 32.
Figure 176


(4) Insert the power cord at the printer

side; leave it disconnected at the
wall side.
connector of the mains connector.
parts, the customer could touch. 536631JN.cdr
The electrical resistance in this case

has to be  0.3 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 33.
Figure 177
IMPORTANT:
If the electrical resistance of one measurement exceeds the limits (0.2 Ohm without
mains cable; 0.3 Ohm with mains cable) check the printer for loose grounding
connections!
9.3.9.2 Electrical Check according to National Regulations
(1) Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations.
NOTE:
The electrical checks that have to be performed in certain intervals (e.g. each 12
months) or after certain service actions (repair and/or maintenance) depend on
Example for Germany: BGV A3 and DIN VDE 0751 or subsequent regulations.


9.4 Maintenance Points - Power on
The maintenance with powered-on machine comprises following tasks:

Task Details: see...
Smart profile calibration 9.4.1
Check of Safety Switch 9.4.2
SW Patch Installation 9.4.3
Film Calibration 9.4.4
Density Reproduction Check 9.4.5
Test Image Evaluation 9.4.6
Host System Image Quality Check 9.4.7
9.4.1 Smart Profile Calibration

IMPORTANT:
This step only has to be performed if print stripes in the 10" film edge area are visible
in the STI2 and medicalimage. Refer to section 9.2.3.
(1) Connect the service PC to the printer.

(2) Enter the IP address into the browser window.
(3) Enter Service Engineer Tools.
(4) Select "Enter Service Command Session - 7 Calibration - 5 Smart Profile
Calibration".
(5) Select the densitometer you use for measurement.
(6) Select the film tray with 14x17", 14x14” or 14x11” films: A test film will be printed.
(7) Measure the 66 squares on the printed film: Write down the values on the
foreseen squares on the film with a waterproof pen.
(8) Enter the values in the browser screen. See also Figure 178 and Figure 179.
IMPORTANT:
The browser screen where the 66 data are entered refreshes in a time interval of 4
minutes. If you are not finished with entering all data within 4 minutes, all entered
values will be reset to "0.00".




1. Film Calibration Smart Profile Calibration
X-Rite 310
Welcome to this
Service - Calibration Smart Profile Calibration

Smart Profile Calibration
Step Step Step Step Step
Upper Tray 00 0.00 01 0.00 02 0.00 03 0.00 04 0.00
Lower Tray
05 0.00 06 0.00 07 0.00 08 0.00 09 0.00
Select the input tray with 14''x17'' film format 10 0.00 11 0.00 12 0.00 13 0.00 14 0.00
15 0.00 16 0.00 17 0.00 18 0.00 19 0.00
20 0.00 21 0.00 22 0.00 23 0.00 24 0.00
25 0.00 26 0.00 27 0.00 28 0.00 29 0.00
536736kk.cdr
30 0.00 31 0.00 32 0.00 33 0.00 34 0.00
35 0.00 36 0.00 37 0.00 38 0.00 39 0.00
40 0.00 41 0.00 42 0.00 43 0.00 44 0.00
45 0.00 46 0.00 47 0.00 48 0.00 49 0.00
50 0.00 51 0.00 52 0.00 53 0.00 54 0.00
55 0.00 56 0.00 57 0.00 58 0.00 59 0.00
60 0.00 61 0.00 62 0.00 63 0.00 64 0.00
65 0.00
Accept changes Discard all changes Reset values
Figure 178
Figure 179


9.4.2 Check of Safety Switch
(1) Switch on the printer. Wait till it shows

the READY screen (takes approx. 7
minutes).
(2) Open top cover.
(3) Check display message: It must show
"Close top cover".
536609fa.cdr
Figure 180
9.4.3 SW Patch Installation
(1) Install the latest software, in case a recommended software upgrade for the
printer is available. Refer to section 10, Release information.
9.4.4 Film Calibration
(1) Select in key-operator menu

'6 Calibration - 1 Film Calibration'
(2) Follow the instructions on the
display.
(3) Repeat film calibration for second
input tray
536336as.cdr
Figure 181


9.4.5 Density Reproduction Check
REQUIRED TOOLS:
Service PC with Density reproduction check files, Document ID 31597519.
PURPOSE: With the density reproduction check the difference for a specific film type between
optical density defined in the sensitometric calibration file and the printed optical
density, measured with an external densitometer is checked.
This is a plausibility check for the CDM: In case the measured density values are out
of the specified range, the CDM requires a re-calibration.
This procedure must be carried out with every used film type:
Command Session - 3 Print Testimage"
(3) To check linearity fill in measured values in the the density reproduction check
Excel file.
automatically.


Select densitometer: X-rite 3414 Dmax = 305

100% 20 20 0 0
90% 46 48,5 -2,5 0 Density Reproduction = OK
80% 74 77 -3 0
70% 102 105,5 -3,5 0
60% 130 134 -4 0
50% 158 162,5 -4,5 0
40% 186 191 -5 0 No MDM calibration needed for DT2B film
30% 215 219,5 -4,5 0
20% 244 248 -4 0
10% 270 276,5 -6,5 0
0% 300 305 -5 0

0 0 0 Density difference SMPTE image DT2B film DSAXYS
30 -3 3
45 -4 4
15
60 -5 5
75 -6 6
90 -7 7 10 X-rite 310
105 -8 8 X-rite 331
Density Difference
120 -9 9 5 X-rite 341

135 -9 9 X-rite 301
Lower limit
150 -9 9 Mac Beth TR924
0 Upper limit
165 -9 9 Gretag D200-2
Density difference
180 -10 10
195 -10 10 -5
210 -10 10
225 -10 10 -10
240 -10 10
255 -11 11 -15
270 -11 11
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
285 -11 11
315 -12 12
Figure 182
NOTE:
The measured density values have to be entered without decimal point
(e.g. measured value = .23, value to enter = 23)


9.4.6 Test Image Evaluation
Command Session - 3 Print Testimage - 1 Test image".
(2) Print following test images on the largest format available in the film trays:
 STI.ZIP
 STI2.ZIP
 medicalimage.ZIP
(3) If the printer is used for Mammo and CR application, also print a
medicalimage.zip (Service command session: 3 Print Testimage -
4 medicalimage.zip) from this tray, where mammo films are loaded.
(4) Mark the test films with a waterproof pen as testfilms after maintenance
(5) Check all three (four) images at the lightbox. Following items must been
checked:
 Line artifacts in transport direction
 Line artifacts vertical to the transport direction
 Point artifacts
 Surface artifacts
(6) Evaluate the test images at follows:
1. If no artifacts are seen on the STI / STI2 image continue with next step
2. If artifacts seen on STI / STI2 image aren’t visible on the medicalimage
continue with next step.
3. In other case (i.e. artifacts which are visible in STI / STI2 are visible on
medicalimage, too) refer to Technical Documentation section 3.3
Troubleshooting”
(7) Compare the test images "after maintenance" with the test images made "before
maintenance": The image quality of the last printed medicalimage and STI/STI2
test image must be equal or better than the images made before maintenance.


9.4.7 Host System Image Quality Check
(1) Print a diagnostic image from every host system.

(2) Check images of each host at the lightbox for artifacts in diagnostic image.
(3) In case artifacts are visible, compare with artifacts in last STI /STI2 image.
 In case artifacts are also visible in STI / STI2 image, refer to Technical
Documentation section 3.3, Troubleshooting.
 In case artifact is only visible in images of a specific host but not in STI /
STI2 image, initiate a service call of modality service engineer
9.5 Completion of the maintenance
The Completion of the maintenance comprises following tasks:
Task Details see..

Backup printer settings 9.5.1
Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative 9.5.2
Counters in the Infocounter
Customer Conversation 9.5.3
9.5.1 Backup printer settings
For printers with SN < 100.000

(1) Open the upper film tray to take out
the CF card for storage of the
machine specific data.
Configuration".
the LCD display.
(4) Recommended: Copy the backup
to the service PC. 5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr
Figure 183



(1) Insert a USB flash drive*.
Configuration".
the LCD display.
(4) Recommended: Inform the user to
take a copy of the backed-up data.
536704BB.cdr
Figure 184
*USB 2.0 or USB 3.0, formatted FAT32.
9.5.2 Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative Counters in the Infocounter
(1) In the Browser menu select "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command
Session - 7 Service Actions - 4 Maintenance - 4 Clear relative counters".
(2) Select ' 7 Service Actions - 4 Maintenance - 1 Maintenance Settings'
(3) Select 'y' for yes at each desired 'Reset Item'. See 1 in Figure 185.
(4) Select "Accept Changes". See 2 in Figure 185.

(5) When leaving the Service menu select "Preventive maintenance" as service
action.
Welcome to this

1
Y Y
Y Y
52520 Y Y
1898 5000 5000 Y Y

2505 5000 5000 Y Y
0 5000 5000 Y Y

536709fk.cdr
Figure 185


9.5.3 Customer Conversation
(1) Fill out the Maintenance checklist and hand it out to the customer.
(2) Explain the results of the maintenance to the customer.


10 Release information
10.1 Software release 1.6.0_C1 (DRYSTAR AXYS only)
Release Date 10/2007

Printer SNs  SN1024
10.1.1 Supported Features
All features as specified:

 Printing diagnostic data according to the DICOM standard with a
resolution of 508dpi
 Printing on Drystar DT2B, DT2C and DT2 Mammo blue base films
 Supported film sizes:
o DT2B / DT2C: 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10"
o DT2 Mammo: 14x11", 10x12", 8x10"
10.1.2 Limitations
Software 1.6.0_C1 has following limitations:

 Only one module/spare part replacement per start-up allowed
 Only Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher can be used to access the printer
browser pages
10.1.3 Known Software Issues
Software 1.6.0_C1 has following known issues:
 Mammo test image has to be copied to D: drive before it is available for printing
on DT2 Mammo blue base films. Details see section 3.2, Tools and Auxiliary
means.
 In very rare cases it is possible, that a false error message "MOD08 - please
replace module" is shown (MOD08 is the Devil CPU) after start-up of the printer.
A reset of the printer solves the problem.
 The operator browser menu does not allow to delete images or set into
emergency status. It is possible however to delete print jobs in the operator menu
of the local keypad (refer to Drystar Axys user manual).


 For TH profile calibration on a mammo printer a TH profile calibration film is

printed with too high density (approx. 2.0 O.D. instead of 1.2 O.D.). Entering
these higher values in the TH profile calibration browser screen is not possible,
as they exceed the upper limit. Using a Drystar DT2B or DT2C film allows to
perform the TH profile calibration properly.
10.2 Software update 1.6.1_C1 (DRYSTAR AXYS only)

10.2.1 Solved Software Issues
With software update 1.6.1_C1 following software issues are solved:
Symptom 1 Sporadic input film jams for films from the upper tray, mainly 14” films:
 Error message at the local display: Film jam! Open upper input tray and
clear film path.
 Error message in the infocounter: HC314003
Cause The force for driving the film towards the thermal head is sporadically too low.
Solution Install "upper pickup modification kit", spare part number*: CM+3617030. It contains:
thermal head:
 Reinforced holders for the axle
(before: ± 0.25 mm, now ± 1 mm)
6. Software update 1.6.1_C1 with optimised film pick-up timing
Upper pickup modification kit, CM+3617030 can be used for Drystar Axys and
Drystar 5302.
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.


Symptom 2 When printing calibration films (Film calibration; Internal Densitometer Calibration;
Thermal Print Head Calibration) the printer makes a strange noise.
The noise depends on the type of Thermal Head (Kyocera / Toshiba) and the film
batch.
Cause Resonances inside the printer, appearing sporadically at low density printing
Solution Software Update 1.6.1_C1 has different calibration patterns implemented to avoid
sporadic resonances. Example for film calibration film see Figure 186.
Figure 186

Printer SNs 1063, 1064, 1161, 1173, 1176, 1177, 1178, 1218, 1224,
1235, 1236, 1238, 1239, 1240, 1241, 1243 to 1278, 1280,
1281, 1282, 1284, 1342, 1345, 1347, 1348, 1349, 1358,
1361 to 1419, 1421, 1422
In Software Update 1.6.2_C1 following software issues are solved:


Symptom 1 When overlapping the two Mammo films at the lightbox, there is too much dazzling light
between the two films, as the clear border at the chest wall side is too large.
Cause Mechanical limitations on the leading edge
Solution In software 1.6.2_C1 the transparent border is minimal for the following host profile
settings:
 Mammo CWR Rotation = YES
 Rotation = r180
In this case the chest wall is always printed at the trailing edge: The clear border
between the two films at the lightbox is very small and may vary depending on film size
and drum temperature.
To have minimal clear borders at other mammography printers (DRYSTAR 550X;
DRYSTAR 4500 M), it is not required to set host profile parameter “Rotation” to “r180”.
There it is sufficient to set parameters “Mammo CWR rotation” to “YES”.
Symptom 2 After adding some modalities via browser key-operator menu it is not possible to print
DICOM images. Following modalities are affected:
 Phillips MXVIEW
 Phillips MX8000
 Fuji ADR series
 Fuji Eyepix
Adding these modalities manually via DICOM host profile does not give any problem.
Cause Software problem in software < 1.6.2_C1
10.3.2 New Features
Software update 1.6.2_C1 contains following new features:
 Compliance film calibration. Details see 10.3.2.1.

 Activation of a new 10x12” layout for GE Modalities via Browser Service Menu.
Details see 10.3.2.2.
 Possibility to read out future ISO-Format RF-Tags. Details see 10.3.2.3.


10.3.2.1 New Feature: Compliance Film Calibration
 With software < 1.6.2_C1 the printer does not always pass the acceptance
procedure as defined by Afssaps / EUREF: The film calibration is not necessarily
accurate enough.
 The “compliance film calibration” may be required as a last step of an acceptance
procedure that meets the special criteria set by Afssaps / EUREF.
 It can be executed via new browser menu “Service Engineer Tools – Enter Service
command session – 6 Calibration – 6 Compliance Film Calibration”.
 For details refer to Technical Documentation Drystar Axys, DD+DIS033.07E,
Adjustments and Calibrations, edition 1, revision 1 (and higher revisions).
1. Film calibration
2. Internal densitometer calibration
3. Thermal print head calibration Step Target values Measured values Step Target values Measured values
4. Horizontal alignment 0.16 0.33
00 0.16 01 0.33
5. Smart profile calibration
02 0.49 0.49 03 0.66 0.66
6. Compliance film calibration
04 0.83 0.83 05 0.99 0.99
06 1.16 1.16 07 1.33 1.33
Go back 08 1.50 1.50 09 1.66 1.66
10 1.83 1.83 11 2.00 2.00
12 2.16 2.16 13 2.33 2.33
This page is generated on 21-05-2008 12:33:33 14 2.50 2.50 15 2.66 2.66
16 2.83 2.83 17 3.00 3.00
This page is generated on 22-05-2008 08:46:20
5367_SIB04_01.CDR
Figure 187


10.3.2.2 New Feature: Activation of a new 10x12” Layout for GE Modalities
New Feature  For some GE modalities, e.g. GE Senographe Advantage WS, the sent image is
slightly too large compared to the pixel matrix of the 10x12” film.
 In order to achieve true size accuracy lower than 4 % (GE specifications) on
10x12” films it is necessary to install a specific GE Mammography layout.
This increases the printable area in the 12” direction of the film from 5810 to 5890
pixels (approx. 4 mm).
 This layout should only be installed if advised via corresponding Connectivity
Release Document: If installed, it is active for all other modalities, too.
 It is installed via browser menu service tools “GE Mammo layout installation”.
See Figure 188.
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Reboot Drystar
Reset Calibration data
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
DICOM profile editor H OM E GE Mammo layout inst a lla t ion
LPD Profile Editor
G E Mammo layout installation
Printqueue editor
Licenses
GE Mammo layout installation install uninstall
Controller logging
Module repair
changes require a reboot
Modules
Figure 188
The GE Mammo layout installation in software 1.6.2_C1 only works with

Internet Explorer < 7.


10.3.2.3 New Feature: Possibility to read out future ISO-Format RF-Tags
New Feature
 Currently the RF-Tags of the film
packages have their information stored
in a non-ISO format.
 To be prepared for future changes of the
RF tags (new format as defined by ISO)
software ≥ 1.6.2_C1 already accepts
ISO RF tags.
 More information will follow, when film
production switches to ISO RF Tags.
Figure 189

Printer SNs  SN 1423 plus 1420
10.4.1 Solved Issue
In software 1.6.2_C1 the “GE Mammo layout installation” browser screen only works
with Internet Explorer 5.5 and 6. In software 1.6.3_C1 it also works with Internet
Explorer 7.
10.5 Software Release 1.8.0_C1 (DRYSTAR 5302 only)

10.5.1 Supported Features
All features as specified:

 Printing diagnostic data according to the DICOM standard with a
resolution of 320 dpi
 Printing on Drystar DT2B and DT2C films


 Supported film sizes:

14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10"
 Support of the new thermal model TMML, commercial name "A#sharp"
10.5.2 Limitations
Software 1.8.0_C1 has following limitations:

 User Interface screens are only available in Dutch, English, French, German,
Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish language.
 RF tag overrule functionality (printing with Dmax = 2.0 O.D.) not yet implemented
 Only Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher is usable as browser application.
10.5.3 Known Issues
Software 1.8.0_C1 has following known software issues:

 In case the Online Diagnosis detects that the Output Module is Causeive and has
to be exchanged, it does not display "MOD 06 - Please replace module" but "E06 -
Please replace module".
 The Module pages in the Service Engineer Tools are not yet operational
 In case a film jam happens with last film in a package, the printer does not show
"empty film tray" but continues printing with the "protective cover", what leads to
jam with the protective cover.
 Automatic film calibration fails in case of a pending maintenance action.

Printer SNs  SN1156 plus 1143 and SN 1149
10.6.1 Solved Software Issue
Symptom Thermal Head calibration could lead to vertical stripes on the film in the range of
 0.05 O.D*. units (For comparison: Under best viewing conditions the human eye can
distinguish 0.01 O.D. units).
*O.D. = Optical Density


Cause Software fault
10.6.2 New Feature
Added languages for the Operator and Key-Operator displays:
Languages in Software 1.80_C1 Additional Languages

in Software 1.80_C2
Dutch Chinese-simplified
English Chinese-traditional
French Czech
German Danish
Italian Finnish
Norwegian Greek
Portuguese Japanese
Spanish Korean
Swedish Polish
Russian
Estonian
Hungarian
Latvian
Lithuanian
Slovak
Table 5: Languages for Operator and Key-Operator Screens

Printer SNs  SN 2175 plus 2091, 2134, 2143, 2159 and 2173
Software 1.8.1_C1 solves following software issues:


Symptom 1 Film transport problems from the upper tray

Additional Information:
 Film jam mainly happens with film size 14x17"
 Error message HC314003 in the infocounter
 The user interface shows error message: "Film Jam: Open upper input tray and
clear film path"
Cause Non-optimized film transport & aligning from upper tray, caused by the friction clutch
in the gear box
Symptom 2 Electromagnetic radiation of the Themis CPU above specifications.
This symptom has no impact for the printer operation, violates however the specified
electromagnetic radiation values.
Cause A certain component on the Themis CPU named "Spread Spectrum Clock (SSC)" is
switched off during operation.

Printer SNs  SN 3930, plus 3642, 3645, 3711, 3714, 3798, 3803, 3815,
3856, 3862, 3864, 3865, 3867 to 3880, 3883, 3887, 3895,
3903 to 3909, 3911 to 3913, 3915 to 3924, 3926 to 3928
10.8.1 New Features
Software 1.9.0_C2 contains following new features:

 Support of RoHS conform printed circuit boards
 Improvement of the Thermal Model, what improves constancy if several films are
printed short after each other.
 As of software 1.9.0_C2 the key-operator screens are available in English
language only.



Printer SNs SN 3886, 3887, 3905, 3919, 3920, 3945, 3967, 3972, 3985, 3992,
4014, 4021, 4022, 4023, 4026, 4028, 4029, 4038, 4040, 4044,
4047, 4049, 4050, 4052, 4055, 4059, 4060, 4068, 4069, 4072,
4074, 4077, 4078, 4080, 4081, 4088, 4089, 4092, 4099, 4102,
4113, 4114, 4116, 4125, 4126, 4127, 4128, 4129, 4131, 4132,
4133, 4134, 4137, 4138, 4139, 4140, 4141, 4142, 4143, 4144,
4145, 4146, 4147, 4148, 4149, 4150, 4151, 4152, 4153, 4154,
4155, 4156, 4157, 4158, 4160, 4162, 4163, 4165, 4166, 4167,
4170, 4170, 4173, 4174, 4175, 4176, 4177, 4178, 4179, 4181,
4182, 4184, 4185, 4196, 4197, 4198, 4199, 4200, 4203, 4204,
4205, 4206, 4207, 4209, 4210, 4211, 4215, 4218, 4232
10.9.1 Solved Software Issue
Software 1.9-0_C3 contains a bugfix for the production tools only.

It does not contain bugfixes of problems that may occur in the field.

Printer SNs  SN 4368 plus 3923, 3924, 3976, 3988, 3995, 4000, 4006,
4007, 4009, 4012, 4013, 4015, 4018, 4020, 4024, 4025,
4027, 4030, 4031, 4033, 4034, 4035, 4039, 4041, 4042,
4043, 4045, 4046, 4048, 4051, 4053, 4054, 4056 to 4058,
4061 to 4067, 4070, 4071, 4073, 4075, 4076, 4079, 4082 to
4087, 4090, 4091, 4093 to 4095, 4097, 4098, 4100, 4101,
4103 to 4112, 4115, 4117, 4118 to 4124, 4130, 4135, 4136,
4159, 4161, 4164, 4169, 4172, 4183, 4186, 4187 to 4195,
4201, 4202, 4208, 4212, 4213, 4214, 4216, 4217, 4219 to
4226, 4228, 4230, 4231 to 4237, 4239 to 4249, 4251, 4252,
4254 to 4262, 4264, 4266, 4267 to 4316, 4318 to 4354,
4355, 4357, 4358 to 4365, 4366909, 3911 to 3913, 3915 to
3924, 3926 to 3928


Symptom Sporadic film jams in the output module and corresponding error message:
1 “Film jam - Open top cover and clear film jam”
 The fault mainly appears with 8x10” or 12x10” films printed from the lower tray.
 With lower probability the fault may also happen:
o With other film formats (14x17”, 14x14”, 14x11”) printed from the lower tray
o With any film format printed from the upper tray
Symptom Top border is too large (> 7 mm); O.K. NOT O.K.
2 images possibly printed until the
approx. 6 mm > 7 mm
trailing edge of the film.
n
o
o
a ti
a ti
In f a g e
In f a g e
or m
orm
Im
Im
Figure 190
Cause Software fault in software 1.9.0_C3



Printer SNs  SN 5723 plus 5660, 5665, 5667, 5669, 5672, 5676, 5677,
5679, 5683, 5684, 5717, 5719, 5721
Symptom 1 Sporadic input film jams for films from the upper tray, mainly 14” films:
 Error message at the local display:
Film jam! Open upper input tray and clear film path
 Error message in the infocounter: HC314003
Cause The force for driving the film towards the thermal head is sporadically too low.
Solution Install "upper pickup modification kit", spare part number*: CM+3617030. It contains:
thermal head:
 Reinforced holders for the axle.
(before: ± 0.25 mm, now ± 1 mm).
9. Software update 1.9.1_C1 with optimized film pick-up timing
* The last digit in the spare part number indicates the spare part revision at release of
this document. When ordering, the actual revision of the spare part is delivered.
Symptom 2 When printing calibration films (Film calibration; Internal Densitometer Calibration;
Thermal Print Head Calibration) the printer makes a strange noise.
The noise depends on the type of Thermal Head (Kyocera / Toshiba) and the film
batch.


Cause Resonances inside the printer, appearing sporadically at low density printing.
Solution Software update 1.9.1_C1 has different calibration patterns implemented to avoid
sporadic resonances. Example for film calibration film see Figure 186.
Figure 191



Printer SNs  SN 7069, plus 6827, 6867, 6887, 6902, 6917, 7067, 7052
and 7057
Symptom 1 Sporadically the printer stops boot-up with message “Error System Failure”:
When pressing the ON/OFF switch the printer cannot be switched off.
Access via network is not possible (to reboot remotely).
After unplugging and reconnecting the mains cable the printer usually starts up normally.
Cause CPU Driver problem
Symptom 2 When the upper or lower RF tag (RF = Radio Frequency) is Causeive (Error HC301003
/ HC 302003) the display names the wrong defective RF tag (RF1 instead of RF2 and
vice verse).
Also in the service manual DD+DIS150.05E, section 4, edition 1 revision 0, Reference
Diagrams, the RF-tags are mixed.
Correct:
RF1 = lower tray
RF2 = upper tray
Cause Mismatch of correct naming of RF tag in translation file for LCD display, service manual
and software


10.13 New Feature
Currently the RF-Tags of the film packages

have their information stored in a non-ISO
format.
To be prepared for future changes of the RF
tags (new format as defined by ISO) software
≥ 1.9.2_C1 already accepts ISO RF tags.
Figure 192


10.14 Software update 2.0.0_C2

Printer SNs Drystar Axys ≥ SN 2250 plus 2154, 2214, 2164, 2241, 2212,
2213
DRYSTAR 5302 ≥ SN 8923 plus 8634, 8662, 8679, 8691,
8694, 8847,8848, 8854, 8856, 8857, 8858, 8865, 8871,
8873, 8875, 8880, 8886, 8893, 8894, 8896, 8897, 8903,
8908, 8911, 8912, 8913, 8914, 8915, 8916, 8917, 8918,
8919, 8920, 8921
10.14.1 New Features of Software 2.0.0_C2
Software 2.0.0_C2 contains following new features:

 Software supports both printers, DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS.
 Improved RF-tag locking mechanism (identical to RF-tag locking mechanism of
DRYSTAR 550X software 6.0)
 Support of “Compliance film calibration” which may be required to pass the
Afssaps / EUREF* acceptance test.
For DRYSTAR AXYS this feature was available already as of software 1.6.3_C1,
however only for Mammo printing. Now it is available also for non-mammography
applications for DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS.
*Afssaps = Agence française de sécurité sanitaire des produits de santé
EUREF = European Reference Organisation for Quality Assured Breast Screening and
Diagnostic Services
 Extended operating System and Browser Compatibility of the Operator, Key-
Operator and Service Browser Pages.
Supported operating systems:
- Windows 2000
- Windows XP
- Windows Vista
Supported browsers:
- Internet Explorer 6, 7 and 8
- Firefox 3


10.14.2 Solved Issue in Software 2.0.0_C2
Symptom Sporadically the printer stops boot-up with message “Error System Failure”:
 When pressing the ON/OFF switch the printer cannot be switched off.
 Access via network is not possible (to reboot remotely).
 After unplugging and reconnecting the mains cable the printer usually starts up
normally.
Cause CPU Driver problem
Solution Install software 2.0.0_C2 to prevent the problem.
Symptom 2 Infocounter data and E-Label data sporadically do not match.
Cause E-Label and Infocounter synchronization problem
Solution Install software 2.0.0_C2.
Symptom 3 Some DRYSTAR 5302 printers sporadically print films partially only, especially with
high workload: The rest of the film is gray.
Cause Data underrun due to a software problem
Solution Install software 2.0.0_C2.
10.14.3 Known Software Issue
Symptom Login problems with the Firefox browser:

In some cases the login to the service web pages has to be repeated three times, until
login is successful.
Cause Incompatibility with login script and Firefox browser in certain cases
Solution Repeat the login up to three times until it is successful.



Printer SNs Drystar Axys ≥ SN 2435 plus SN 2361
DRYSTAR 5302 ≥ SN 9464 plus SN 9288, 9409
10.15.1 New Feature of Software 2.0.0_C3
Compared to software 2.0.0_C2 the RF tag locking mechanism is further improved.

This supports a reliable detection of falsely inserted films.

Printer SNs Drystar Axys ≥ SN 3436 plus 3177, 3394, 3396, 3397,
3400, 3401, 3404, 3405, 3407, 3409, 3410, 3411, 3413,
3414, 3415, 3416, 3420, 3421, 3423, 3424, 3425, 3427,
3428, 3430, 3431, 3432, 3433, 3435
Drystar 5302 ≥SN 12222 plus 11538, 12095, 12099, 12102,
12103, 12105, 12108, 12111, 12113, 12118, 12122, 12125,
12126, 12128, 12132, 12136, 12139, 12144, 12149, 12151,
12152, 12156, 12158, 12161, 12163, 12164, 12167, 12168,
12169, 12170, 12178, 12181, 12182, 12186, 12192, 12193,
12194, 12197, 12205, 12207, 12210, 12212, 12214, 12217,
12218, 12219
10.16.1 New Feature of Software 2.1.0_C2
Software 2.1.0_C2 supports new hardware (Devius module, Tyndal module, SATA
hard disk) for DRYSTAR 5302 and DRYSTAR AXYS, which was introduced
in Q IV 2010.
 Software 2.1.0_C2 is downwards compatible, so it also supports the actual
hardware (Devil module, Themis/Thanos module, SCSI hard disk).
It replaces software 2.0.0_C3.
 The new software has no other new features except support of new hardware.



Printer SNs Drystar Axys SN ≥ 3949 plus SN 3938
DRYSTAR 5302 SN ≥ 13990 plus SN 13865
10.17.1 Solved Issues in Software 2.1.0_C3
By installing software 2.1.0_C3, the Devius board is re-programmed to revision 9.

This is a solution for the warning message “RF Tag Problem” after 10 printed films of a
new film pack.
For details see DRYSTAR AXYS SB 15 / DRYSTAR 5302 SB 20, Software 2.1.0_C3
available to solve Warning Message “RF Tag Problem“ after 10 printed Films of a new
Film Pack, DD+DIS037.11E

Printer SNs Drystar Axys SN ≥ 4515 and additionally in SN 4425, 4456,
4471, 4473, 4478
Drystar 5302 SN ≥ 15678 and additionally in SN 15334,
15415, 15480, 15491, 15507
10.18.1 Solved Issues in Software 2.2.0_C1
 After changing the Key-Operator language at printers with software 2.1.0_C3, the
printer boot-up hangs with message “Please wait - self test proceeding”.
 RF Tag Reading Problems at Printers with Stronglink RF Tag Readers in
Combination with ISO RF Tags.
For details to these two software issues refer to DRYSTAR AXYS SB 18 /

DRYSTAR 5302 SB 23, Software 2.2.0_C1 available to solve Hang-up after
Changing Key-Operator Language and RF Tag Reading Problems,


Additionally following minor software issues are solved:
 With software < 2.2.0_C1 the sporadic error message W306015 (CDM intensity
is unstable) appears.
 Sporadic "Error System Failure" of certain combinations of RAM and Tyndall
modules .
 When booted with a tray open, the printer cannot read an ISO RF tag.
 During regular software installation the "Chinese traditional" translation file
does not get unpacked.
 After quality control sporadically the (wrong) density values "0.00" are
displayed. When saving the quality control result the correct values are stored.

5849, 5854, 5855, 5908
Drystar 5302 SN ≥ 19776 and additionally in SN 19187,
19304, 19308, 19321, 19328, 19552, 19774
10.19.1 Solved Issues and Improvements in Software 2.3.0_C2
 Improved handling of empty tray situations during automatic film calibration.

 Site data extended from 32 to 64 characters per entry.



7430
SN ≥ 25930 and additionally in SN 24151, 24454, 25652,
25663, 25847, 25867, 25580
10.20.1 New Features in Software 3.0.0_C1
 Support of additional printer subtypes 5366/300 (SN ≥ 2001) and

5367/300 (SN ≥ 1001).
 Corrected a wrong cure in the list of errors for HC305002. Cure 5 previously
mentioned to replace “Mod 04” (Lower Pickup Module) instead of “Mod 05”
(Thermal Head).
 Corrected hang-up of Firefox browser, if the user set a DICOM job in the operator
menu from a normal to an emergency print job.
 Corrected software issue at remote emergency software installation without
preserving data, that network settings were not reset to default.
 Added the missing wedge test image to the sets of test images for DRYSTAR
5302. The wedge test image is available for DRYSTAR AXYS since software
2.0.0_C1.
 Added the missing printer check when trying to install a DRYSTAR 5302 / AXYS
software via remote emergency installation at DRYSTAR 550X or DRYSTAR
4500. Now it is not possible anymore to install software on another printer than
DRYSTAR 5302 / AXYS.
 Solved software issue during printer setup, that entering character (`) during
modality AE title setup issues an Java error instead of an “invalid character” error.
 Solved the issue that an extra language dataset LNG 2.00A01 is installed during
the 2.3.0_C2 software installation, when installing the software via remote
emergency software installation without preserving data.



Printer SNs DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100
SN ≥ 9.050
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/300
SN ≥ 1.029
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100
SN ≥ 31.665
SN ≥ 2.063
 Several minor bugfixes in service functions, e.g. improved "Remote Emergency

Software Installation”.
 Automatic re-flashing of Stronglink tag readers, if the tag reader is recognized as
“non-functional” during boot-up. In previous software versions the tag reader
needed to be replaced to solve the issue.
 Several minor bugfixes in printer operation.
 Several improvements for production.


10.22 Software Patch 3.1.1_C1

Printer SNs DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100
SN ≥ 9359 and additionally in SN 9193
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/300
SN ≥ 1034
Symptom At printers that are connected to a third party DICOM device called "Kiosk" frequent DICOM
errors appear during printing or the print job is aborted.
NOTE:
The Kiosk application periodically polls the printer to get its status. It informs the user by a
red light in case of printer issues like empty film tray or film jam.
Cause DICOM connectivity issue.
Solution Install software patch 3.1.1_C1, on top of software 3.1.0_C1.


10.23 Software Release 4.0.0_C1

Printer SNs DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100:
SN ≥ 33838 and additionally in SN 33235, 33233, 33815
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/300:
SN ≥ 1026
SN ≥ 1001
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100:
SN ≥ 1001
New features
 Support of additional printer subtypes 5366/400, 5366/500 and 5367/400.
 Adapted the key-user densitometer configuration:
o The default densitometer is changed from MB924 to XR301.
o Added densitometer settings for XR331C.
Solved software bugs

 PR1404010002: Some printers very sporadically print films partially only, due to data
underruns caused by CPU overload. This is solved by changing priorities for the printer
driver.
 Solved a very sporadic software issue where the printer with an empty film tray just
beeps five times, then goes into normal mode. Now the printer beeps reliably until the
empty tray is filled up with films again.
 Solved a very sporadic software issue where the printer after filling an empty film tray
does not continue printing. Instead the film loading instructions are displayed and do
not disappear. A printer reboot is required.
 Solved an internal finding with printing at high temperature: Very sporadically Error
E305000 is displayed and printing does not continue. After reboot the printer recovers
the interrupted print.



Printer SNs DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/110:
SN ≥ 1001
SN ≥ 1001
SN ≥ 1032
SN ≥ 1065
SN ≥ 1026
New features
 Support of DRYSTAR 5301 printers with subtypes 5366/110 and 5366/410. These
printers have one tray only (lower tray is removed).
 Support of the new Micro SATA Flash Module 8 GB. This replaces the SATA hard disk
drive.
 Support of printers with reduced number of E-labels: The e-labels and related cables
for the power supply module and the TPH (Thermal Print Head) are not built in
anymore.
Improvements
 The changes that were introduced with parameter dataset 4.0.1 are taken over in
software 5.0.0_C1. All printers with software 5.0.0_C1 ex factory have an improved
CPU cooling fan and cam drive behaviour. This leads to less film jams in hot and dry
environment. For details refer to DRYSTAR 5302 SB 34 / DRYSTAR AXYS SB 29,



Printer SNs DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/110 SN ≥ 1184
DRYSTAR 5301 XL Type 5366/410 SN ≥ 1003
DRY 1.4 Type 5366/510 SN ≥ 1001
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100 SN ≥ 40520
CRYSTAL IMAGER Type 5366/300 SN ≥ 2193
DRY 2.4 Type 5366/500 SN ≥ 1026
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100 SN ≥ 11640
CRYSTAL-M IMAGER Type 5367/300 SN ≥ 1082
DRYSTAR AXYS XL Type 5367/400 SN ≥ 1026
DRY 2.4M Type 5367/500 SN ≥ 1001
New features
 Support of new printer subtypes:
o DRY 1.4, type 5366/510
o DRY 2.4M, type 5367/500
Improvements
 Improved TCP/IP driver as part of new operating system (Portex) to solve issue
with system failure in case of specific network configuration.
 Solved issue in Czech user interface: Error messages were not shown but a blank
screen.
 Improved tag reading and recording of tag reader problems.


10.26 Software Release 6.0.0_C1 (Printer SN > 100.000 only)

Printer SNs Type 5366/5367 SN > 100.000
IMPORTANT:
Software 6.0.0_C1 can only be used in printers with SN > 100.000
New features
 Support of new hardware (DEVNIX CPU) in printers with SN > 100.000.
Printer Type SN SN
production site production site
Germany China
DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/110 SN ≥ 101071
DRY 1.4 Type 5366/510 SN ≥ 101001
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100 SN ≥ 101066
DRY IMAGER Type 5366/101 SN ≥ 101001
SN ≥ 701001
DRY 2.4 Type 5366/500 SN ≥ 101001
DRY 2.4M Type 5367/500 SN ≥ 101001


IMPORTANT:
Software 6.1.0_C1 can only be used in printers with SN > 100.000
New features
 Support of a new printer subtype:
Dry Imager, Type 5366/101
Improvements
 Improved printer throughput.
Printer Type SN
production site
Germany
DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/110 SN ≥101 071
DRYSTAR 5301 XL Type 5366/410 SN ≥101 001
DRY 1.4 Type 5366/510 n.a.
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100 SN ≥101 066
CRYSTAL IMAGER Type 5366/300 SN ≥101 001
DRYSTAR 5302 XL Type 5366/400 SN ≥101 001
DRY 2.4 Type 5366/500 SN ≥101 001
DRYSTAR AXYS Type 5367/100 SN ≥101 066
CRYSTAL-M IMAGER Type 5367/300 SN ≥101 001
DRYSTAR AXYS XL Type 5367/400 SN ≥101 001
DRY 2.4M Type 5367/500 SN ≥100 001
Improvements
 Film-pick-up problem when input-tray was nearly empty is solved.
 Heater error during self-diagnose cycle with a cold printer is solved.


IMPORTANT:
 Software 6.1.1_C1 can only be used in printers with SN > 100.000
 Software 6.1.1_C1 was introduced in production only. Due to some software
issues, it is not recommended to install software version 6.1.1_C1 in the field.
Printer Type SN SN
production site production site
Germany China
DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/110 SN ≥120001
DRY 1.4 Type 5366/510 SN ≥ 120001
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100 SN ≥ 101299
DRYSTAR 5302 XL Type 5366/400 SN ≥ 120001 SN ≥ 701001
DRY 2.4 Type 5366/500 SN ≥ 120001
DRY 2.4M Type 5367/500 SN ≥ 120001
It is recommended to install this software version on all the devices in the field,
skipping versions 6.1.0 and 6.1.1.
An update of printer software from 6.0.0 to 6.1.2 is however not mandatory.
 The Valve in the film-pick-up system now switches off reliably when a single film is
printed from the upper tray. This caused unnecessary heating of the component.
 The warning message “Blemish heater defect” is no longer displayed after the
printer has been switched on.


11 Upgrade procedure
For the software upgrade instructions refer to the following document:
For printers with SN < 100.000:

DRYSTAR 5302 / DRYSTAR AXYS Software installation Instructions up to software
version 5.X, Document ID 33713029.

DRYSTAR 5302 / DRYSTAR AXYS Software installation Instructions as of software
version 6.0, Document ID 61999277.
12 Spare parts
For the spare parts list refer to the following document:
# Document Reference
1 Spare Parts List DRYSTAR 5302, CRYSTAL Document ID 61475992
IMAGER, DRYSTAR 5302 XL, Dry 2.4 DRYSTAR
AXYS, CRYSTAL-M IMAGER, DRYSTAR AXYS XL,
DRY 2.4M DRYSTAR 5301, DRYSTAR 5301 XL,
DRY 1.4


13 Wiring diagram
This section lists the following printer wiring diagrams:
Document Reference
Printers with SN < 100.000
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/500 SN < 100.000 with SCSI 13.1
hard disk
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/500 SN < 100.000 with 13.2
SATA hard disk
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/500 SN < 100.000 with 13.3
Micro SATA flash module
DRYSTAR Axys Type 5367/100/400/500 SN < 100.000 with SATA 13.4
hard disk
DRYSTAR Axys Type 5367/100/400/500 SN < 100.000 with Micro 13.5
SATA flash module
Printers with SN > 100.000
DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/400 SN > 100.000 13.6
DRYSTAR 5301 Type 5366/110/410/510 SN > 100.000 13.7
DRYSTAR Axys Type 5367/100/300/400/500 SN > 100.000 13.8


13.1 DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/500 SN < 100.000 with SCSI hard disk
A B C D E F
P
1 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2 2
3 3
Zeichnung nicht maßstabgerecht!

Wereserveall rights inthisdocument andintheinforma-
4
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction, useordisclosure
4
Verfahrensweise Positionierung Etiketten
tothirdparties without express authorityisstrictly
X X X X DATE NAME
CABLE PROJECT DS5302 Project
- Etikett immer so zum Stecker positionieren, dass der Schriftbeginn (linke Seite) X X X X USER 8/04/2004 L.Tibos
zum Stecker zeigt. X X X X APPR.
COVER SHEET 5366
X X X X NORM Sheet name: Cover_Sheet / 100
Anforderungen:
Sheet 1
F1006049.2
X X X X
- Kabel und Bauteile müssen UL-Approbation haben
forbidden.
©AGFA
X X X L.Tibos of 8 SH
A B C IDX Change-NR DATE NAME Replacement for X


A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q
A343882. THERMAL HEAD ASSY X

X
OS-5101-H X X A340530.0 NAIS AGX226
X X
Overheat
X
X A340419. Sensor-S4
3
2
3
S4
+XS5aXS5:3
RD
VT
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S7
X
X
S7
X (Matsushita)
X
sensor A5
CABLEDHEATERFOIL(ELE) 1
2
1
BU3-EI
+XS5aXS5:2
+XS5aXS5:1
BK
1
2
3
1
2
DEV/P1:36
DEV/P1:35
RD
BK
VT
X
S8
3 DEV/P1:34 X X
BN 1 3 BU BU3-EI X X
X X
S8/7 S8/8
1/1 7 8 1/1
X +XS5a +XS5b
X Input sensor TPH BK
XS5 XS5 BK
6.3mm isolation (clear)
3 4
Thermal Print Head

S4:1 11 DEV/P1:26
12 VT
S4:2 2 2 DEV/P1:25
VT TPH home position 12
Sensor-S12
RD
S4:3 3 3 DEV/P1:27
RD Top cover closed detection
BK BK
S13:1 4 4 DEV/P1:32
VT VT
S13:2 5 5 DEV/P1:31
1
2
RD RD
S13:3 6 6 DEV/P1:33
VT BK
+XS5aXS5:8 7 7 DEV/P1:15
X A344559. WIRE HARNESS ASSY VT
+XS5aXS5:7 8 8 DEV/P1:14
VT
A339844.
A339844. X
(BRACKET) ST8-EI BU8-EI
2 +5V common
X X X
P325189
+TPH
*50/50
X TPH
+TPH
+TPH
10/10
ST1
2/10
3/10
4/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
IFE#5
1/10
A000000. Thermal Head Assembly
P3
X
P1
OG
+TPH
1/4
X
+XS4aXS4:7 1 BL11
TH/P2 P2
X
1 +5V
RD 2/4
+XS4aXS4:8 2 OS-5101-H X X
BK 3/4 X /Output_asm.3H
+XS4aXS4:9 3
BU50-IDC-1
X
X
TH/P1
Sensor-S13
TH/P3
*50/50
S13
10/10
J J
2/10
3/10
4/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
WH
1/10
4/4 X
X
X
X
+XS4aXS4:10 4
ST4-MO53261-SMD +TPH 1 1 3
3 +XS5aXS5:6
RD A344551. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT) XS2 & XS3
BU4-51021 X c c 2 VT
2 +XS5aXS5:5
RD
RD
BN
BU
A6 1 BK
X 1 +XS5aXS5:4
BU3-EI
PS/P3:11
Sensor-S12:1
Sensor-S12:3
<openwireend>
<openwireend>
PS/P3:12
eLabel pcb Address #5 Input sensor
Input sensor TPH
TPH 11
BU5-MINI-FIT-JR
11
RD
BK
XS6b
A344546. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (ENGINE)

X
X
11
2 2
4 4
5 5
A343030. S4 BRACKET ASM

X
X
XS6a
ST5-MINI-FIT-JR
A345385. TH POWER CABLE
WH
WH
WH
OG
OG
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
YE
BK
BK
BK
BN
BN
BN
BU
BU
BU
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
OSB/P6:4
OSB/P6:3
OSB/P6:2
OSB/P6:1
+XS2aXS2:13
+XS3aXS3:1
S7:1
S7:2
S8/7:1
S8/8:1
S7:3
+XS5bXS5:1
DEV/P1:38
DEV/P1:37
+XS5bXS5:8
+XS5bXS5:7
+XS5bXS5:3
+XS5bXS5:5
+XS5bXS5:4
+XS5bXS5:6
+XS2aXS2:1
+XS2aXS2:2
+XS3aXS3:2
+XS2aXS2:9
+XS2aXS2:7
+XS2aXS2:8
+XS2aXS2:6
+XS2aXS2:5
+XS2aXS2:4
+XS2aXS2:3
+XS5bXS5:2
+XS3aXS3:3
+XS3aXS3:4
+XS3aXS3:5
+XS3aXS3:6
+XS3aXS3:7
+XS3aXS3:9
+XS3aXS3:8
+XS2aXS2:11
+XS3aXS3:11
+XS2aXS2:12
+XS3aXS3:22
+XS2aXS2:14
+XS2aXS2:10
+XS3aXS3:20
+XS3aXS3:19
+XS3aXS3:18
+XS3aXS3:16
+XS3aXS3:17
+XS3aXS3:15
+XS2aXS2:19
+XS3aXS3:10
+XS3aXS3:13
+XS3aXS3:12
+XS3aXS3:14
X
BN
BU
RD
RD
/Upper_pickup.3F
TPH fan XS1

DEV/P9
DEV/P1
ST40-90130 BU40-90142
ST16-90130 BU16-90142
23 CURR_DIG_SENSOR18
18 CURR_DIG_SENSOR5
20 CURR_DIG_SENSOR7
29 CURR_DIG_SENSOR6
35 CURR_DIG_SENSOR4
X
X
X
X
ODM_M_SEL_A_BF
ODM_M_SEL_B_BF
DC_OUTB510
DC_OUTB412
GND 14
GND 15
VOS 16
DIG_SENSOR517
18
DIG_SENSOR719
20
DIG_SENSOR1822
23
VOS 24
DIG_SENSOR1725
26
VOS 27
DIG_SENSOR628
29
VOS 30
32
VOS 33
DIG_SENSOR434
35
VOS 36
DIG_SENSOR1337
GND 38
DIG_SENSOR939
GND 40
GND 10
12
+5V 13
SDA 14
SCL 15
GND 16
VOS 21
DIG_SENSOR2131
ODM_I_SEL_A_BF
ODM_I_SEL_B_BF
ODM_BL_CTRL_BF
DC_OUTA4 11
ODM_COUNT11
GND 1
EL_SDA_LINE12
+5V 3
EL_SCL_LINE14
P_24V 5
SAFETY_OK6
DC_OUTA5 9
+12V 1
GND 2
-12V 3
5
6
8
9
JAM_CLEAR
P_24V
GND
GND
VOS
M
P1
X
X
P9
+DEV1
+DEV1
10 10
A347112. OSB-HEATER CABLE
X X
A329002.1 +DEV1 X
X P40 DEV/P40 BK
1
1 GND 1 DEV/P40:2
2
F1 BK
X A344555.0 2 DIG_SENSOR31(CCP40)
2 DEV/P40:1
X X X 3 DC_OUTA12
X +DEV1
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
19
22
24
25
27
28
30
33
34
36
37
38
39
40
10
12
13
14
15
16
21
31
11
11
4 DC_OUTB12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DEV/P14 P14 GY
*50/50 *50/50 5 DC_OUTA115 +XS10bXS10:5
OSB1
BN
BU50-IDC-1 P325189 6 DC_OUTB116 +XS10bXS10:6
I/O4 CDM
RD
BU
WH X
TPH DATA CABLE TH 7 DC_OUTA107 +XS10bXS10:3
BN
/Lower_pickup.3F
8 DC_OUTB108 +XS10bXS10:4
BU XS4
A329002.1:1
A329002.1:2
X X 9 DC_OUTA9 9 +XS10bXS10:1
BN
X +OSB1
P6
PCB Header: A316801.0 10 DC_OUTB910 +XS10bXS10:2
RD
OSB/P6 11 DC_OUTA8 11 +XS4aXS4:2
RD
XS6a:5 1 1/4 Molex code 39-29-9042 12 DC_OUTB812 +XS4aXS4:1
BK
BU2-MINI-FIT-JR
RD 2/4 X X RD
9 SWITCH_FET_STATUS_I_GND
XS6a:4 2 X +DEV1 13 DC_OUTA7 13 +XS1aXS1:2
BU 3/4 BK
XS6a:2 3 DEV/P41 P41 14 DC_OUTB714 +XS1aXS1:1
F1 Fan-F1
BN 4/4
+ - BK BU
10 SWITCH_FET_STATUS_I
1
10
XS6a:1 4 DEV/P41:2 1 GND 1
2
3
4
5 SWITCH_FETA_ACT 5
6
7 SWITCH_FETB_ACT 7
8
9
15 M3_A2 15 +XS13aXS13:5
DEVILONE
P316801 BK
X
X
RD
2 2
11
BU4-MINI-FIT-JR DEV/P41:1 2 DIG_SENSOR30(CCP21)

2 16 M3_A1 16 +XS13aXS13:4
BN WH
X
X
+XS11bXS11:1 3 GND 3
X
S27 obsolete BK 17 M3_B2 17 +XS13aXS13:7
2 DIG_SENSOR14
.1
ST2-MINI-FIT-JR
1 CURR_DIG_SENSOR14
+XS11bXS11:2 4 XX2 4 YE
9 X VT 18 M3_B1 18 +XS13aXS13:6 9
X ST10-90130 BU
P316768
P316768
+XS13aXS13:10 5 DIG_SENSOR29 5
(Devil 3run)
BK 19 M8_A2 19 +XS12aXS12:1
+OSB1
+OSB1
OSB1 +XS13aXS13:9 6 CURR_DIG_SENSOR296 RD
A339406. OSB1 pcb RD 20 M8_A1 20 +XS12aXS12:2
P2
P3
WH
+OSB1
1/1
1/1
+XS13aXS13:8 7 VOS 7 X
LED functions on Themis
X
X
BL19 21 M8_B2 21 +XS12aXS12:3
6 GND
8 GND
VT /Pump_&_Valves_asm.2E
OSB/P1 P1
YE
X
+XS13aXS13:3 8 DIG_SENSOR28 8
DEV/P20:8
DEV/P20:7
22 M8_B1 22 +XS12aXS12:4
X
X
BK
RD
+XS13aXS13:2 9 CURR_DIG_SENSOR289 23 DC_OUTA6 23 F2:1
RD XS10
D1, D7, D10 (yellow) Software controllable LED's.
X
X
BU
RING-TERM-2.5-3.6
RING-TERM-2.5-3.6
+XS13aXS13:1 10 VOS 10
BU10-90142
BK 24 DC_OUTB624 F2:2
D2 2,5V (green) V25 =2,5V for MPC107 Host Bridge and FPGA.
OSB/P2
OSB/P3
+XS12aXS12:5 11 CURR_DIG_SENSOR011 VT
1/1
1/1
X
X
X
X
VT 25 CURR_DIG_SENSOR3 25 +XS1aXS1:14
BU
RD
RD
+XS12aXS12:6 12 DIG_SENSOR0 12 D3 VCORE (green) VCORE = CPU Core Voltage. 26 GND
+XS12aXS12:7 13 VOS 13 D5 3,3V (green) V33 =3,3V for most logic onboard. 27 VOS
DEV/P41:33
VT VT
BK
+XS12aXS12:8 14 DIG_SENSOR2 14 D8 +5V (green) VCC =5V for remaining logic. 28 DIG_SENSOR2428 +XS4aXS4:5
DEV/P41:18
DEV/P41:20
DEV/P41:24
DEV/P41:19
DEV/P41:17
DEV/P41:32
DEV/P41:22
+XS12aXS12:9 15 CURR_DIG_SENSOR215 D4 CS1 (yellow) Chip Select for PortX bus. 29 CURR_DIG_SENSOR24
RD
+XS12aXS12:10 16 VOS 16
GY
OSB/P1:10 17 SWITCH_FET_STATUS_I
17
D9 CS0 (yellow) Chip Select for PortX bus. 30 VOS
BK
BN D6 FPGAconf. (red) FPGA Configuration done. When lit, FPGA is NOT configured --> ALARM. 31 GND 31 +XS1aXS1:9
OSB/P1:5 18 SWITCH_FETA_ACT 18 OG
A344546. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (ENGINE) 32 EL_SDA_LINE132 +XS1aXS1:7
BN
BU
BK
BK
BK
BK
VT
D11 CPU (yellow) CPU Bus Grant - indicates CPU activity on the Bus. I/O3
GY
BK RD
OSB/P1:9 19 SWITCH_FET_STATUS_I_GND
19 33 +5V 33 +XS1aXS1:8
BK

OSB/P1:6 20 GND 20 WH
34 EL_SCL_LINE134 +XS1aXS1:10
UP_SPARE3 21 ST34-90130 BU34-90142 X
BU /Pump_&_Valves_asm.4E
X OSB/P1:7 22 SWITCH_FETB_ACT 22
X BK
UP_SPARE2 23
X X XS11
M1 OSB/P1:8 24 GND 24 +DEV1 X
VT
8 X X PK243-01A BK
+XS4aXS4:6 25 DIG_SENSOR23 25 P20 DEV/P20 BK
8
X X Motor-M1 +XS4aXS4:3 26 CURR_DIG_SENSOR23
26 1 GND 1 DEV/P20:2
M1 RD BK
BK
M1 VT
+XS4aXS4:4 27 VOS 27 2 DIG_SENSOR20(CCP)2 DEV/P20:1
BK
DEV/P20:3 1 1/8 BK +XS1aXS1:5 28 DIG_SENSOR22 28 3 STEP_SINA3 M1:1
2/8
3/8
YE M BK
RD
+XS1aXS1:3
+XS1aXS1:4
29
30
CURR_DIG_SENSOR22
VOS
29
30
4
5
STEP_SINB4
STEP_COSA5
M1:4
M1:5
GN
RD
GN 4/8 GN BU
DEV/P20:4 4 UP_SPARE1 31 6 STEP_COSB6 M1:8
X RD 5/8 VT RD
DEV/P20:5 5 OSB/P1:2 32 DIG_SENSOR14 32 7 DC_OUTA1_F7 F1:1
X
Motor 24VDC
6/8
7/8
BK
OSB/P1:1 33 CURR_DIG_SENSOR14
33 I/O5 8 DC_OUT1_F8 F1:2
BU
RD
Motor-M2 X BU34-90142 VOS 34 9 VOS 9 +XS4aXS4:11
X BU 8/8 BK
DEV/P20:6 8 RD WH BU ST34-90130 10 DIG_SENSOR1010 +XS4aXS4:13
RD
M2 RD BU8-5102-N
ST8-5240
11 DIG_SENSOR111 +XS4aXS4:12
VT
1
M BK
BU
2
3
1
2
DEV/P20:23
DEV/P20:24
BK 12
13
GND
+5V
OG 4 OG 14 DC_ENC4
4 DEV/P20:18
YE 5 YE 15 DC_OUTB3
5 DEV/P20:22
BU 6 BU 16 DC_OUTA3
6 DEV/P20:20 X X
X +DEV1 17 DC_ENC3
ST6-EI OG
X BK
DEV/P42 P42 18 +5V 18 M2:4
DEV/P42:2 1 GND 1 19 +5V
X BK BU
X DEV/P42:1 2 DIG_SENSOR32(CCP42)
2 20 GND 20 M2:6
7 EE-SX4009-P1 BK 7
TPH positioning motor X
S9 Sensor-S9
+XS12aXS12:11 3 DIG_SENSOR33 3 21 GND
YE
RD 1 NC 4 22 DC_ENC2 22 M2:5
DEV/P20:40 1 VT RD
BK 2 +XS12aXS12:12 5 DIG_SENSOR33 5 23 DC_OUTA2 23 M2:1
A344554. TPH POWER CABLE
DEV/P20:39 2 BK BK
VT 3 +XS13aXS13:12 6 DIG_SENSOR34 6 24 DC_OUTB224 M2:2
DEV/P20:38 3 VOS 7 25 GND
BU3-EI VT VT
+XS13aXS13:11 8 DIG_SENSOR34 8 26 DIG_SENSOR1026 +XS4aXS4:14
X
CURR_DIG_SENSOR349 27 VOS
X
X VOS 10 28 VOS
EE-SX4009-P1 VT
X CURR_DIG_SENSOR3511 29 DIG_SENSOR1929 +XS1aXS1:6
RD
S21 1
Sensor-S21 Print drum drive DIG_SENSOR35 12 30 CURR_DIG_SENSOR19
+XS13bXS13:1 1 OG
BK 2 VOS 13 31 EL_SDA_LINE031 +XS4aXS4:7
+XS13bXS13:2 2 BK
VT 3 DOG_SENSOR36 14 32 GND 32 +XS4aXS4:9
+XS13bXS13:3 3 WH
CURR_DIG_SENSOR36
15 33 EL_SCL_LINE033 +XS4aXS4:10
BU3-EI RD
VOS 16 34 +5V 34 +XS4aXS4:8
VT
X X DIG_SENSOR37 17 35 DIG_SENSOR335 +XS1aXS1:12
BK
+XS13a +XS13b CURR_DIG_SENSOR37
18 36 CURR_DIG_SENSOR3 36 +XS1aXS1:13
XS13 XS13 RD
RD
BU
RD RD VOS 19 37 VOS 37 +XS1aXS1:11

DEV/P41:10 11 S21:1 10" suspension position VT
BK BK DIG_SENSOR38 20
I/O1 38 DIG_SENSOR1638 S9:3
BK
Key6
DEV/P41:9 2 2 S21:2 CURR_DIG_SENSOR3821 39 CURR_DIG_SENSOR16 39 S9:2
DEV/P40:24
DEV/P40:23
VT VT RD
DEV/P41:8 3 3 S21:3 VOS 22 40 VOS 40 S9:1

RD RD
DEV/P40:16 4 4 M3:3 X NC 23 ST40-90130 BU40-90142
6 BU BU 6
DEV/P40:15 5 5 M3:5 X DIG_SENSOR39 24
YE YE
WH
DEV/P40:18
DEV/P40:17
6 6
7 7
M3:7
M3:9
WH X
X
1
KH42KM2-851
Motor-M3
CURR_DIG_SENSOR39
VOS
25
26
I/O6
RD RD 2 X X
A347061. WIRE HARNESS ASSY M3
ST2-EI
DEV/P41:7 8 8 S22:1 ST26-90130

BK BK RD A +DEV1 X
F2
3
M
X
X
DEV/P41:6 9 9 S22:2 +XS13bXS13:4 3 P21 DEV/P21

2 2
11
VT
DEV/P41:5 10 10 S22:3
VT (SPRING EXT.) 4 LED functions on VILIS BK
X
X
1 GND 1 DEV/P21:2
Fan-F2
VT BK BU A
BU2-EI
DEV/P42:8 11 11 +XS13bXS13:12 +XS13bXS13:5 5 5 BK

BK BK 6 2 DIG_SENSOR12(CCP21) 2 DEV/P21:1
DEV/P42:6 12 12 +XS13bXS13:11 BK
YE 7 D5 +3V3 (green) When lit, 3,3V Supply Voltage ok. 3 GND 3 +XS9aXS9:4
WH
GND
ST12-70107 BU12-70066 +XS13bXS13:6 7 B B D18 +5V (green) When lit, 5V Supply Voltage ok. 4 RFID_TXD_RS4 +XS9aXS9:6 RFID_TXD_RS
8 RD +5V
WH
+XS13bXS13:7 9 9 D9 P_24V (green) When lit, +24V Supply Voltage ok. 5 +5V 5 +XS9aXS9:5
YE RFID_RXD_RS
A344567.0:2
A344567.0:1
10 D10 +12V (green) When lit, +12V Supply Voltage ok. 6 RFID_RXD_RS6 +XS9aXS9:7
11pPH X 7 GND
11
X
X D17 -12V (green) When lit, -12V Supply Voltage ok. 8 RFID_RST_RS8 +XS9aXS9:8
BU RFID_RST_RS
D12 IMGCTRL_CONFDONE FPGA Configuration done. 9 GND 9 +XS7aXS7:4,+XS7aXS7:12
BK, VT GND
/Upper_tray.4F
Suspension motor (yellow) When lit, FPGA is NOT configured --> ALARM. WH
BU
RD
RFIDB_TXD_RS
10 RFIDB_TXD_RS10 +XS7aXS7:6
D14 UP_LED0 (yellow) Software controllable LED. RD +5V (filtered)
11 +5V (filtered)11 +XS7aXS7:5
YE
X D15 UP_LED1 (yellow) Software controllable LED. 12 RFIDB_RXD_RS12 +XS7aXS7:7 RFIDB_RXD_RS
X A344556.0 13 GND
X X X X BU
F2 +KEY6 X X +DEV1 14 RFIDB_RST_RS14 +XS7aXS7:8 RFIDB_RST_RS
2
X X P2 key/P2 DEV/P8 P8 D1 NTRAFFIC (yellow) Network activity. BK GND

15 GND 15 +XS7aXS7:11
X A344567.0 *40/40 *40/40 *40/40 *40/40 D2 NGOOD_LINK (yellow) Network connected. VT XX1
5
5 X 16 XX1 16 +XS8aXS8:10
EE-SX4009-P1 P337808 BU40-IDC-1 BU40-IDC-1 P333509 VT
RD
S22
X
1
Sensor-S22 M DISPLAY CABLE
D3 100MBIT_SPEED (yellow)
D4 IMGCTRL_0 (yellow)
High Speed Network activity (>100Mbit/s)
Software controllable LED.
17
18
DIG_SENSOR2517
CURR_DIG_SENSOR25 18
+XS8aXS8:5
+XS8aXS8:4
BK
DIG_SENSOR25
CURR_DIG_SENSOR25
/Upper_tray.2F
BK
+XS13bXS13:8 1
2
KEY D13 IMGCTRL_1 (yellow) Software controllable LED. 19 VOS 19 +XS8aXS8:6
RD VOS
+XS13bXS13:9 2 20 A_SPARE2
VT
+XS13bXS13:10 3
3 E-box cooling fan D16 IDE_DASP (yellow) IDE activity.
1
21 EL_SDA_LINE0
2
3
4
BU3-EI D19 CP_ACT_LED (yellow) Disk activity controlled by PORTEX. 22 GND

23 EL_SCL_LINE0
X
24 +5V
A344550.
X
14" suspension position X 25 GND WIRE HARNESS ASSY (CASS ASM)
P337795
KEY6 26 EL_SDA_LINE1
A337163.
+KEY6
27 +5V
4 +12V
BL10
2 GND
Key/P3 P3
3 +5V
1 +12V
X
28 EL_SCL_LINE1
X X VT
A343217. SPRING EXTENSIONER (SUS)

X +DEV1 BK
X
X
DEV/P13 P13 30 CURR_DIG_SENSOR15 30 +XS8aXS8:1 DIG_SENSOR15

WH
BU4-MICFITG1
RD
RD
RD
YE
BK
BK
BK
BU
VT
VT
VT
RD
*68/68 *68/68 31 VOS 31 +XS8aXS8:3 CURR_DIG_SENSOR15
/Upper_tray.2F
ST2x34-AMPLIMITE P316661 32 A_SPARE1 VOS
A3429150. HDD CABLE BK /Upper_tray.2F
DEV/P40:21
DEV/P42:3
DEV/P42:5
DEV/P40:19
DEV/P40:20
DEV/P41:13
DEV/P41:14
DEV/P41:15
DEV/P41:16
DEV/P41:11
DEV/P40:22
DEV/P41:12
I/O2 33 GND 33 +XS9aXS9:11

DEV/P11:17
VT
SCSI 34 XX3 34 +XS9aXS9:12
BK
GND
DEV/P11:18
DEV/P11:3
DEV/P11:6
35 CURR_DIG_SENSOR26 35 +XS9aXS9:3 XX3

(Cassette) 36 DIG_SENSOR2636 +XS9aXS9:2
VT
CURR_DIG_SENSOR26
RD 4
4 CONTROL POWER 37 VOS 37 +XS9aXS9:1
ST12-70107
BK
POWER_SHUTDOWN_OC
38 CURR_DIG_SENSOR27 38 +XS7aXS7:3
XS12
RD
BK
BK
1
YE
12
12
10
13
14
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
21
11
11
22
VT
20
2
2
3
POWER_RESET_OC 4
5
6
7
8
9
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
X
10 10
12 12
RD
11 11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
11
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
40 VOS 40 +XS7aXS7:1
ST14-MINI-FIT-JR
DIG_SENSOR26
/Lower_tray.4F
X
X
XS12
+XS12b
ST40-90130 BU40-90142 VOS

BU12-70066
+DEV1
REM_ONOFF-
CURR_DIG_SENSOR27
3V3SENSEN
X
5VSENSEN
3V3SENSE
Power good
P333247
+DEV1
P329731
P328352
DIG_SENSOR27
REM_ONOFF+
5VSENSE
Devil1
SERVICE
*11/11
Power fail
+DEV1
+DEV1
ETH CFSLAVE
*50/50

A342951. PCB Assembly devil VOS
P3
P_24V
P_24V
P24
P18
+DEV1
+DEV1
*8/8
/Upper_tray.4F
DEV/P15 P15
+12V
+12V
X
+XS12bXS12:12
+3V3
+3V3
+3V3
TxD+
BL5
P11
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
+XS12bXS12:11
-12V
RxD-
+5V
+5V
+5V
X
X
+5V
IL
1
1
S20:2
S20:3
S20:1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
11
12
21
10
13
14
10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
22
20
M8:5
M8:3
M8:9
M8:7
S3:3
S3:2
S3:1
X
X
X
X
DEV/P11
BU14-MINI-FIT-JR
BU22-MINI-FIT-JR
X
External RS232 External Ethernet External Compact-Flash
BU
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
YE
VT
VT
WH
X
RD
YE
BK
BK
X Service Port Connection Card Connection
PS/P1:18,Key/P3:2
EE-SX4009-P1
PS/P1:17,Key/P3:1
X
PS/P1:17
S20 Sensor-S20
ST2x34-AMPLIMITE
PS/P1:6
PS/P1:3
PS/P1:18
PS/P2:1
RD 1
PS/P2:10
PS/P2:12
PS/P2:13
PS/P2:14
PS/P2:15
PS/P1:10
PS/P1:12
PS/P1:13
PS/P1:14
PS/P1:15
PS/P1:16
PS/P1:19
PS/P1:20
PS/P1:22
PS/P1:21
PS/P2:11
PS/P1:11
Key/P3:3
Key/P3:4
PS/P2:2
PS/P2:3
PS/P2:4
PS/P2:5
PS/P2:6
PS/P2:7
PS/P2:9
PS/P1:2
PS/P1:4
PS/P1:5
PS/P1:7
PS/P1:8
PS/P1:9
PS/P1:1
+XS12bXS12:7 1
BK 2
+XS12bXS12:5 2
VT 3
+XS12bXS12:6 3
BN
BN
BN
RD
RD
RD
BU
BU
BU
GN
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
OG
OG
OG
VT
VT
GY
GY
WH
WH
BU3-EI
BK, BK
YE, YE
*68/68
BU55
4pdiskdrive
3 3
X
X
HD
X
X
X
+12V 1
GND 2
GND 3
+5V 4
X
Take over film transport detection
+Harddisk
KH42KM2-851
P316661
*68/68
BU1
X
ST1
X
X
A347060. WIRE HARNESS ASSY
1 A344557. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (PS-DEV)

+Harddisk
Motor-M8 A340645.0
X
2 M8 PS CONTROL CABLE
A 3 RD
M A
4
5
3 +XS12bXS12:2
BU
5 +XS12bXS12:1
(GEAR BOX)
6
7 YE
7 +XS12bXS12:4
1
2
3
4
B B 8
9 WH
RING-TERM-2.5-3.6
9 +XS12bXS12:3
Safety_Ground
10
YE, YE
BK, BK
11pPH
GNYE
11
A339843.
A339843.
WH
WH
OG
OG
OG
GN
GY
GY
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BN
BN
BN
BU
BU
BU
VT
VT
X X
Safety_Ground:1
+PS X
Film transport motor
DEV/P11:1
1/1
X
X
P1 IFE#4
HD:4
HD:3
DEV/P15:1
DEV/P15:2
DEV/P15:3
DEV/P15:4
DEV/P15:5
DEV/P15:6
DEV/P15:7
DEV/P15:8
DEV/P15:9
DEV/P15:10
DEV/P15:13
DEV/P15:14
DEV/P11:2
DEV/P15:11
DEV/P11:4
DEV/P11:5
DEV/P11:7
DEV/P11:8
DEV/P11:9
DEV/P11:21
DEV/P11:10
DEV/P11:13
DEV/P11:14
DEV/P11:15
DEV/P11:16
DEV/P11:19
DEV/P11:20
DEV/P15:12
DEV/P11:11
DEV/P11:12
DEV/P11:22
OG
DEV/P11:17,HD:1
DEV/P11:18,HD:2
1/4 1 +XS4aXS4:7
X RD
ST16-MINI-FIT-JR BU16-MINI-FIT-JR
O 2/4 2 +XS4aXS4:8
M X 3/4 BK
X 3 +XS4aXS4:9
P328352 BU22-MINI-FIT-JR
A EE-SX4009-P1 X 4/4 WH
2 X 4 +XS4aXS4:10 2
S3 Sensor-S3 +PS ST4-MO53261-SMD
BU4-51021
PS/P1
RD 1 X
P2 PS/P2
+XS12bXS12:10 1 A5
BK 2
5 POWER_SHUTDOWN_OC
+XS12bXS12:9 2 X
HARDDISK18GB
Prot. earth 16
X
X
X
X
POWER_RESET_OC
GND 10
+5V 12
RxD- 13
TxD+ 14
GND 15
+3V3 10
GND 12
GND 13
GND 14
3V3SENSE15
3V3SENSEN16
+12V 17
GND 18
-12V 19
GND 20
Power fail 22
Power good 21
GND 11
+3V3 11
REM_ONOFF+ 1
REM_ONOFF-2
GND 3
4
5
IL 6
P_24V 7
P_24V 9
+5V 1
+5V 2
+5V 3
GND 4
GND 5
GND 6
5VSENSE 7
5VSENSEN8
+3V3 9
VT 3
Prot. earth
+XS12bXS12:8 3
P1
X
X
BU3-EI-IDC
+PS1
+PS1
X
ULTRASTAR73LZX X X
Output 1: 3,3V (+/-5%) 4,5A
Output 2: 5V (+/-5%) 3A - 4A eLabel pcb Address #4
X +PS1 Thermal head
Transport roller open detection X
X
PS/P3 P3 Output 3: +12V (+/-2%) 1,25A
Harddisk 1/12 1/12 Output 4: -12V (+/-2%) 0,15A
Led on: Overtemperature protection mode.
A336045.0 2/12 2/12 Output 5: 24V (+/-5%) 4,0A

3/12 3/12
10
12
13
14
15
16
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
21
11
11
Output 6: 13 .. 27V (+/-5mV) 300W
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4/12 4/12
5/12 5/12 CPU/Power supplycontrol CPU/Displaypower
Replace power supply instead.

6/12 6/12
A345482. ASSY GEAR BOX (VAL)

Led on: Output 6 enabled
Do not replace this fuse.1

7/12 7/12
Do not replace this fuse.

Overtemperature (red)
Led on: Output 1 OK.
8/12 8/12
A344554. TPH POWER CABLE 9/12 Mains 100V .. 240V
13..27V (green)
10/12 50-60Hz Sensor S25 (in Output Assembly) removed from serial number:
-12V (green)
3,3V (green)
24V (green)
X
12V (green)
11/12 11/12 .2 FN 1522, according to PIR 1012304.

5V (green)
+PS1
12/12 12/12 appliance_inlet

tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction, useor disclosure
1 BU12-MICFITG 1/3
2/3 X X X X DATE NAME

2 x 15AF 3/3 WIRING DIAGRAM DS5302 Project
X X X X USER 27/11/2003 L.Tibos
X
X
A344179. RIVETED FRAME (FRA) IEC 320/C14 X X X X APPR.
MAIN PAGE 5366
Power Supply(ELE)
X
X X X X X NORM Sheet name: WIRING_DIAGRAM / 100
PS1
A333840. POWER SUPPLY (ELE) Sheet 2
F1006049.2
X X X X
forbidden.
©AGFA
X
X
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O IDX Change-NR DATE F
NAME Replacement for G X
X
X


A B C D E F
A
X B
+A2 +M7 A Last
M7 M6-M7 Circuit
+ 1/2 RD
M 1 +XS4XS1-XS4:1
4 - 2/2 2 +XS4XS1-XS4:2
BK B 4
BU2-MODU_II
ST2-MODU_II FirstCircuit 2
X
+XS4 +XS4a
X RD
XS1-XS4 XS4 BK
+A2 +S16/S17 +M7M6-M7:1 11 DEV/P40:12
S16/S17 S14/S15-S16/S17 BK
+M7M6-M7:2 2 2 DEV/P40:11
RD
1/4 BK BK BK
1 +XS4XS1-XS4:3 +S16/S17S14/S15-S16/S17:1 3 3 DEV/P41:26
2/4 RD RD RD
3/4 VT VT VT
4/4 BU BU VT
X BU4-MODU_II
4
ST4-MODU_II
+XS4XS1-XS4:6 A344549. PICKUP CABLE OG
+S16/S17S14/S15-S16/S17:4 6 6 DEV/P41:25
OG
+Lower_PUIFE:1 7 7 DEV/P20:31, IFE#4:1, IFE#5:1
X RD RD /WIRING_DIAGRAM.4P
X +Lower_PUIFE:2 8 8 DEV/P20:34, IFE#4:2, IFE#5:2 X
BK BK
A2 +Lower_PUIFE:3 9 9 DEV/P20:32, IFE#4:3, IFE#5:3
A334505. FILM PICK-UP ASSY WH WH
+Lower_PUIFE:4 10 10 DEV/P20:33, IFE#4:4, IFE#5:4
WH RD
+S19S18-S19:1 11 11 DEV/P20:9
GN VT
+S19S18-S19:3 12 12 DEV/P20:11
BK, BN BK
13 13 DEV/P20:10
Filmentname Einheit BK
+XS4XS1-XS4:14,+S19S18-S19:2
+XS4XS1-XS4:13 14 14 DEV/P20:26
VT
BU14-MINI-FIT ST14-MINI-FIT
3 3
X Drawer Connector
X +Lower_PU
IFE OG
1/4 1 +XS4XS1-XS4:7
2/4 RD
2 +XS4XS1-XS4:8
3/4 BK
3 +XS4XS1-XS4:9
X 4/4 WH
4 +XS4XS1-XS4:10
X ST4-MO53261-SMD
X BU4-51021
A3
A339838.
BL9
eLabel pcb Address #3
2 2
X
X
EE-SX4009-P1 X
+S19
Sensor-S19 S18-S19
1 WH
1 +XS4XS1-XS4:11
2 BN
2 +XS4XS1-XS4:13
3 GN
3 +XS4XS1-XS4:12
BU3-EI
Lower Pickup past detection

1
X X X X DATE NAME
WIRING DIAGRAM DS5302 Project
X X X X USER 27/11/2003 X
LOWER PICKUP ASM 5366
A343429. ASSY LOWER PICK-UP
X X X X APPR.
X X X X NORM Sheet name: Lower_pickup / 100
Sheet 3
F1006049.2
X X X X
X
forbidden.
©AGFA
X X X X X of 8 SH


A B C D E F
X
X
EE-SX4009-P1 X
+S2
Sensor-S2 S1-S2
4 1 RD 4
1 +XS9XS7-XS9:1
2 BK
2 +XS9XS7-XS9:3
3 VT
3 +XS9XS7-XS9:2
BU3-EI
X X
X X Lower magazine empty detection +XS9 +XS9a
+RF1 +RF1 RD
XS7-XS9 XS9 RD
ST1 RF/ST1 +S2S1-S2:1 1 1 DEV/P21:37 VOS
1/5 BK VT VT DIG_SENSOR26
1 +XS9XS7-XS9:4 +S2S1-S2:3 2 2 DEV/P21:36 /WIRING_DIAGRAM.9O
2/5 RD BK BK CURR_DIG_SENSOR26
2 +XS9XS7-XS9:5 +S2S1-S2:2 3 3 DEV/P21:35
X 3/5 WH BK BK GND
3 +XS9XS7-XS9:6 +RF1RF/ST1:1 4 4 DEV/P21:3
+RF1 4/5 YE RD RD +5V
X 5/5 BU WH WH RFID_TXD_RS
A6 5 +XS9XS7-XS9:8 +RF1RF/ST1:3 6 6 DEV/P21:4
ST5-MO53261-SMD YE YE RFID_RXD_RS
A335868. BU5-51021 +RF1RF/ST1:4 7 7 DEV/P21:6
BL6 BU BU RFID_RST_RS
+RF1RF/ST1:5 8 8 DEV/P21:8
X X
X 9 9 X
A344547. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (TRAY) X
X 10 10 X
X
RFID-TAG READER (PU) BK
BK
+XS9XS7-XS9:12 11 11 DEV/P21:33
BK
VT
GND
XX3
+XS9XS7-XS9:11 12 12 DEV/P21:34
3 BU12-70066 BU12-70066 3
A344550.
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (CASS ASM)
Connection between assemblies:

Mlx 70066 Receptacle Housing
Mates with Mlx 73099 Drawer connector.
2 2
1
X X X X DATE NAME
X X X X USER 27/11/2003 X
A347152. LOWER TRAY ASM X X X X APPR.

LOWER TRAY ASM 5366
X X X X NORM Sheet name: Lower_tray / 100
Sheet 4
F1006049.2
X X X X
forbidden.
©AGFA
X X X X of 8 SH


A B C D E F G H
+output
OS-5101-H X
X
S5 S5
3 RD
3 +XS2bXS2:3
2 VT
2 +XS2bXS2:2
1 BK
1 +XS2bXS2:1
BU3-EI
6 6
+output
Output sensor TPH EE-SX4009-P1
X
S6 S6
1 RD
1 +XS2bXS2:4
2 BK
2 +XS2bXS2:5
3 VT
3 +XS2bXS2:6
BU3-EI
Output rollers home position +output

+output Cabled motor 18VDC
Cabled motor 18VDC M5
M4 X +XS2b +XS2a
M5 XS2 XS2
M RD 1 1
X
M4
+XS2bXS2:7
RD M RD
BU
1
2
1
2
+XS2bXS2:9
+XS2bXS2:10
RD
BN
BK
VT
S5:1
S5:2
11
2 2
DEV/P1:23
DEV/P1:22
BK
VT
BU 2 BN RD RD
2 +XS2bXS2:8 ST2-EI S5:3 3 3 DEV/P1:24
RD RD
5 ST2-EI S6:1 4 4 DEV/P1:21 5
BK BK
S6:2 5 5 DEV/P1:20
VT VT
S6:3 6 6 DEV/P1:19
RD RD
Densitometer motor BN
M4:1 7 7 DEV/P1:11
BN
Exit roller motor A339841. X RD
M4:2 8 8 DEV/P1:12
RD
+output +output M5:1 9 9 DEV/P1:9
ST1 BN BN
IFE OG OG
M5:2 10 10 DEV/P1:10
OG
1/4 1 +XS2bXS2:11 +outputIFE:1 11 11 DEV/P1:2
2/4 RD RD RD
2 +XS2bXS2:12 +outputIFE:2 12 12 DEV/P1:3
3/4 BK BK BK
X 4/4 WH WH WH
+output ST4-MO53261-SMD
X BU4-51021
A4
X
A344552. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT ASM)
BK VT
+XS2bXS2:19 18 18 +XS3aXS3:21
BK VT
+XS2bXS2:18 19 19 DEV/P1:39
BU19-70066 ST19-70107
4 4
X
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.2P
A344551. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT)
X
+CDM +output +XS3b +XS3a
P1 P1 XS3 XS3
1/14 YE YE YE
1 +XS3bXS3:1 +outputP1:1 11 DEV/P9:1
2/14 BK BK BK
2 +XS3bXS3:2 +outputP1:2 2 2 DEV/P9:2
3/14 WH WH WH
4/14 BU BU BU
5/14 VT VT VT
6/14 BU BU BU
7/14 VT VT VT
8/14 BU BU BU
3 8 +XS3bXS3:8 +outputP1:8 8 8 DEV/P9:12 3
9/14 VT VT VT
10/14 BK BK BK
11/14 OG OG OG
12/14 WH WH WH
13/14 RD RD RD
BK BK BK
Connection adjustment
14/14 14 +XS3bXS3:14 +outputP1:14 14 14 DEV/P9:16
ST14-MO53261-SMD RD RD
BU14-51021 S10:1 15 15 DEV/P1:30
VT VT
X
+CDM
P2
+output
P2
A344553. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT ASM) BK
BK
S10:3
S10:4
S25:1
16 16
17 17
18 18
DEV/P1:28
DEV/P1:29
DEV/P1:18
BK
BK
.1
on XS3 pin pos. 15 .. 17
1/4 YE VT VT
1 +outputLED/P1:1
X
cdm pcb 2/4 2 +outputLED/P1:2
BU RD
S25:2 19 19 DEV/P1:17
RD
3/4 BK +output asm S25:3 20 20 DEV/P1:16
X 3 +outputLED/P1:3 X BK VT
4/4 WH EE-SX670 +XS3bXS3:22 21 21 +XS2aXS2:18
X 4 +outputLED/P1:4 X BK BK
CDM ST4-MO53261-SMD Sensor-S10 S10 +XS3bXS3:21 22 22 DEV/P1:40
X BU4-51021 1 RD BU22-70066 ST22-70107
1 +XS3bXS3:15
2
L
3 VT
3 +XS3bXS3:16
4 BK
4 +XS3bXS3:17
BU4-EE-1001
2 X X
+CDM-LED +output
P1 LED/P1
1/4 1 +outputP2:1
YE Densitometer home position
2/4 BU
2 +outputP2:2
3/4 BK
3 +outputP2:3
4/4 WH
4 +outputP2:4
ST4-MO53261-SMD
BU4-51021 +output asm
OS-5101-H X
X
Xcdm-led pcb Sensor-S25 S25
3 RD
X 3 +XS3bXS3:20
2 VT
X 2 +XS3bXS3:19
CDM-LED 1 BK
1 +XS3bXS3:18
X
BL15 BU3-EI
Output sensor Sensor S25 removed from serial number: FN1522,

.2 according to PIR 1012304.
1 Sensor S25 removed from

.2 serial number: FN1522. X X X X DATE NAME

OUTPUT ASM 5366
A343179. OUTPUT ASM
X X X X APPR.
X X X X NORM Sheet name: Output_asm / 100
Sheet 5
F1006049.2
X X X X
forbidden.
©AGFA
X X X X of 8 SH
A B C D E F IDX Change-NR DATE NAME Replacement for X


A B C D E F
3 1
4 4
X
X
S26
X X
+XS11a +XS11b
Vacuum Switch BN
XS11 XS11 BN
S26:1 11 DEV/P41:3
BK BK /WIRING_DIAGRAM.5P
S26:3 2 2 DEV/P41:4 X
X .1 .2 Not available
X
M9
rd
3 M bk 3
Vacuum pump
X X
+XS10a +XS10b
RD
XS10 XS10 BU
M9:rd 11 DEV/P40:9
BK BN
M9:bk 2 2 DEV/P40:10
BK WH
V1:1 3 3 DEV/P40:7
BK BN /WIRING_DIAGRAM.4P
V1:2 4 4 DEV/P40:8 X
BK GY
V2:1 5 5 DEV/P40:5
X BK BN
V2:2 6 6 DEV/P40:6
X
X
A337916. PUMP & VALVES ASSY CABLE
V1
Upper magazine vacuum valve

2 2
X
X
X
V2
Lower magazine vacuum valve

1
X X X X DATE NAME
X X X X USER 28/11/2003 X
PUMP & VALVES ASM 5366
A329746. PUMP & VALVES ASM

X X X X APPR.
X X X X NORM Sheet name: Pump_&_Valves_asm / 100
Sheet 6
F1006049.2
X X X X
forbidden.
©AGFA
X X X X of 8 SH


A B C D E F
A
X B
X A
X +M6 Last
Circuit
BU-M6 M6-M7
+ 1/2 RD
M 1 +XS1XS1-XS4:1
BK
B
4 - 2/2 2 +XS1XS1-XS4:2 4
BU2-MODU_II FirstCircuit 2
ST2-MODU_II
X X
+XS1 +XS1a
X X RD
XS1-XS4 XS1 BK
X +S14/S15 +M6M6-M7:1 11 DEV/P40:14
BU-S14/S15 BK RD
S14/S15-S16/S17 BK BK
+M6M6-M7:2 2 2 DEV/P40:13
BK
1/4 1 +XS1XS1-XS4:3 +S14/S15S14/S15-S16/S17:1 3 3 DEV/P41:29
2/4 RD RD RD
3/4 VT VT VT
4/4 VT VT VT
X BU4-MODU_II
4
ST4-MODU_II
+XS1XS1-XS4:6 A334549. PICKUP CABLE OG
+S14/S15S14/S15-S16/S17:4
+Upper_PUIFE:1
6 6
7 7
DEV/P20:29
DEV/P40:32
OG
X
X RD RD /WIRING_DIAGRAM.3P
+Upper_PUIFE:2 8 8 DEV/P40:33
X BK BK
A1 +Upper_PUIFE:3 9 9 DEV/P40:31
WH WH
A334505. FILM PICK-UP ASSY +Upper_PUIFE:4 10 10 DEV/P40:34
BL1 WH RD
+S18S18-S19:1 11 11 DEV/P20:37
GN VT
+S18S18-S19:3 12 12 DEV/P20:35
BK, BN BK
+XS1XS1-XS4:14,+S18S18-S19:2 13 13 DEV/P20:36
Filmentname Einheit BK
+XS1XS1-XS4:13 14 14 DEV/P40:25
VT
BU14-MINI-FIT ST14-MINI-FIT
3 3
X X Drawer Connector
+upperpick-up +Upper_PU
ST1 IFE
1/4 OG
1 +XS1XS1-XS4:7
2/4 RD
2 +XS1XS1-XS4:8
3/4 BK
3 +XS1XS1-XS4:9
X 4/4 WH
4 +XS1XS1-XS4:10
+upper pick-up ST4-MO53261-SMD
X BU4-51021
A2
A339838.
BL2
2 2
X
X
EE-SX4009-P1 X
+S18
Sensor-S18 S18-S19
1 WH
1 +XS1XS1-XS4:11
2 BN
2 +XS1XS1-XS4:13
3 GN
3 +XS1XS1-XS4:12
BU3-EI
Upper Pickup past detection

1
X X X X DATE NAME
X X X X USER 18/11/2003 X
UPPER PICKUP ASM 5366
A342999. ASSY Upper Pick-up

X X X X APPR.
A X X X X NORM Sheet name: Upper_pickup / 100
Sheet 7
F1006049.2
X X X X
B
forbidden.
©AGFA
A X X X X of 8 SH
Last
Circuit
B
2FirstCircuit


A B C D E F
X
X
EE-SX4009-P1 X
+S1
Sensor-S1 S1-S2
1 RD
1 +XS7XS7-XS9:1
2 BK
2 +XS7XS7-XS9:3
3 VT
3 +XS7XS7-XS9:2
BU3-EI
Upper magazine empty detection X

+XS7
X
+XS7a
XS7-XS9 XS7
4 A335868. X X
RD
VT
+S1S1-S2:1 1 1 DEV/P21:40
RD
VT
VOS 4
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.9O
DIG_SENSOR27
+RF2 +RF2 +S1S1-S2:3 2 2 DEV/P21:39
ST1 BK BK CURR_DIG_SENSOR27
RF/ST1 BK BK
+S1S1-S2:2 3 3 DEV/P21:38
BK
1/5 1 +XS7XS7-XS9:4 +RF2RF/ST1:1 4 4 DEV/P21:9 GND
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.8O
2/5 RD RD RD +5V(filtered)
X 3/5 WH WH WH RFIDB_TXD_RS
+RF2 4/5 YE YE YE RFIDB_RXD_RS
X 5/5 BU BU BU RFIDB_RST_RS
A3 5 +XS7XS7-XS9:8 +RF2RF/ST1:5 8 8 DEV/P21:14
ST5-MO53261-SMD X X
X BU5-51021 X 9 9 X
BL3 A344547. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (TRAY) X
X 10 10 X
X
BK BK GND
+XS7XS7-XS9:12 11 11 DEV/P21:15
BK VT, VT
+XS7XS7-XS9:11 12 12 DEV/P21:9,+XS8aXS8:9
RFID-TAG READER (PU) BU12-70066 BU12-70066
3 3
Connection between assemblies:

Mlx 70066 Receptacle Housing
Mates with Mlx 73099 Drawer connector.
X X
+XS8b +XS8a
X XS8 XS8
X BK BK CURR_DIG_SENSOR15
S11:1 1 1 DEV/P21:30 /WIRING_DIAGRAM.9O
OS-5101-H X VT VT DIG_SENSOR15
X S11:2 2 2 DEV/P21:29
Sensor-S11 RD RD VOS
3
S11 RD BK
S11:3 3 3 DEV/P21:31
BK
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.9O
CURR_DIG_SENSOR25
3 +XS8bXS8:3 S24:1 4 4 DEV/P21:18 /WIRING_DIAGRAM.8O
2 VT VT VT DIG_SENSOR25
2 +XS8bXS8:2 S24:2 5 5 DEV/P21:17
1 BK RD RD VOS
1 +XS8bXS8:1 S24:3 6 6 DEV/P21:19
X X
BU3-EI X 7 7 X
A344548. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (TRAY DET) X
X 8 8 X
X
BK VT
+XS8bXS8:10 9 9 +XS7aXS7:12
2 BK VT XX1 2
+XS8bXS8:9 10 10 DEV/P21:16
Take over past detection BU10-70066 BU10-70066
A344550.
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (CASS ASM)
X
X
OS-5101-H X
X
Sensor-S24 S24
3 RD
3 +XS8bXS8:6
2 VT
2 +XS8bXS8:5
1 BK
1 +XS8bXS8:4
BU3-EI
Take over past detection

1
X X X X DATE NAME
X X X X USER 18/11/2003 X
UPPER TRAY ASM 5366
A347151. UPPER TRAY ASM

X X X X APPR.
X X X X NORM Sheet name: Upper_tray / 100
Sheet 8
F1006049.2
X X X X
forbidden.
©AGFA
X X X X of 8 SH


13.2 DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/500 SN < 100.000 with SATA hard disk
COVER SHEET
IDX


THERMAL HEAD ASSY X

X
OS5101H X X A340530.0 NAIS AGX226
X X
(Matsushita)
A340419.
X SensorS4 S4 X X
3 RD EESX4009P1
X X
Overheat 2
3 +XS5aXS5:3
VT SensorS7 S7
X
sensor A5
CABLEDHEATERFOIL (ELE) 1
2
1
+XS5aXS5:2
+XS5aXS5:1
BK
1
2
1
2
DEV/P1:36
DEV/P1:35
RD
BK
X
S8
BU3EI 3 VT
3 DEV/P1:34 X X
BN 1 3 BU X X
BU3EI
X X
S8/7 S8/8
1/1 7 8 1/1
X +XS5a +XS5b
X Input sensor TPH BK
XS5 XS5 BK
3 4
Thermal Print Head

S4:1 1 1 DEV/P1:26
12 VT
S4:2 2 2 DEV/P1:25
VT TPH hom e position 12
SensorS12
RD
S4:3 3 3 DEV/P1:27
RD Top cover closed detection
BK BK
S13:1 4 4 DEV/P1:32
VT VT
S13:2 5 5 DEV/P1:31
1
2
RD RD
S13:3 6 6 DEV/P1:33
VT BK
+XS5aXS5:8 7 7 DEV/P1:15
+XS5aXS5:7 8 8 DEV/P1:14
VT
A339844. X
(BRACKET)
2 +5V common
X ST8EI BU8EI
P325189
X X
*5 0/50
X +TPH TPH
10/10
+TPH
+TPH
IFE#5 ST1
2/10
3/10
4/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
1/10
A000000. Thermal Head Assembly
P3
P1
X
+TPH
OG 1/4
X
BL11
TH/P2 P2
+XS4aXS4:7 1 X
1 +5V
RD 2/4
+XS4aXS4:8 2 OS5101H X X
BK 3/4 X /Output_asm.3H
+XS4aXS4:9 3
X
X
TH/P3
SensorS13 S13
10/10
J J
2/1 0
3/10
4/1 0
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
1/10
WH 4/4 X
X
X
X
A344551. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT) XS2 & XS3
TH/P1
*50/50
+XS4aXS4:10 4 1 1 3 RD
BU50IDC1
ST4MO53261SMD +TPH 3 +XS5aXS5:6
BU451021 X c c 2 VT
2 +XS5aXS5:5
RD
RD
BN
BU
A6 1 BK
X 1 +XS5aXS5:4
BU3EI
X
X
PS/P3:11
SensorS12:1
SensorS12:3
PS/P3:12
11
eLabel pcb Address #5 Input sensor TPH A344546. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (ENGINE) 11
RD
BK
BU5MINIFITJR
XS6b
X
X
1 1
2 2
4 4
5 5
S4 BRACKET ASM
X
X
XS6a
ST5MINIFITJR
WH
WH
WH
OG
OG
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
YE
BK
BK
BK
BN
BN
BN
BU
BU
BU
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
OSB/P6:4
OSB/P6:3
OSB/P6:2
OSB/P6:1
S7:1
S8/7:1
S8/8:1
S7:3
S7:2
DEV/P1:38
DEV/P1:37
+XS5bXS5:8
+XS5bXS5:7
+XS2aXS2:1
+XS5bXS5:2
+XS5bXS5:1
+XS5bXS5:3
+XS5bXS5:5
+XS5bXS5:4
+XS5bXS5:6
+XS3aXS3:1
+XS2aXS2:13
+XS2aXS2:11
+XS2aXS2:12
+XS2aXS2:14
+XS2aXS2:9
+XS2aXS2:10
+XS2aXS2:7
+XS2aXS2:8
+XS3aXS3:20
+XS3aXS3:19
+XS3aXS3:18
+XS2aXS2:6
+XS2aXS2:5
+XS2aXS2:4
+XS2aXS2:2
+XS2aXS2:3
+XS3aXS3:16
+XS3aXS3:17
+XS3aXS3:15
+XS2aXS2:19
+XS3aXS3:22
+XS3aXS3:2
+XS3aXS3:3
+XS3aXS3:4
+XS3aXS3:5
+XS3aXS3:6
+XS3aXS3:7
+XS3aXS3:10
+XS3aXS3:9
+XS3aXS3:8
+XS3aXS3:13
+XS3aXS3:11
+XS3aXS3:12
+XS3aXS3:14
X
BN
BU
RD
RD
/Upper_pickup.3F
TPH fan Internal CompactFlash XS1

40 p 90130 M BU4090142
16po l. 90130 Molex BU1690142

Card Connection
DEV/P9
DEV/P1
C_O DM_M _SEL_ A_BF

C_O DM_M _SEL_ B_BF
C_ ODM_B L_CTRL_ BF
X
X
X
X
CO NN_ODM_CO UNT
I_DIG _SENS OR720
DIG_SE NSOR_I1822
23
VO S 24
DIG_SE NSOR_I1725
26
VO S 27
DI G_S ENSO R_I628
I_DIG _SENS OR629
GND 40
C_ODM_I _SEL_A _BF

C_ODM_I _SEL_B _BF
DCM4_OUT_B10
DCM3_OUT_B12
DI G_S ENSO R_I814

GND 15
VO S 16
DI G_S ENSO R_I517
I_DIG _SENS OR518
19
VO S 21
VO S 30
31
I_DIG_SENSOR2132
VO S 33
DI G_S ENSO R_I434
I_DIG _SENS OR435
VO S 36
DIG_SE NSOR_I1337
GND 38
DI G_S ENSO R_I939
GND 10
12
5V 13
SDA 14
SCL 15
GND 16
DCM3_O UT_A11
11
I_DIG_ SENSO R18
I_DIG_ SENSO R17
DIG_S ENSOR_I21
GND 1
EL_SDA _LINE12
5V 3
EL_SCL_LINE14
P_24V 5
S AFE TY _O K6
DCM4_O UT_A9
12V 1
GND 2
1 2V 3
5
6
8
9
JAM_CLEAR
X
P_24V
GND
GND
VO S
[38]
+ A6
+ A6
+A6
P1
P9
X
X
M
DIG_SENSOR_I7
10 P43 10
*50
50P
A347112. OSBHEATER CABLE
+A6
Battery Clip
P25#21
A329002.1
[38]
64p Extractor
TH *64 X
+A6
X
X
X A344555.0 P40 DEV/P40
X
U74
X X BK
1
1 GND 1 DEV/P40:2
2
F1 X +A6 BK
X DEV/P14 P14 2 DIG_SENSOR_I312 DEV/P40:1
YEL
X *50/50
[30]
*50
TH 3 **NC**
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
40
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
21
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
10
12
13
14
15
16
BU50IDC1 50P
11
19
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4 **NC**
GY
TPH DATA CABLE 5 DCM10_OUT_A5 +XS10bXS10:5
CF
LD1#21
BN
OSB1 CFMASTER 6 DCM10_OUT_B6 +XS10bXS10:6

X X
I/O4 CDM
BU
RD
WH X
X +A6 7 DCM9_OUT_A7 +XS10bXS10:3 /Lower_pickup.3F
DEV/P41 P41 BN
BK 8 DCM9_OUT_B8 +XS10bXS10:4
BU XS4
A329002.1:1
X DEV/P41:2 1 GND 1 9 DCM8_OUT_A9 +XS10bXS10:1

X BK BN
X +OSB1 DEV/P41:1 2 DIG_SENSOR_I30 2 10 DCM8_OUT_B10 +XS10bXS10:2
A329002.1:2
X
OSB/P6 P6 X 3 GND 3 11 DCM7_OUT_A11 +XS4aXS4:2
RD
RD X
RD
XS6a:5 1 1/4
2/4
.8 VT
X 4 CONN_XX2 4 12 DCM7_OUT_B12 +XS4aXS4:1
BK
RD
BU2MINIFITJR
XS6a:4 2 +XS13aXS13:10 5 DIG_SENSOR_I29 5 13 DCM6_OUT_A13 +XS1aXS1:2

BU 3/4 BK BK
XS6a:2 3 +XS13aXS13:9 6 I_DIG_SENSOR29 6 14 DCM6_OUT_B14 +XS1aXS1:1
F1 FanF1
+
BN 4/4 RD BU
10 S W_ FE T_STATUS_ I 10
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
XS6a:1 4 +XS13aXS13:8 7 VO S 7 15 STM2_OUT_B115 +XS13aXS13:5
DEVIUS
P316801 VT
X
X
RD
2 2
11
BU4MINIFITJR +XS13aXS13:3 8 DIG_SENSOR_I28 8 16 STM2_OUT_A116 +XS13aXS13:4

BK WH
X
X
2 DIG _SENSO R_I14

+XS13aXS13:2 9 I_DIG_SENSOR28 9
S27 obsolete
X RD 17 STM2_O UT_B217 +XS13aXS13:7
.1 +XS13aXS13:1 10 VO S 10 YE
ST2MINIFITJR
X 18 STM2_O UT_A218 +XS13aXS13:6
7 CONN_2N644
9
5 CONN_2N641
9 X
S T10 90130
BU
1 I_DIG_SENSOR14
P316768
P316768
X X 11 I_DIG _SENSO R0 11 19 STM3_OUT_B119 +XS12aXS12:1
+OSB1
+OSB1
OSB1 X RD
X 12 DIG _SENSO R_I0 12 20 STM3_OUT_A120 +XS12aXS12:2
A339406. OSB1 pcb X
.8
9 NET33
P2
P3
+OSB1
1/1
1/1
X 13 VO S 13 WH X
X
BL19 21 STM3_O UT_B221 +XS12aXS12:3
6 GND
8 GND
/Pump_&_Valves_asm.2E
OSB/P1 P1
VT YE
X
+XS12aXS12:8 14 DIG _SENSO R_I2 14
DEV/P20:8
DEV/P20:7
22 STM3_O UT_A222 +XS12aXS12:4
X
X
BK
RD
+XS12aXS12:9 15 I_DIG _SENSO R2 15 23 DCM5_OUT_A_FIL 23 F2:1
RD XS10
X
X
+XS12aXS12:10 16 VO S 16 BU
24 DCM5_OUT_B24 F2:2
BU1090142
GY
OSB/P3
RING TERM2.53.6
RING TERM2.53.6
OSB/P2
VT
1/1
1/1
OSB/P1:10 17 SW _FET_STATUS_I 17
X
X
X
X
BN 25 DIG_SENSOR_I1125 +XS1aXS1:14
BU
RD
OSB/P1:5 18 CONN_2N641 18 26 GND

BK
OSB/P1:9 19 NET33 19 27 VO S
DEV /P41:3 3
BK VT
OSB/P1:6 20 GND 20 28 DIG_SENSOR_I2428 +XS4aXS4:5
DEV/P41:32
DEV/P41:18
DEV/P41:20
DEV/P41:22
DEV/P41:24
DEV/P41:19
DEV/P41:17
M32_SPARE3 21 29 I_DIG_SENSOR24
BU
OSB/P1:7 22 CONN_2N644 22 30 VO S
**NC** 23 BK
BK 31 GND 31 +XS1aXS1:9
OSB/P1:8 24 GND 24 OG
A344546. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (ENGINE) 32 EL_SDA_LINE132 +XS1aXS1:7
BN
BU
BK
BK
BK
BK
VT
GY
VT
BK
+XS4aXS4:6 25 DIG_SENSOR_I23 25 I/O3
33 5V 33 +XS1aXS1:8
RD

+XS4aXS4:3 26 I_DIG_SENSOR23 26 WH
RD 34 EL_SCL_LINE134 +XS1aXS1:10
+XS4aXS4:4 27 VO S 27 ST3490130 BU3490142
VT
X +XS1aXS1:5 28 DIG_SENSOR_I22 28
BK
X +XS1aXS1:3 29 I_DIG_SENSOR22 29
RD
M1 +XS1aXS1:4 30 VO S 30 X X
8
X X PK24301A VT
**NC** 31 LED functions on Tyndall +A6
P20
X
DEV/P20 8
X X MotorM1 OSB/P1:2 32 DIG_SENSOR_I14 32 BK
MotorM1 BK 1 GND 1 DEV/P20:2
M1 OSB/P1:1 33 I_DIG_SENSOR14 33 BK
BK
DEV/P20:3 1
1/8 BK
BU3490142 VO S 34 I/O5 2 DIG_SENSOR_I202 DEV/P20:1
BK
2/8
3/8
YE M ST3490130 LD6 1,8V (green) memory
3
4
STEP_SIN_A 3
STEP_SIN_B 4
M1:1
M1:4
GN
RD
GN
DEV/P20:4 4 4/8 GN LD7 1V (green) CPU core voltage 5 STEP_CO S_A5 M1:5
BU
X RD 5/8 X X LD8 3V3 (green) 6 STEP_CO S_B6 M1:8
DEV/P20:5 5 X +A6 RD
X 6/8 DEV/P42 P42 LD9 5V (green) 7 DCM1_OUT_A_FIL 7 F1:1
BK BU
Motor 24VDC 7/8 8 DCM1_OUT_B8 F1:2
MotorM2 X BK
DEV/P42:2 1 GND 1 LD10 Lit during Startup until Drytar application starts. RD
X BU 8/8 DEV/P42:1 2 DIG_SENSOR_I32 2 9 VO S 9 +XS4aXS4:11
M2 DEV/P20:6 8
ST85240
RD WH BU BK When flashing (1s.on/1s.off) > Failure. 10 I_DIG_SENSOR110 +XS4aXS4:13
BK
RD 1 RD BU85102N +XS12aXS12:11 3 GND 3 VT
M BK
BU
2
3
1
2
DEV/P20:23
DEV/P20:24
BK VT
+XS12aXS12:12
GND
5 DIG_SENSOR_I33
4
5
11
12
DIG_SENSOR_I111
GND
+XS4aXS4:12
BK 13 5V
OG 4 OG +XS13aXS13:12 6 I_DIG_SENSOR33 6
4 DEV/P20:18 VO S 7 14 DCM4_ENC
YE 5 YE VT
5 DEV/P20:22 +XS13aXS13:11 8 DIG_SENSOR_I34 8 15 DCM3_OUT_B
BU 6 BU
6 DEV/P20:20 I_DIG_SENSOR34 9 16 DCM3_OUT_A
ST6EI VO S 10 17 DCM3_ENC
OG
X I_DIG_SENSOR35 11 18 5V 18 M2:4
X DIG_SENSOR_I35 12 19 5V
X BU
7 EESX4009P1 VO S 13 20 GND 20 M2:6 7
TPH positioning motor X
S9 SensorS9 DIG_SENSOR_I36 14 21 GND
RD 1 YE
DEV/P20:40 1 I_DIG_SENSOR36 15 22 DCM2_ENC22 M2:5
BK 2 RD

DEV/P20:39 2 VO S 16 23 DCM2_OUT_A_FIL 23 M2:1
VT 3 BK
DEV/P20:38 3 DIG_SENSOR_I37 17 24 DCM2_OUT_B24 M2:2
BU3EI I_DIG_SENSOR37 18 25 GND
VT
X VO S 19 26 DIG_SENSOR_I1026 +XS4aXS4:14
X DIG_SENSOR_I38 20 27 VO S
X EESX4009P1 28 VO S
X I_DIG_SENSOR38 21 VT
RD
S21 1
SensorS21 P rint drum drive VO S 22 29 DIG_SENSOR_I1929 +XS1aXS1:6
+XS13bXS13:1 1 GND 23 30 I_DIG_SENSOR19
BK 2 OG
+XS13bXS13:2 2 DIG_SENSOR_I39 24 31 EL_SDA_LINE031 +XS4aXS4:7
VT 3 BK
+XS13bXS13:3 3 I_DIG_SENSOR39 25 32 GND 32 +XS4aXS4:9
BU3EI VO S 26 I/O6 33
34
EL_SCL_LINE033
5V 34
+XS4aXS4:10
+XS4aXS4:8
WH
RD
ST2690130 VT
X X 35 DIG _SENSO R_I335 +XS1aXS1:12
+XS13a +XS13b BK
XS13 XS13 36 I_DIG _SENSO R336 +XS1aXS1:13
BU
RD
RD RD RD
DEV/P41:10 1 1 S21:1 10" suspension position D46 (Whenlit,3,3VSupplyVoltageok.) 37 VO S 37 +XS1aXS1:11
VT
BK BK 3V3
I/O1 38 DIG_SENSOR_I1638 S9:3
Key6
DEV/P41:9 2 2 S21:2
DEV/P40:24
DEV/P40:23
VT VT GRN BK
DEV/P41:8 3 3 S21:3 39 I_DIG_SENSOR1639 S9:2

RD RD RD
40 VO S 40 S9:1
6 BU
DEV/P40:16 4 4 M3:3
BU
X D47
P_24V
(Whenlit,24VSupplyVoltageok.) 40p 90130 M BU4090142 6
DEV/P40:15 5 5 M3:5 X GRN
YE YE KH42KM2851
DEV/P40:18 6 6 M3:7
WH WH X 1 MotorM3
RD
DEV/P40:17 7 7 M3:9
RD X 2
D48
12V
(Whenlit,12VSupplyVoltageok.)
A347061. WIRE HARNESS ASSY M3
ST2EI
DEV/P41:7 8 8 S22:1 GRN
F2
BK BK RD 3 A X X
M
X
X
DEV/P41:6 9 9 S22:2 +XS13bXS13:4 3
2 2
11
+A6 X
VT
DEV/P41:5 10 10 S22:3
VT (SPRING EXT.) 4
D49 (Whenlit,12VSupplyVoltageok.) P21 DEV/P21
X
X
VT BK BU 5 A BK
FanF2
BU2EI
DEV/P42:8 11 11 +XS13bXS13:12 +XS13bXS13:5 5 12V 1 GND 1 DEV/P21:2
BK BK 6 GRN BK
DEV/P42:6 12 12 +XS13bXS13:11 2 DIG_SENSOR_I122 DEV/P21:1
YE 7 BK X
ST1270107 BU1270066 +XS13bXS13:6 7
8 B B D50
+5V
(Whenlit,5VSupplyVoltageok.) 3 GND 3 +XS9aXS9:4
WH X
GRN 4 C_RFIDA_TXD_RS 4 +XS9aXS9:6
WH 9 RD X
A344567.0:2
A344567.0:1
+XS13bXS13:7 9 5 CONN_2N7915 +XS9aXS9:5

10 YE X
11pPH
11
D51
1V2
(Whenlit,1,2VFPGAcorevoltageok.) 6 C_RFIDA_RXD_RS 6 +XS9aXS9:7
X X GRN 7 GND
BU X
X +A6 8 C_RFIDA_RST_RS 8 +XS9aXS9:8
DEV/P8 BK, VT
S uspension m otor P8 X
BU
RD
9 GND 9 +XS7aXS7:4, +XS7aXS7:12 /Upper_tray.4F
X
*40/40
BU40IDC1
*40/40
40P 4WALL BO XED MALE 0° EXT TH KEY 10
11
C_RFIDB_TXD_RS 10
CONN_2N79111
+XS7aXS7:6
+XS7aXS7:5
WH
RD
X
X
YE X
X A344556.0 12 C_RFIDB_RXD_RS 12 +XS7aXS7:7
X X
F2 +KEY6 X 13 GND
BU
2
X D54 X
X P2 key/P2 CONFIG_DONE FPGA_CONFIG_DONE 14 C_RFIDB_RST_RS 14 +XS7aXS7:8
BK
X A344567.0 *40/40 *40/40 X
5 RED 15 GND 15 +XS7aXS7:11 5
X EESX4009P1 P337808 BU40IDC1 VT X
RD
S22
X
1
SensorS22 M DISPLAY CABLE D4
16
17
CONN_XX1 16
DIG_SENSOR_I2517
+XS8aXS8:10
+XS8aXS8:5
VT
BK
X
X
+XS13bXS13:8 1 M32_LED0 18 I_DIG_SENSOR2518 +XS8aXS8:4 /Upper_tray.2F
A BK 2 YEL RD X
+XS13bXS13:9 2 19 VO S 19 +XS8aXS8:6
VT
+XS13bXS13:10 3
3 Ebox cooling fan D55 20 A_SPARE2
3
2
4
BU3EI M32_LED1 21 EL_SDA_LINE0
YEL
22 GND
X
X
D56
FPGA_LED0
I/O2 23 EL_SCL_LINE0 A344550.
14" suspension position X YEL 24 5V WIRE HARNESS ASSY (CASS ASM)
(Cassette)
P337795
KEY6 25 GND
B A337163.
+KEY6
D57 26 EL_SDA_LINE1
.8 BL10 2 GND
4 GND
Key/P3 P3
FPGA_LED2 27 5V
X
1 12V
3 5V YEL
28 EL_SCL_LINE1
VT
SPRING EXTENSIONER (SUS)

X
X
D58 29 DIG_SENSOR_I1529 +XS8aXS8:2 X

WH
First Circuit2 BK
RD
RD
YE
BK
BK
BU
BU4MICFITG1
VT
VT
FPGA_LED3 30 I_DIG_SENSOR1530 +XS8aXS8:1

X
X
X
YEL RD X
31 VO S 31 +XS8aXS8:3 /Upper_tray.2F
X
X
X
X
/Upper_tray.2F
DEV/P42:3
DEV/P42:5
LD16 32 A_SPARE1
DEV/P40:19
DEV/P40:20
DEV/P40:21
DEV/P40:22
DEV/P41:14
DEV/P41:15
DEV/P41:16
BK
DEV/P 11:17
FPGA_CONF_DONE 33 GND 33 +XS9aXS9:11

YEL VT X
DEV/P11:18
34 CONN_XX3 34 +XS9aXS9:12
DEV/P11:3
DEV/P11:6
X X BK X
X +A6 35 I_DIG_SENSOR2635 +XS9aXS9:3
CONTROL POWER SERVICE ETH CFSLAVE X
CF ACT
D12#20
D14#20
D13#20
LD1#22
4 SATA_P35 P35 VT 4
F1#22
36 DIG_SENSOR_I2636 +XS9aXS9:2
TRAF
100M
LINK
SATA RD
ST1270107
9 Pin SubD 90G r MALE TH
3V3
*7/7 *7/7 37 VO S 37 +XS9aXS9:1
XS12
7pol. 7PIN SATA BK

RD
YE
BK
BK
38 I_DIG_SENSOR2738 +XS7aXS7:3
250mA FAST
1
20
21
22
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
2
3
VPS _PO W _RES ET_O C4
VP S_S HUTDO W N_ 5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
VT
X
10
12
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
39 DIG_SENSOR_I2739 +XS7aXS7:2
YEL
YEL
YEL
YEL
RD X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
LD18#24 /Lower_tray.4F
X
40 VO S 40 +XS7aXS7:1
XS12
+XS12b
SATA X
BU1270066
VPS _5VS ENSE N

X
22p MiniFit Jr M
14p MiniFit Jr M
YEL 40p 90130 M BU4090142
VPS _5V SE NSE

RE M_ONO FF+
X X
RE M_ONOFF
3V3SENS EN
P18#22
VPS _1N225
X X
VPS _TXD+
3V3S ENSE
VPS _1N2 8
P17#20
P329731
VPS _RXD
Devius2.3

X
VPS _IL
+A6
+A6
50P
Devius2.3.e3x /Upper_tray.4F
*10
[37] *50
+XS12bXS12:12
P3
P_24V
P_24V
+XS12bXS12:11
P15
+A6
P11
+A6
+A6
X
BL24
A344557. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (PSDEV)
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
3V3
3V3
3V3
12V
*8
12V
[10]
X
X
X
5V
5V
5V
5V
[8]
M8:5
M8:3
M8:9
M8:7
S3:3
S3:2
S3:1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
21
10
12
13
14
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
DEV/P15
DEV/P11
External RS232 External Ethernet External CompactFlash
BU14MINIFITJR
BU22MINIFITJR
X
X
X
BU
RD
RD
YE
BK
BK
BK
WH
VT
.6 Service Port Connection Card Connection
PS/P1:18, Key/P3:2
PS/P1:17, Key/P3:1
.4 .6
PS/P2:10
PS/P2:12
PS/P2:13
PS/P2:14
PS/P2:15
PS/P1:10
PS/P1:12
PS/P1:13
PS/P1:14
PS/P1:15
PS/P1:16
PS/P1:19
PS/P1:20
PS/P1:22
PS/P1:21
PS/P2:11
Key/P3:3
Key/P3:4
PS/P1:11
PS/P2:2
PS/P2:3
PS/P2:4
PS/P2:5
PS/P2:6
PS/P2:7
PS/P2:9
PS/P1:2
PS/P1:4
PS/P1:5
PS/P1:7
PS/P1:8
PS/P1:9
PS/P2:1
PS/P1:1
P2
BN
BN
BN
RD
RD
RD
BU
BU
BU
BK
BK
OG
BK
BK
BK
OG
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
YE
BK
BK
OG
VT
VT
GN
GY
GY
WH
WH
S1 S1 X
SATAHARDDISK SY1 X 3
3 S2 S2
X S3 S3
X S4 S4 X
SY2 X
KH42KM2851 S5 S5
A347060. WIRE HARNESS ASSY
MotorM8 1 X S6 S6
X A340645.0
2
M8 S7 S7 PS CONTROL CABLE
A 3 RD .6
M 4
3 +XS12bXS12:2 P1
P2
P1
P2
A 5 BU A600494. 4 Pin 5.25 Molex to SATA Power and Data Cable
(GEAR BOX)
5 +XS12bXS12:1 P3 P3
6 P4 P4
7 YE
7 +XS12bXS12:4 P5 P5
B B 8 X
P6 P6 X
9 WH X X
9 +XS12bXS12:3 P7 P7 ST3 HD
RINGTERM2.53.6
Safety_Ground
10 YE 1 YE
GNYE
11pPH P8 P8
11 P2:P14 1 PS/P1:17
WH
WH
OG
OG
OG
BK BK
GY
GY
RD
RD
RD
GN
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
YE
BK
BK
2
BN
BN
BN
VT
BU
BU
BU
VT
P9 P9
P2:P11 2 PS/P1:18
P10 P10 BK 3 BK
A600492. Seagate SATA Harddisk 160 GB,
DEV /P11:1
P2:P8 3 PS/P1:6
Film transport m otor
1/1
X
X
RD 4 RD
HD:4
HD:3
P11 P11
DEV/P15:1
A339843.
DEV/P15:2
DEV/P15:3
DEV/P15:4
DEV/P15:5
DEV/P15:6
DEV/P15:7
DEV/P15:8
DEV/P15:9
DEV/P15:10
DEV/P15:12
DEV/P15:13
DEV/P15:14
DEV/P11:2
DEV/P11:4
DEV/P11:5
DEV/P11:7
DEV/P11:8
DEV/P11:9
P2:P5 4 PS/P1:3
DEV/P15:11
DEV/P11:10
DEV/P11:11
DEV/P11:12
DEV/P11:13
DEV/P11:14
DEV/P11:15
DEV/P11:16
DEV/P11:19
DEV/P11:20
DEV/P11:21
DEV/P11:22
Safety_Ground:1
A600493. Seagate SATA Harddisk 250 GB,
DEV/P11:17, HD:1
DEV/P11:18, HD:2
P12 P12 ST4MateNLok X X
X 4pdiskdrive
O P13 P13 +PS X
M X or equivalent type. P14 P14 1/4
P1 IFE#4 OG
X EESX4009P1 1 +XS4aXS4:7
ST16M INIFITJR BU16MINIFITJR
P328352 BU22MINIFITJR
A X P15 P15 RD
2 SensorS3 2/4 2 +XS4aXS4:8 2
S3 X MH1 MH1 BK
PS/P1
RD 1 3/4 3 +XS4aXS4:9
PS/P2
+XS12bXS12:10 1 X MH2 MH2 X 4/4 WH
BK 2 X 4 +XS4aXS4:10
+XS12bXS12:9 2
V PS _PO W_ RESE T_OC

X
X
X
X
GND 20
VP S_1N225 22
VP S_ SHUTD OW N_
GND 10
GND 11
5V 12
V PS_RX D 13
VP S_TXD+ 14
GND 15
Prot. earth 16
3V3 10
3V3 11
GND 12
GND 13
GND 14
3V3S ENSE 15
3V3SE NSEN16
12V 17
GND 18
12V 19
VP S_1 N28 21
SH1 SH1 +PS ST4MO53261SMD
1
REM_ONO FF2
GND 3
4
5
V PS_IL 6
P_24V 7
P_24V 9
5V 1
5V 2
+ 5V 3
GND 4
GND 5
GND 6
VP S_5V SE NSE7
VPS _5VS ENS EN8
3V3 9
VT 3 SATA_HDD BU451021
Prot. earth
+XS12bXS12:8 3 A600492.0 SH2 SH2 X
A5
P1
X
X
P2
BU3EIIDC BL23
REM_ONOFF+
+PS1
+PS1
SATA COMB RECEPTCLE X
Output 1: 3,3V (+/5%) 4,5A
X X Output 2: 5V (+/5%) 3A 4A
PS/P3
X +PS1 Thermal head Output 3: +12V (+/2%) 1,25A
Transport roller open detection P3
1/12 1/12 Output 4: 12V (+/2%) 0,15A eLabel pcb Address #4
Led on: Overtemperature protection mode.

2/12 2/12 Output 5: 24V (+/5%) 4,0A
20
22
3/12 3/12
10
12
13
14
15
16
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
21
11
11
Output 6: 13 .. 27V (+/5mV) 300W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4/12 4/12
5/12 5/12 CPU/Powersupplycontrol CPU/Displaypower

6/12 6/12
ASSY GEAR BOX (VAL)
Led on: Output 6 enabled
Do not replace this fuse.1

7/12 7/12
Do not replace this fuse.

Overtemperature (red)
Led on: Output 1 O K.

8/12 8/12
A344554. TPH POWER CABLE 9/12 Mains 100V .. 240V
13..27V (green)
10/12 5060Hz
3,3V (green)
12V (green)
24V (green)
12V (green)
11/12 11/12 X
5V (green)
+PS1
Wereserveall rightsinthis document andintheinforma
12/12 12/12 appliance_inlet

tioncontainedtherein. Reproduction, useor disclosure
1 BU12MICFITG 1/3
tothirdpartieswithout expressauthorityisstrictly
2/3 X X X X DATE NAME

2 x 15AF 3/3 WIRING DIAGRAM DS5302 Project
X
X
IEC 320/C14 X X X X APPR.
MAIN PAGE 5366
X
Power Supply (ELE)

X X X X X NORM Sheet name: WIRING_DIAGRAM / 100
PS1
A333840. POWER SUPPLY (ELE) X X X X Sheet 2
F1006049.8
forbidden.
©AGFA
X
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O IDX ChangeNR DATE NAME
F Replacement for G X
X
X








rd
IDX






13.3 DRYSTAR 5302 Type 5366/100/300/400/500 SN < 100.000 with Micro SATA flash module
COVER SHEET
IDX


THERMAL HEAD ASSY X

X
OS-5101-H X X A340530.0 NAIS AGX226
X X
(Matsushita)
A340419.
X Sensor-S4 S4 X X
3 RD EE-SX 4009-P1
X 3 +XS5aXS5:3 X X
2 VT Sensor-S7 S7
CABLEDHEATERFOIL (ELE)
2 +XS5aXS5:2 1 RD
A5 1 BK 1 DEV/P1:36 X
1 +XS5aXS5:1 2 BK
2 DEV/P1:35 S8
BU3-EI 3 VT
3 DEV/P1:34 X X
BN BU X X
BU3-EI
S8/7 S8/8
X X 7 8
1/1 1/1
X +XS5a +XS5b
X XS5 XS5 6.3mm isolation (clea r)
3 4
6.3mm isolation (clea r)
BK BK
Thermal Print Head

S4:1 1 1 DEV/P1:26
VT VT 12
12 S4:2 2 2 DEV/P1:25
RD RD
Sensor-S12 S4:3 3 3 DEV/P1:27
BK BK
S13:1 4 4 DEV/P1:32
VT VT
S13:2 5 5 DEV/P1:31
1
2
RD RD
S13:3 6 6 DEV/P1:33
VT BK
+XS5aXS5:8 7 7 DEV/P1:15
+XS5aXS5:7 8 8 DEV/P1:14
VT
X
(BRACKET)
2 +5V comm on
ST8-EI BU8-EI
P32518 9
X
*50/50
TPH
10/10
+TPH
+TPH
2/10
3/10
4/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
1/10
A00000 0. Th ermal H ead A ssemb ly
P3
P1
X
+TPH
X
BL11
TH/P2 P2
X
1 +5V
OS-510 1-H X X
X /Outpu t_asm.3H
X
X
TH/P3
Sensor-S13 S13
10/10
3/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
J J
2/10
4/10
1/10
X
X
X
A344551. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT) XS2 & XS3
TH/P1
*50/50
acc. to PIR/7005875. 3 RD
BU50-IDC-1
1 1 3 +XS5aXS5:6
c c 2 VT
2 +XS5aXS5:5
.9 TPH eLabel pcb (Address #5),
RD
RD
BN
BU
1 BK
1 +XS5aXS5:4
connector and wires removed. BU3-EI
X
X
PS/P3:11
Sensor-S12:1
Sensor-S12:3
PS/P3:12
BU5-MINI-FIT-JR
11 11
RD
BK
XS6b
X
X
1 1
2 2
4 4
5 5
S4 BRACKET ASM
X
X
XS6a
ST5-MINI-FIT-JR
WH
WH
WH
OG
OG
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
YE
BK
BK
BK
BN
BN
BN
BU
BU
BU
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
VT
OSB/P6:4
OSB/P6:3
OSB/P6:2
OSB/P6:1
S7:1
S7:3
S7:2
S8/7:1
S8/8:1
+XS2aXS2:1
+XS3aXS3:1
+XS5bXS5:8
+XS5bXS5:7
+XS5bXS5:2
+XS5bXS5:3
+XS5bXS5:5
+XS5bXS5:4
+XS5bXS5:6
DEV/P1:38
DEV/P1:37
+XS5bXS5:1
+XS2aXS2:9
+XS2aXS2:7
+XS2aXS2:8
+XS2aXS2:6
+XS2aXS2:5
+XS2aXS2:4
+XS2aXS2:2
+XS2aXS2:3
+XS3aXS3:2
+XS3aXS3:3
+XS3aXS3:4
+XS3aXS3:5
+XS3aXS3:6
+XS3aXS3:7
+XS3aXS3:9
+XS3aXS3:8
+XS2aXS2:13
+XS2aXS2:12
+XS2aXS2:14
+XS2aXS2:10
+XS3aXS3:20
+XS3aXS3:19
+XS3aXS3:18
+XS3aXS3:16
+XS3aXS3:17
+XS3aXS3:15
+XS2aXS2:19
+XS3aXS3:22
+XS3aXS3:10
+XS3aXS3:13
+XS3aXS3:12
+XS3aXS3:14
+XS2aXS2:11
+XS3aXS3:11
RD
RD
BN
BU
/Upper_ pickup.3F
Internal Compact-Flash XS1
40p 90130 M BU40-90142
16pol. 90130 Molex BU16-90142

Card Connection
DEV/P9
DEV/P1
C _ODM _M _SEL_A_ BF
C _ODM _M _SEL_B_ BF
C _ODM _BL_C T RL_B12F

X
X
X
X
C ONN _OD M_ COU N11T

C _ODM _I_SEL_A_B8F
C _ODM _I_SEL_B_B9F
I_DIG_SEN SOR 20
22
23
VOS 24
25
26
VOS 27
D IG_SE NSOR _I628
I_DIG_SEN SOR 29
GND 40
D CM 4_OU T_B10
D CM 3_OU T_B12
D IG_SE NSOR _I814

GND 15
VOS 16
D IG_SE NSOR _I517
I_DIG_SEN SOR 18
19
VOS 21
VOS 30
31
32
VOS 33
D IG_SE NSOR _I434
I_DIG_SEN SOR 35
VOS 36
37
GND 38
D IG_SE NSOR _I939
GND 10
5V 13
SD A 14
SC L 15
GND 16
D CM 3_OU T_A11
D IG_SE NSOR _I21

I_DIG_SEN SOR 18
I_DIG_SEN SOR 17
I_DIG_SEN SOR 21
5
D IG_SE NSOR _I18
D IG_SE NSOR _I17
D IG_SE NSOR _I13

GND 1
EL_SD A_LINE 12
5V 3
EL_SC L_LINE 14
P_24V 5
SAF ET Y_OK6
D CM 4_OU T_A9
12V 1
GND 2
-12V 3
5
6
J AM_C LEAR
X
P_24V
GND
GND
VOS
[38]
P1
+A6
+A6
+A6
P9
X
X
M
DIG_SENSOR_I7
P43 10
A347112. OSB-HEATER CABLE

10
*50
50P
+A6
Battery Clip
P25#21
A32900 2.1
[38]
64p Extractor
TH *64 X
+A6
X
X
X A34455 5.0 P40 DEV/P40
X
U74
X X BK
1
2
F1 X 1 GND 1 DEV/P40:2
+A6 BK
X DEV/P14 P14 2 D IG_SE NSOR _I31 2 DEV/P40:1
YEL
X *50/50
[30]
*50
TH 3 **N C**
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
40
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
21
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
10
12
13
14
15
16
BU50-IDC-1 50P
11
19
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4 **N C**
TPH DATA CABLE 5 D CM 10_OU T_ A5 +XS10bXS10:5
GY
CF
LD1#21
OSB1
BN
X X
I/O4 CFMASTER CDM
6 D CM 10_OU T_ B6 +XS10bXS10:6
RD
BU
WH X
X +A6 7 D CM 9_OU T_A7 +XS10bXS10:3 /Lower_ pickup.3F
DEV/P41 P41 8 D CM 9_OU T_B8 +XS10bXS10:4
BN
BK
DEV/P41:2 1 GND 1 BU XS4
A329002.1:1
X X BK 9 D CM 8_OU T_A9 +XS10bXS10:1

DEV/P41:1 2 D IG_SE NSOR _I30 2 BN
X +OSB1 10 D CM 8_OU T_B10 +XS10bXS10:2
A329002.1:2
OSB/P6 P6 GND 3 11 D CM 7_OU T_A11 +XS4aXS4:2

RD
RD
XS6a:5 1
1/4
.8 C ONN _XX2 4 12 D CM 7_OU T_B12 +XS4aXS4:1
BK
BU2-MINI-FIT-JR
RD 2/4 VT RD
XS6a:4 2 +XS13aXS13:10 5 D IG_SE NSOR _I29 5 13 D CM 6_OU T_A13 +XS1aXS1:2
BU 3/4 BK BK
XS6a:2 3 +XS13aXS13:9 6 I_DIG_SEN SOR 29 6
F1 Fan-F1
14 D CM 6_OU T_B14 +XS1aXS1:1

+ -
BN 4/4 RD BU
10 SW _FE T_STATU S_I 10

3
5
6
7
8
9
XS6a:1 4 +XS13aXS13:8 7 VOS 7
4
15 ST M2_ OUT _B115 +XS13aXS13:5
DEVIUS
P31680 1 VT
X
X
RD
2 2
1 1
BU4-MINI-FIT-JR +XS13aXS13:3 8 D IG_SE NSOR _I28 8 16 ST M2_ OUT _A116 +XS13aXS13:4

BK WH
X
X
2 D IG_SE NSOR _I14

+XS13aXS13:2 9 I_DIG_SEN SOR 28 9
S27 obsolete
X RD 17 ST M2_ OUT _B217 +XS13aXS13:7
.1
ST2-MINI-FIT-JR
+XS13aXS13:1 10 VOS 10 YE
X 18 ST M2_ OUT _A218 +XS13aXS13:6 9
7 C ONN _2N 644
ST 10-90130
5 CONN_2N641
9 BU
1 I_DIG_SENSOR14
P31676 8
P31676 8
X I_DIG_SEN SOR 0 11 19 ST M3_ OUT _B119 +XS12aXS12:1

+OS B1
+OS B1
OSB1 D IG_SE NSOR _I0 12 RD
A33940 6. OSB1 pcb 20 ST M3_ OUT _A120 +XS12aXS12:2
.8
P2
P3
9 N ET33
+OSB1
1/1
1/1
VOS 13 WH X
X
BL19 21 ST M3_ OUT _B221 +XS12aXS12:3
6 GND
8 GND
/Pump_ &_Valves_asm.2E
OSB/P1 P1
VT YE
X
+XS12aXS12:8 14 D IG_SE NSOR _I2 14
DEV/P20:8
DEV/P20:7
22 ST M3_ OUT _A222 +XS12aXS12:4
X
X
BK
RD
+XS12aXS12:9 15 I_DIG_SEN SOR 2 15 23 D CM 5_OU T_A _FIL23 F2:1
RD XS10
X
X
BU
R IN G-T ERM -2.5-3.6
R IN G-T ERM -2.5-3.6

+XS12aXS12:10 16 VOS 16
BU10-90142
GY 24 D CM 5_OU T_B24 F2:2
OSB/P3
OSB/P2
VT
1/1
1/1
OSB/P1:10 17 SW _FE T_STATU S_I 17
X
X
X
X
BN 25 D IG_SE NSOR _I11 25 +XS1aXS1:14
RD
BU
OSB/P1:5 18 CONN_2N641 18 26 GND

BK
A344546. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (ENGINE) OSB/P1:9 19 N ET33 19 27 VOS
D EV/P4 1:33
BK VT
OSB/P1:6 20 GND 20 28 D IG_SE NSOR _I24 28 +XS4aXS4:5
DEV/P41:32
DEV/P41:18
DEV/P41:20
DEV/P41:22
DEV/P41:24
DEV/P41:19
DEV/P41:17
M 32_SPA RE3 21 29 I_DIG_SEN SOR 24
BU
OSB/P1:7 22 C ONN _2N 644 22 30 VOS
.9
**N C** 23 31 GND
X BK
OSB/P1:8 24 GND 24 32 EL_SD A_LINE 1 acc. to PIR/7005875. wires W442,
BN
BU
BK
BK
BK
BK
VT
GY
X VT
BK
+XS4aXS4:6 25 D IG_SE NSOR _I23 25 I/O3 33 5V
W440, 441 & 443, (former connections

M1 +XS4aXS4:3 26 I_DIG_SEN SOR 23 26
RD 34 EL_SCL_LINE 1
PK243 -01A
X
X
X
X Motor-M1 VT
+XS4aXS4:4 27 VOS 27 ST 34-90130 for e-label on XS1) removed.

Manual Técnico

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Técnico

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Imaging Services Service Manual

Document ID: 60886352

DRYSTAR 5302, DRYSTAR 5301, DRY IMAGER,

Includes the Maintenance Checklist, attached in chapter 9.

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Edition 2, Revision 2 Type 5366/100/101/110/300/400/410/500/510 Page 2 of 413

0 ABOUT THIS MANUAL ..........................................................................................................12

0.2 Changes compared to previous revision ................................................................................ 12

0.3 Referenced documents ........................................................................................................... 12

0.4 Explanation of notes ............................................................................................................... 13

0.5 Conventions ............................................................................................................................ 13

1 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................14

1.2 Type overview ......................................................................................................................... 14

1.3 Main printer characteristics ..................................................................................................... 15

1.4 Printer components ................................................................................................................. 16

1.4.1 Components Location ............................................................................................................. 16

1.4.2 List of Components ................................................................................................................. 20

1.5 Overview of control boards ..................................................................................................... 22

1.6 Overview of major hardware changes .................................................................................... 23

1.7 Film run ................................................................................................................................... 24

1.8 Backside Printing Recognition ................................................................................................ 30

1.9 Left / Right Shift Print Algorithm .............................................................................................. 31

1.10 Mammo Printing Functionality (type 5367 only)...................................................................... 33

1.11 Printer calibrations overview ................................................................................................... 35

1.12 Printer Modules ....................................................................................................................... 36

1.14 Modules and E-Labels ............................................................................................................ 40

1.15 Printer online diagnosis software ............................................................................................ 42

1.16 Thermal model ........................................................................................................................ 44

2.2 Safety Notes for preventive and corrective Maintenance Work.............................................. 45

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Edition 2, Revision 2 Type 5366/100/101/110/300/400/410/500/510 Page 3 of 413

2.3 General Safety Note for all Service Actvities .......................................................................... 46

2.3.1 Safety switch ........................................................................................................................... 46

2.3.2 Electrical Check after Power Supply Replacements............................................................... 47

3.1.1 Power cables........................................................................................................................... 49

3.1.2 Tools ....................................................................................................................................... 49

3.1.3 Documents .............................................................................................................................. 49

3.2 Scope of delivery .................................................................................................................... 51

3.3 Accessories ............................................................................................................................. 52

3.4 Remote service ....................................................................................................................... 52

3.5 Required data for printer setup on site ................................................................................... 53

3.6 Specifications .......................................................................................................................... 53

3.6.1 Printer dimensions .................................................................................................................. 53

3.6.2 Printer Interfaces ..................................................................................................................... 54

3.6.3 Electrical connection ............................................................................................................... 55

3.6.4 Resolution ............................................................................................................................... 56

3.6.5 Pixel Matrices .......................................................................................................................... 56

3.6.6 Interface Data.......................................................................................................................... 57

3.6.7 User access to the printer ....................................................................................................... 58

3.6.8 Other technical data ................................................................................................................ 58

4 INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION ..............................................................................59

4.1.1 Installation steps ..................................................................................................................... 60

4.2 Installation wizard ................................................................................................................... 62

4.3 Printer configuration ................................................................................................................ 62

4.3.1 Setting film calibration parameters ......................................................................................... 63

4.3.2 Setting the Default Densitometer ............................................................................................ 64

4.3.3 Setting the Film View .............................................................................................................. 65

4.3.4 Setting Beeps on empty Tray.................................................................................................. 66

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Edition 2, Revision 2 Type 5366/100/101/110/300/400/410/500/510 Page 4 of 413

4.3.5 Setting Behavior for unreadable RF Tags .............................................................................. 67

4.3.6 Activating the Mammo License (type 5367 only) .................................................................... 68